Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2004

Registration No. [            ]

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Form F-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 


 

Delaware   6331   98-0180930

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

(847) 871-6400

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

Mr. Brian Williamson

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

(847) 871-6400

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Agent For Service)

 


 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 


 

Ontario   6331   Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200

Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5H8

(905) 629-7888

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

Mr. Brian Williamson

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

(847) 871-6400

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Agent For Service)

 

Copies to:

Janet O. Love, Esq

Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP

115 S. LaSalle St

Chicago, IL 60603

(312) 443-0700

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨


Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


                            

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Amount
to be
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(1)
    Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee

7.50% Senior Notes due 2014

   $ 125,000,000    100 %   $ 125,000,000    $ 15,838

Guarantee of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. with respect to the above-referenced Notes

                  

                            

(1)   The notes are being offered (i) in exchange for 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 previously sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and (ii) upon certain resales of the notes by broker-dealers. The registration fee was computed based on the total face value of the 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS    

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION – DATED MAY 27, 2004

 

LOGO

 

Kingsway America Inc.

 

Offer to Exchange up to US$125,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of

Our 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

for

Any and All of the US$125,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of

Our Outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed by

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

 

We are offering to exchange up to US$125 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.50% senior notes due 2014 (which we refer to as the exchange notes) for US$125 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 7.50% senior notes due 2014 (which we refer to as the original notes). We sometimes refer to the exchange notes and the original notes collectively as the notes.

 

The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical in all respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the original notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to this exchange offer, except that the exchange notes will be freely transferable by the holders (other than as described in this prospectus), are issued free of any covenant restricting transfer absent registration and will not have the right to earn special interest in the event of a failure to register the exchange notes. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes. Original notes that are accepted for exchange will be canceled and retired. For a description of the terms of the notes, see the section entitled “Description of the Notes.” Neither Kingsway America nor Kingsway Financial will receive any cash proceeds from this exchange offer.

 

Interest on the exchange notes will accrue at a rate per annum of 7.50% from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original notes or, if no interest has been paid on the original notes, January 28, 2004, and will be payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2004. Holders whose original notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on the original notes for which the record date occurs on or after completion of the exchange offer. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer.”

 

The original notes were sold on January 28, 2004 and March 15, 2004 in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, the original notes may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and all other applicable securities laws. We are offering the exchange notes to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements relating to the original notes.

 

Participating in the exchange offer involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued in the exchange offer or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The date of this prospectus is    , 2004


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   ii

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   12

Use of Proceeds

   28

Capitalization

   29

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

   30

Selected Consolidated Financial Information

   31

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004

   33

Description of the Notes

   64

The Exchange Offer

   77

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

   87

Plan of Distribution

   89

Legal Matters

   90

Independent Auditors

   90

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

   90

Where You Can Find More Information

   91

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 

Each holder of an original note wishing to participate in the exchange offer must deliver the original note to be exchanged, together with the letter of transmittal that accompanies this prospectus and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent identified in this prospectus. Alternatively, you may effect a tender of original notes by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). All deliveries are at the risk of the holder. You can find detailed instructions concerning delivery in the section entitled “The Exchange Offer” in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.

 

If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. You may use this prospectus, as we may amend or supplement it in the future, for your resales of exchange notes if the original notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale for a period of 180 days after the date of consummation of this exchange offer. See the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”

 

THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES BY REFERENCE IMPORTANT BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT US THAT IS NOT INCLUDED IN OR DELIVERED WITH THE DOCUMENT. THIS INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST TO MR. MICHAEL SLAN, CORPORATE SECRETARY, SUITE 4400, ROYAL TRUST TOWER, TORONTO-DOMINION CENTRE, TORONTO, ONTARIO M5K 1G8, (416) 864-9700. IN ORDER TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY OF THIS INFORMATION YOU MUST REQUEST IT NO LATER THAN FIVE BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information” beginning on page 91. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and in any documents incorporated by reference is current only as of the dates on their respective covers. You should read all information supplementing this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any notes by any person in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale or exchange of the notes described herein shall under any circumstances imply that the information herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the statements in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements from our use of the words may, should, could, potential, continue, plan, forecast, estimate, project, believe, intend, anticipate, expect, target, is likely, will, or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements may include, among other things:

 

    statements and assumptions relating to projected growth, earnings, earnings per share and other financial performance measures, as well as management’s short-term and long-term performance goals;

 

    statements relating to the anticipated effects on results of operations or financial condition from recent and expected developments or events;

 

    statements relating to the adequacy of our provisions for unpaid claims;

 

    statements relating to our business and growth strategies; and

 

    any other statements, projections or assumptions that are not historical facts.

 

We believe that our expectations are based on reasonable assumptions. However, these forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results, to differ materially from our expectations of future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. In addition, our past results of operations do not necessarily indicate our future results. We discuss these and other uncertainties in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

 

The risk factors and cautionary statements contained in, referred to or incorporated by reference in this prospectus should be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we, or persons acting on our behalf, may issue. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as otherwise required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or the risk factors described in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights only some of the information contained in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that may be important to you in deciding whether to exchange your original notes for exchange notes. You should carefully read the entire prospectus and the documents that we have filed with the Commission that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, prior to deciding whether to exchange your original notes for exchange notes. You should pay special attention to the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus prior to tendering your original notes in the exchange offer. You may obtain the information incorporated by reference into this prospectus without charge by following the instructions under the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information” beginning on page 91.

 

Unless otherwise specified in this prospectus, “Kingsway,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Kingsway Financial and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Kingsway America; “Kingsway America” or “Issuer” refers to Kingsway America Inc., the U.S. holding company for all of our U.S. subsidiaries; “Kingsway Financial” or “Guarantor” refers to Kingsway Financial Services Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Ontario, Canada; and “you” and “yours” refer to the holders of the original notes. The exchange notes and the original notes are part of a single class of securities under the indenture, and when referring to the “notes” without the adjective “original” or “exchange”, we refer to both the original and exchange notes.

 

All of the dollar amounts in this prospectus are expressed in Canadian dollars, except where otherwise indicated. References to “Canadian dollars,” “C$” or “$” are to Canadian dollars and any references to “U.S. dollars” or “US$” are to U.S. dollars. As presented in this prospectus, our combined ratios for our Canadian and U.S. segment information include the results of our Bermuda and Barbados reinsurance subsidiaries, respectively.

 

Our Company

 

Kingsway Financial serves as the holding company for all of our subsidiaries, including Kingsway America. Kingsway America is the holding company for all of our U.S. operating subsidiaries. Our insurance subsidiaries include Kingsway General Insurance Company, York Fire & Casualty Insurance Company and Jevco Insurance Company in Canada and Universal Casualty Company, Southern United Fire Insurance Company, American Service Insurance Company, Inc., Lincoln General Insurance Company, U.S. Security Insurance Company and American Country Insurance Company in the United States. We also have wholly owned reinsurance subsidiaries domiciled in Bermuda and Barbados. In the year ended December 31, 2003, we generated 75% of our gross premiums written from the United States and 25% from Canada.

 

Kingsway is a specialty provider of personal and commercial lines of property and casualty insurance in the United States and Canada. Our principal lines of business are non-standard automobile and trucking insurance. Non-standard automobile insurance covers drivers who do not qualify for standard automobile insurance coverage because of their payment history, driving record, place of residence, age, vehicle type or other factors. Such drivers typically represent higher than normal risks and pay higher insurance rates for comparable coverage. We also provide standard automobile insurance as well as insurance for commercial and public vehicles, including taxis.

 

In addition to automobile insurance, we provide motorcycle insurance, specialized commercial and personal property coverage, warranty insurance and other specialty coverages, such as customs and surety bonds. In the year ended December 31, 2003, we derived 36.6% of our gross premiums written from non-standard automobile insurance, 30.7% from trucking, 11.2% from commercial automobile, 11.5% from commercial and personal property coverages, 2.2% from motorcycle, 3.9% from standard automobile, 0.9% from warranty and

 

1


Table of Contents

3.3% from other specialty lines. In the year ended December 31, 2003, 46.3% of our gross premiums written were generated from personal lines and 53.7% were generated from our commercial lines. In the year ended December 31, 2003, Kingsway America derived 40.0% of its direct premiums written from non-standard automobile insurance, 34.2% from trucking, 13.1% from commercial automobile, 10.4% from property and liability coverages and 2.3% from other specialty lines.

 

We are a leading provider of non-standard automobile and motorcycle insurance in Canada and have a prominent position in several U.S. markets in which we currently operate, such as Florida, Illinois and South Carolina, based on direct premiums written. We are the third largest writer of non-standard automobile insurance in Illinois and the fourth largest in South Carolina according to A.M. Best, an insurance company rating organization.

 

Corporate Strategy

 

Our strategy is to build long-term shareholder value by targeting three financial measurements over a five year period: (i) a 15% average after-tax return on shareholders’ equity, (ii) an average combined ratio, a measurement of underwriting profitability, of 96% or less, and (iii) average increases in net premiums earned of 15% per annum. Our strategy is characterized by the following principles:

 

    Adhere to a strict underwriting discipline.     We manage our business with a strict focus on underwriting profit rather than on premium growth or market share and have demonstrated our willingness to increase pricing or reduce or increase premium volumes based on market conditions. For 2003, our combined ratio was 101.4%. Over the five year period ended December 31, 2003, our combined ratio averaged 100.8%, including 106.0% for our Canadian operations and 98.8% for our U.S. operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our combined ratio was 98.2%, including 98.4% for our Canadian operations and 98.2% for our U.S. operations. Management’s incentive compensation is directly linked to our combined ratio and return on equity objectives.

 

    Apply a specialty focus to regional markets.     We seek to identify market segments where we believe competition is more limited, presenting the potential for above average returns. We believe that the non-standard automobile insurance business, our primary business, is presently one such specialty market. Other specialty markets in which we operate include trucking, taxi, motorcycle and warranty insurance. We operate through a network of regionally based operating subsidiaries. This decentralized operating structure allows us to target specialized markets and products based on our underwriting expertise and knowledge of local market conditions.

 

    Rigorously manage claims at the local level.     We seek to protect our business through diligent claims management. Our claims are managed by our experienced personnel located in our regional operating subsidiaries and by some of our MGAs. We maintain a culture of rigorously investigating claims, preventing fraud and litigating our claims as necessary before final settlement.

 

    Expand in the United States and Canada.     We rely on our detailed understanding of our regional markets to take advantage of any favorable conditions or trends. We look for opportunities to expand our specialty focus into selected regional markets and increase the distribution of our core products in our existing territories. We may also look for opportunities to acquire books of business or other companies which are in line with our specialty focus. Since late 2001, we have also entered into new programs with several MGAs in the United States to expand the distribution network for our core business lines. In 2003, gross premiums written from these programs were $1,290.0 million, or 49% of our business, compared to $961.4 million, or 45% of our business, in 2002.

 

   

Maintain a strong relationship with our agents, MGAs and brokers.     We are committed to our distribution network of independent agents, MGAs and brokers. We continually strive to provide the highest level of service to our agents, MGAs and brokers and build relationships at the local level in the

 

2


Table of Contents
 

markets in which we operate. We communicate with our network through a variety of channels and we look for opportunities to increase efficiency and further reduce our operating costs, including through the use of technology and automation. We also look for opportunities to expand our distribution relationships and enhance our product mix.

 

Corporate Information

 

Kingsway America’s principal executive offices are located at 150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6 th Floor, Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007. Kingsway America’s telephone number is (847) 871-6400. Kingsway Financial’s principal executive offices are located at 5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200, Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5H8. Kingsway Financial’s telephone number is (905) 629-7888.

 

Kingsway Financial’s Web site is www.kingsway-financial.com . Information on the Web site is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus and you should not consider this information as part of this prospectus.

 

3


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

 

Purpose of Exchange    We sold the original notes in two private offerings to qualified institutional buyers through Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, who we refer to as the initial purchaser. In connection with those offerings, we and the initial purchaser entered into registration rights agreements for the benefit of the holders of the original notes providing for, among other things, the exchange offer. The exchange offer is intended to make the exchange notes freely transferable by the holders without further registration or any prospectus delivery requirement under the Securities Act. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Registration Rights.”
The Exchange Offer    We are offering to exchange up to US$125 million aggregate principal amount of our new 7.50% senior notes due 2014 (which we refer to as the “Exchange Notes”) for US$125 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 7.50% senior notes due 2014 (which we refer to as the “Original Notes”). We sometimes refer to the Exchange Notes and the Original Notes collectively as the Notes. The terms of the Exchange Notes and Original Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity), except that the Exchange Notes will be freely transferable by the holders, have no registration rights and are not eligible to receive special interest.
Expiration Date    The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended (the “expiration date”).
Conditions of the Exchange Offer   

Our obligation to consummate the exchange offer is not subject to any conditions, other than that the exchange offer does not violate any applicable law or Commission staff interpretation. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Conditions of the Exchange Offer.” We reserve the right to terminate or amend the exchange offer at any time prior to the expiration date if, among other things, there shall have been proposed, adopted or enacted any law, statute, rule, regulation or Commission staff interpretation which, in our judgment, could reasonably be expected to materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Original Notes   

Brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and other nominees who hold Original Notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) may effect tenders by book-entry transfer in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”). To tender Original Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer, an agent’s message (as defined under the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering”) or a completed and signed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documentation, must be delivered to the exchange agent at the address set forth in this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date, and the Original Notes must be tendered in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. To tender Original Notes for exchange by means other than book-entry transfer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) in accordance with the instructions in this prospectus and contained in the letter of transmittal and mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Original Notes, any required signature guarantees and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at the address set forth in this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date. By executing the letter of transmittal, you represent to us that:

    

•      you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    

•      you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

 

•      you are not an “affiliate” of Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial (as defined under the Securities Act) or, if you are an affiliate, that you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

     In addition, each broker or dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for any Original Notes that were acquired by the broker or dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. See the sections entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution.”
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners   

If you are a beneficial owner whose Original Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If the Original Notes are in certificated form and you are a beneficial owner who wishes to tender on the registered holder’s behalf, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the Original Notes, you must either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Original Notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures   

If you wish to tender your Original Notes in the exchange offer but your Original Notes are not immediately available for delivery or other documentation cannot be completed by the expiration date, or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you may still tender your Original Notes by completing, signing and delivering the letter of transmittal or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an agent’s message, with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date and tendering your Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Withdrawal Rights    You may withdraw your tender of Original Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”
Acceptance of Original Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes   

We will accept for exchange any and all Original Notes that are properly tendered to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration date. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

5


Table of Contents
Exchange Agent    BNY Midwest Trust Company is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”
Tax Consequences    For a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership of the Notes, the exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes and the disposition of Notes, see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Effect on Holders of the Original Notes   

As a result of making this exchange offer, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered Original Notes pursuant to the terms thereof, we will have fulfilled some of our obligations under the registration rights agreements, and, accordingly, there will be no special interest on the Original Notes pursuant to the registration rights agreements. Holders of Original Notes who do not tender their Original Notes will continue to be entitled to all of the rights and limitations applicable thereto under the indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among Kingsway America, Kingsway Financial and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), relating to the Notes, except for any rights under the Indenture or the registration rights agreements which by their terms terminate or cease to be effective as a result of our making and accepting for exchange all validly tendered Original Notes pursuant to the exchange offer (including the right to receive special interest as described above). All Original Notes that remain outstanding will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the Original Notes and the Indenture. To the extent that Original Notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for Original Notes could be adversely affected.

Use of Proceeds    We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We used approximately US$85 million net proceeds from the sale of the Original Notes for repayment of bank debt and the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, including the provision of additional capital to our subsidiaries to support the expected growth of our business. See the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary Description of the Notes

 

The exchange offer applies to the entire US$125 million aggregate principal amount of Original Notes that are outstanding. The terms of the Original Notes and Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects, except for certain transfer restrictions, registration and other rights relating to the exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes and the payment of special interest. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Original Notes and will be governed by the Indenture under which the Original Notes were issued. See the section entitled “Description of Notes.”

 

Issuer    Kingsway America Inc.
Securities offered    US$125 million aggregate principal amount of 7.50% senior notes due 2014, or the Exchange Notes.
Interest Rate    7.50%
Maturity Date    February 1, 2014.
Interest Payment Dates    February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on August 1, 2004.
Sinking Fund    None
Ranking   

The Exchange Notes will be unsecured senior obligations of Kingsway America and will rank equally with all Kingsway America’s other unsecured senior indebtedness, including Kingsway America’s guarantee of our credit agreements and our $78 million of 8.25% Debentures due December 31, 2007 (the “Senior Debentures”). For a description of our credit agreements and the Senior Debentures, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition” in our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003 incorporated by reference herein. The Exchange Notes will rank senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Kingsway America, including its subordinated debentures relating to trust preferred securities.

 

As of March 31, 2004, Kingsway America had approximately US$215.5 million of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, of which US$125.0 million was senior indebtedness, and Kingsway Financial had approximately $386.1 million of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, of which $266.7 million was senior indebtedness. Under the Indenture subject to certain limitations, we will have the ability to incur additional indebtedness in the future, including indebtedness which constitutes senior indebtedness. See the section entitled “Description of the Notes.”

Parent Guarantee    The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed by Kingsway Financial. This guarantee, which we refer to as the Parent Guarantee, will be an unsecured senior obligation of Kingsway Financial and will rank equally with all Kingsway Financial’s other unsecured senior indebtedness, including our credit agreements and the Senior Debentures. See the section entitled “Description of the Notes—The Parent Guarantee.”
Optional Redemption    The Notes are redeemable at Kingsway America’s option, in whole or in part, on or after February 1, 2009 at the redemption prices set forth under the section entitled “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

7


Table of Contents
Certain Covenants    The Indenture contains certain covenants that limit the ability of Kingsway Financial, Kingsway America and their respective subsidiaries to, among other things: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; create or assume liens or secured indebtedness; pay dividends or effect redemptions; merge or consolidate with any other person; sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets; or allow Kingsway America to be owned by any person other than Kingsway Financial or a non-operating subsidiary of Kingsway Financial. See the section entitled “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants.”
Exchange Offer; Registration Rights   

In the registration rights agreements, we agreed to file with the Commission one or more registration statements with respect to an offer to exchange the Original Notes for substantially similar notes that are registered under the Securities Act. Alternatively, if the exchange offer cannot be completed, we may file one or more registration statements to cover resales of the Original Notes. If we do not comply with these obligations, we will be required to pay special interest to the holders of the Original Notes, but this provision does not apply to the Exchange Notes. This offering of Exchange Notes is being made to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer— Registration Rights.”

Transfer Restrictions    The Original Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are subject to restrictions on transfer. The Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to those restrictions.
No Public Market    The Original Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, a new issue of securities and will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the Original Notes and, if issued, the Exchange Notes, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice.
Risk Factors    See the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered prior to tendering your Original Notes for Exchange Notes.

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following tables set forth the summary consolidated financial data and other financial information of Kingsway Financial and Kingsway America as at and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003 and as at and for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003. The summary consolidated financial data below for each of the three-month periods ending March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003 should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus beginning on page F-1. The summary consolidated financial data presented below for the five-year period ending December 31, 2003 should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes in our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Kingsway Financial’s consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, which we refer to in this prospectus as Canadian GAAP. Canadian GAAP, as applied to us, conforms in all material respects with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which we refer to in this prospectus as U.S. GAAP, except as otherwise described in the consolidated financial statements of Kingsway Financial included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus, where we provide a reconciliation of the differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP. Kingsway America’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The financial information as at and for each of the years in the five-year period ending December 31, 2003 is derived from the audited financial statements of Kingsway Financial incorporated by reference into this prospectus from our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003 and of Kingsway America, which are not so incorporated or included herein. The financial information as at and for each of the three-month periods ending March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of Kingsway Financial included in this prospectus and of Kingsway America, which are not so included. Kingsway Financial publishes its consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars and Kingsway America publishes its consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. The comparability of the operating data in different periods is affected by currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

9


Table of Contents

Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
    (unaudited)                                
    (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)  

AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP:

                                                       

Statement of Operations Data

                                                       

Gross premiums written

  $ 710,445     $ 702,560     $ 2,636,822     $ 2,124,691     $ 1,065,262     $ 643,022     $ 508,595  

Net premiums written

    684,081       666,663       2,518,711       2,009,963       1,014,960       604,693       468,874  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Revenues:

                                                       

Net premiums earned

    584,830       551,255       2,381,984       1,737,754       872,830       539,969       445,557  

Investment income

    19,330       12,910       66,100       56,316       42,692       37,109       32,037  

Premium finance income

    2,999       2,856       12,269       8,539       9,861       7,467       5,761  

Net realized gains

    6,770       (688 )     55,032       16,259       12,079       10,444       950  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenues

    613,929       566,333       2,515,385       1,818,868       937,462       594,989       484,305  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Expenses:

                                                       

Claims incurred

    422,206       388,664       1,770,137       1,240,329       616,079       371,946       304,541  

Commissions and premium taxes

    110,555       114,309       503,158       372,051       167,176       106,378       90,844  

General and administrative

    41,662       30,432       142,611       122,762       81,938       66,925       61,630  

Interest expense

    6,930       4,462       20,983       12,274       11,399       11,408       10,557  

Amortization of intangible assets

    175       230       854       716       —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total expenses

    581,528       538,907       2,437,743       1,748,132       876,592       556,657       467,572  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes

    32,401       28,236       77,642       70,736       60,870       38,332       16,733  

Income taxes (benefit)

    1,633       3,842       (7,641 )     (8,796 )     10,083       5,393       (1,896 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income before goodwill

    30,768       24,394       85,283       79,532       50,787       32,939       18,629  

Amortization of goodwill, net of applicable income taxes (1)

    —         —         —         —         5,856       5,469       5,031  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 30,768     $ 24,394     $ 85,283     $ 79,532     $ 44,931     $ 27,470     $ 13,598  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.55     $ 0.49     $ 1.62     $ 1.61     $ 1.19     $ 0.80     $ 0.38  
   

As at

March 31, 2004

    As at December 31,

 
   
    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
    (unaudited)                                
    (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data and ratios)  

AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP:

                                               

Balance Sheet Data

                                               

Cash and investments

    $ 2,839,196     $ 2,652,935     $ 2,078,665     $ 1,223,198     $ 780,510     $ 686,196  

Total assets

      3,989,779       3,630,436       2,984,434       1,778,744       1,173,926       1,071,710  

Total liabilities

      3,237,732       2,925,477       2,371,509       1,241,902       901,213       829,668  

Total indebtedness, including subordinated debt

         386,056       347,876       272,026       144,516       143,129       153,270  

Total shareholders’ equity

         752,047       704,959       612,925       536,842       272,713       242,042  

Ratio of total debt to capitalization(2)

                34%       33 %     31 %     21 %     34 %     39 %

Book value per share

    $       13.39     $ 12.63     $ 12.56     $ 11.03     $ 8.01     $ 7.12  
    Three Months Ended
March 31,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
    (unaudited)                                

Other Data:

                                                       

Combined ratio(3)

                                                       

Consolidated

    98.2 %     96.8 %     101.4 %     99.8 %     99.1 %     101.0 %     102.6 %

Canadian operations(4)

    98.4 %     99.9 %     111.8 %     108.4 %     103.1 %     101.8 %     104.8 %

U.S. operations(4)

    98.2 %     96.0 %     98.3 %     97.2 %     96.8 %     100.9 %     100.6 %

Return on equity(5)

    16.9 %     16.0 %     12.9 %     13.8 %     13.3 %     10.7 %     5.5 %

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)

    5.68       7.33       4.70       6.76       5.83       3.88       2.11  

(1)   Effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with new accounting standards, all existing goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives ceased to be amortized to income over time, and are subject to a periodic impairment review to ensure that the fair value remains greater than, or equal to, book value.
(2)   The ratio of total debt to capitalization consists of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, divided by the sum of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, and total shareholders’ equity.
(3)   The combined ratio is the sum of the claims ratio and the expense ratio. The claims ratio is derived by dividing the amount of claims incurred by net premiums earned. The expense ratio is derived by dividing the sum of commissions and premium taxes and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4)   Canadian and U.S. segment information includes the results of our Bermuda and Barbados reinsurance subsidiaries, respectively.
(5)   Return on equity percentage is net income expressed as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity during the period.
(6)   Earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges to the extent that such charges are included in the determination of earnings. Fixed charges consist of interest expense.

 

10


Table of Contents

Kingsway America and its Subsidiaries

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

    2003

    2002

    2001

  2000

  1999

 
    (unaudited)                            
AMOUNTS UNDER U.S. GAAP:   (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Statement of Operations Data

                                                   

Direct premiums written

  $ 413,085     $ 379,904     $ 1,411,750     $ 1,031,834     $ 421,276   $ 220,202   $ 184,810  

Net premiums written

    129,014       118,543       417,263       304,431       171,269     108,946     93,800  
   


 


 


 


 

 

 


Revenues

                                                   

Net premiums earned

    99,547       90,400       402,595       310,236       142,651     99,958     96,353  

Net investment income

    4,805       3,261       15,418       15,980       8,391     8,174     9,076  

Net investment income—affiliate

    —         232       1,229       1,808       984     530     —    

Net realized investment gains

    789       (1,395 )     15,108       2,996       1,727     2,970     580  

Premium financing

    259       288       (215 )     477       2,377     1,611     1,333  

Miscellaneous income

    598       502       2,360       (394 )     826     390     391  
   


 


 


 


 

 

 


Total revenues

    105,998       93,288       436,495       331,103       156,956     113,633     107,733  

Expenses

                                                   

Claims incurred

    84,188       73,992       337,241       242,110       102,772     71,452     67,267  

Commissions and premium taxes

    2,807       964       12,780       48,558       10,074     8,301     9,941  

General and administrative

    18,174       8,211       57,509       45,643       25,257     23,674     25,042  

Interest expense(1)

    2,526       237       2,496       —         —       —       —    

Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets(2)

    133       153       611       458       4,155     4,179     3,267  
   


 


 


 


 

 

 


Total expenses

    107,828       83,557       410,637       336,769       142,258     107,606     105,517  
   


 


 


 


 

 

 


Income before income taxes

    (1,830 )     9,731       25,858       (5,666 )     14,698     6,027     2,216  

Income taxes (benefit)

    (51 )     3,443       8,270       (2,158 )     5,715     2,364     (1,241 )
   


 


 


 


 

 

 


Net income

  $ (1,779 )   $ 6,288     $ 17,588     $ (3,508 )   $ 8,983   $ 3,663   $ 3,457  
   


 


 


 


 

 

 


   

As at

March 31, 2004

   

As at December 31,


 
   
   

2003


  2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
    (unaudited)                              
AMOUNTS UNDER U.S. GAAP:   (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except ratios)  

Balance Sheet Data

                                         

Cash and investments

  $   547,467     $510,953   $ 583,750     $ 223,329     $ 156,136     $ 167,900  

Total assets

    2,174,549     1,824,874     1,475,543       617,799       422,740       400,859  

Total liabilities

    1,977,160     1,524,323     1,229,487       423,449       275,159       251,039  

Total indebtedness, including subordinated debt

       215,500     90,500     55,000       —         —         —    

Total shareholders’ equity

  $    197,389     $300,551   $ 231,056     $ 194,350     $ 147,581     $ 149,820  

Ratio of total debt to capitalization(3)

                52%     23%     19 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
    Three Months
Ended March 31,


   

Year Ended December 31,


 
    2004

    2003

   

2003


  2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
Other Data:   (unaudited)                              

Consolidated

                                               

Claims ratio(4)

  84.6 %   81.8 %   83.8%     78.0 %     72.0 %     71.5 %     69.8 %

Expense ratio(5)

  21.1 %   10.1 %   17.4%     30.4 %     24.8 %     32.0 %     36.3 %
   

 

 
 


 


 


 


Combined ratio(6)

  105.7 %   91.9 %   101.2%     108.4 %     96.8 %     103.5 %     106.1 %

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(7)

  0.28     42.06     11.97     —         —         —         —    

(1)   Kingsway America guarantees the bank debt of Kingsway Financial and from time to time distributes funds to pay the U.S.-related portion of the debt service, but is not a borrower under the credit agreements. Therefore, the interest expense relating to the bank debt of Kingsway Financial is not reflected in Kingsway America’s consolidated financial statements but on Kingsway Financial’s consolidated financial statements.
(2)   Effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with new accounting standards, all existing goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives ceased to be amortized to income over time, and are subject to a periodic impairment review to ensure that the fair value remains greater than, or equal to, book value.
(3)   The ratio of total debt to capitalization consists of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, divided by the sum of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, and total shareholders’ equity.
(4)   The claims ratio is derived by dividing the amount of claims incurred by net premiums earned.
(5)   The expense ratio is derived by dividing the sum of commissions and premium taxes and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(6)   The combined ratio is the sum of the claims ratio and the expense ratio.
(7)   Earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges to the extent that such charges are included in the determination of earnings. Fixed charges consist of interest expense.

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in the Notes involves a number of risks. Prospective investors should carefully read and consider the following risks and the other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the financial statements and the related notes, before investing in the Notes. The business, financial condition and results of operations of Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks.

 

Risks Relating to this Offering

 

The significant amount of debt of Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial could adversely affect our financial health, make us more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions and prevent Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial from fulfilling its obligations under the Notes.

 

As of March 31, 2004, including capital lease obligations and subordinated debt relating to trust preferred securities, Kingsway America had:

 

    approximately US$215.5 million of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, outstanding, of which US$125.0 million was senior debt;

 

    interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 of approximately US$2.5 million; and

 

    total debt to capitalization of 52%.

 

As of March 31, 2004, including capital lease obligations and subordinated debt relating to trust preferred securities, Kingsway Financial had:

 

    approximately $386.1 million of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, outstanding, of which $266.7 million was senior debt;

 

    interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 of approximately $6.9 million; and

 

    total debt to capitalization of 34%.

 

Our leverage could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

    make it more difficult for Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial to satisfy its obligations with respect to the Notes or its other indebtedness;

 

    limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, potential growth or other general corporate purposes;

 

    limit our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our business because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to make payments on our debt;

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors with less debt;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

 

    increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions.

 

The ability of Kingsway America to pay interest on the Notes and to satisfy its other debt obligations will depend upon, among other things, its future operating performance and its ability to refinance debt when necessary. Each of these factors is to a large extent dependent on economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond Kingsway America’s control. If, in the future, Kingsway America cannot generate sufficient cash from operations to make scheduled payments on the Notes or to meet its other obligations, it will need to refinance some or all of its debt, obtain additional financing or sell assets. The ability to borrow funds in the

 

12


Table of Contents

future to make payments on its debt will depend on our satisfaction of the covenants in our credit agreements, the indenture governing the Senior Debentures and other debt agreements, including the Indenture, and other future agreements.

 

Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial may incur additional debt in the future, which would intensify the risks we now face as a result of our debt levels described above.

 

Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although our credit agreements, debt indentures, the indenture governing the Senior Debentures and the Indenture restrict Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial from incurring additional debt, these restrictions are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. If Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial incur additional debt, the risks that we now face as a result of our leverage could intensify.

 

Although the Notes are referred to as “senior notes,” they will be subordinated to any secured indebtedness of Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial.

 

The Notes and the Parent Guarantee will be unsecured and subordinated to any secured indebtedness Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial, respectively, may incur to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial, the assets which serve as collateral for any secured indebtedness will be available to satisfy the obligations under the secured indebtedness before any payments are made on the Notes. Currently, neither Kingsway America nor Kingsway Financial has any outstanding secured debt.

 

Our holding company structure effectively subordinates claims against Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial to claims against their respective operating subsidiaries.

 

Each of Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial is a holding company with assets consisting primarily of the capital stock of their respective operating subsidiaries. The right of Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial to claim the assets of their respective subsidiaries is therefore junior to the claims that creditors of their respective subsidiaries have against those subsidiaries except to the extent that Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial may itself be a creditor of a subsidiary. Holders of the Notes will only be creditors of Kingsway America and of Kingsway Financial. In the case of subsidiaries of Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial, all of the existing and future liabilities of those subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors and preferred stockholders, will be effectively senior to the Notes.

 

If our operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends, Kingsway America may be unable to make payments under the Notes and Kingsway Financial may be unable to make payments under the Parent Guarantee.

 

Kingsway Financial conducts its operations through its Canadian subsidiaries and Kingsway America conducts its operations through its U.S. operating subsidiaries. Kingsway Financial also has wholly owned reinsurance subsidiaries domiciled in Bermuda and Barbados. As a result, Kingsway Financial’s ability to make payments on the Parent Guarantee and Kingsway America’s ability to make payments on its Notes will depend primarily on distributions or other payments to Kingsway Financial and Kingsway America from their operating subsidiaries. The payment of distributions, making of loans and advances or other payments to Kingsway Financial and Kingsway America from their respective subsidiaries depends on the earnings of those subsidiaries and is subject to various other business considerations. In addition, distributions and other payments by our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions imposed by the insurance laws of the domiciliary jurisdiction of such subsidiaries, including Barbados and Bermuda. For the year 2004, under these insurance regulatory restrictions, based on our December 31, 2003 financial statements, our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries would have aggregate dividend capacity of $212.9 million. However, our credit agreements contain financial covenants that may prevent our subsidiaries from paying any such dividends.

 

13


Table of Contents

Kingsway America, Kingsway Financial and their respective subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. The subsidiaries of Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial (other than Kingsway America) have no obligation to pay principal or interest on the Notes or to fund or to make funds available to Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial for that purpose, whether in the form of distributions, loans, advances or other payments.

 

Our ability to deduct interest on the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be limited or deferred. If so, our income taxes could be increased and we may have a reduced amount of cash available to pay principal or interest to the holders of the Notes.

 

The deduction of interest payable with respect to the Notes as accrued for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be deferred or disallowed pursuant to the earnings stripping rules of Section 163(j) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, or for that portion of the interest expense allocable to the holding of tax-exempt obligations as provided by Section 265 of the Code.

 

Under the earnings stripping rules of Section 163(j) of the Code, because the Notes are guaranteed by Kingsway Financial, a Canadian company, if the debt-to-equity ratio of our U.S. affiliated group exceeds a “safe harbor amount” equal to 1.5 to 1, the U.S. federal income tax deduction for interest accrued on the Notes would potentially be subject to partial or complete deferral or disallowance. The amount deferred or disallowed would be limited to the amount that our U.S. group’s net interest expense exceeds the sum of 50% of the group’s adjusted taxable income plus any unused “excess limitation” from the prior three years. Our U.S. group’s “excess limitation” would be equal to the amount by which 50% of the group’s adjusted taxable income exceeds its net interest expense. Any amount of the deduction for interest disallowed under the earnings stripping rules could be carried over to the succeeding taxable year. Legislation has been introduced in the Congress that would eliminate the 1.5 to 1 debt-equity safe harbor described above and reduce the adjusted taxable income threshold described above. This proposal also would limit the carryforward period for disallowed interest and eliminate the carryover of unused “excess limitation.” We believe that our deduction of interest payable with respect to the Notes would not currently be deferred or disallowed pursuant to the existing or proposed limitations. However, we cannot assure you that deductions may not be limited in the future.

 

Under Section 265(a)(2) of the Code, interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry obligations exempt from U.S. federal income tax is not deductible. The determination of whether the indebtedness incurred by Kingsway America from the issuance of the Notes was continued or incurred to purchase or carry tax-exempt obligations is based on relevant facts and circumstances, and to the extent that we currently own or invest in tax-exempt obligations after issuance of the Notes, our deduction for U.S. federal income taxes could be subject to disallowance.

 

The Original Notes are subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

We relied on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws in offering the Original Notes. Accordingly, the Original Notes may be transferred or resold only in transactions registered, or exempt from registration, under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The exchange of the Original Notes for Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act.

 

No established market exists for the Notes.

 

There is currently no public market for the Original Notes. The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. Although the initial purchaser has advised Kingsway America that it currently intends to make a market in the Original Notes and, if issued, the Exchange Notes, it is not obligated to do so and may discontinue such market-making at any time without notice. In addition, such market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and may be limited during the exchange offer. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your Original Notes or Exchange Notes at a particular time or that

 

14


Table of Contents

the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable. We also cannot assure you as to the level of liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange Notes or, in the case of any holders of Original Notes that do not participate in the exchange offer, the trading market for the Original Notes. Kingsway America does not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the Original Notes or, if issued, the Exchange Notes. If any of the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price. Future trading prices of the Notes will depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, general economic conditions and our financial condition, performance and prospects.

 

You must carefully follow the required procedures in order to exchange your Original Notes.

 

The Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for Original Notes only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of a duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you wish to tender your Original Notes, you must allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. Neither we nor the exchange agent has any duty to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Original Notes for exchange. Any holder of Original Notes who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker or dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired in market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. See the sections entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedure for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution” beginning on

pages 78 and 89 of this prospectus, respectively.

 

If you do not exchange Original Notes for Exchange Notes, transfer restrictions will continue and trading of the Original Notes may be adversely affected.

 

The Original Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are subject to substantial restrictions on transfer. Original Notes that are not tendered for exchange or are tendered but are not accepted will, following completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to existing restrictions upon transfers. We do not currently expect to register the Original Notes under the Securities Act. To the extent that Original Notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for Original Notes, if any, could be adversely affected. See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange” beginning on page 82 of this prospectus.

 

It may be difficult for investors to enforce civil liabilities against Kingsway Financial under U.S. federal and state securities laws.

 

Kingsway Financial is incorporated under the laws of Ontario, Canada. Most of its directors and executive officers are residents of Canada and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of these persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Kingsway Financial or its directors and officers or to realize against them upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liabilities of Kingsway Financial or its directors or officers under U.S. federal securities laws or securities or blue sky laws of any state within the United States. We believe that a judgment of a U.S. court predicated solely upon the civil liability under the Securities Act and/or the Exchange Act would likely be enforceable in Canada if the U.S. court in which the judgment was obtained had a basis for jurisdiction in the matter that was recognized by a Canadian court for such purposes. We cannot assure you that this will be the case. There is substantial doubt whether an action could be brought in Canada in the first instance on the basis of liability predicated solely upon such laws.

 

You may be unable to enforce your rights under U.S. bankruptcy law.

 

Kingsway Financial is incorporated under the laws of Ontario, Canada and a substantial amount of its assets are located outside of the United States. Under bankruptcy laws in the United States, courts typically have jurisdiction over a debtor’s property, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. However, courts outside of the United States may not recognize the United States bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction.

 

15


Table of Contents

Accordingly, difficulties may arise in administering a United States bankruptcy case involving a Canadian debtor with property located outside of the United States, and any orders or judgments of a bankruptcy court in the United States may not be enforceable.

 

The rights of the Trustee and holders of the Notes to enforce remedies under the Indenture could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to us. For example, both the Canadian Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act and the Canadian Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act contain provisions enabling “an insolvent person” to obtain an order which could prevent its creditors and others from initiating or continuing proceedings against it while it prepares a proposal or plan of arrangement for approval by those creditors who will be affected by the proposal or plan of arrangement. Such a restructuring plan or proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of the insolvent’s creditors and approved by the supervising court, would be binding on the minorities in any such class who vote against the plan or proposal. This restructuring legislation generally permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, even though it may be in default under the applicable debt instrument during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in force.

 

During the stay period, the Trustee and holders of the Notes are likely to be restrained from enforcing remedies under the Indenture and payments under the Parent Guarantee are unlikely to be made. It is equally unlikely that holders of the Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment, if any, of principal or interest other than a right to claim accrued and unpaid interest on the amounts owing under the Notes and the Indenture, unless the right is itself compromised under any restructuring plan or proposal approved by creditors and the court.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our insurance subsidiaries’ provision for unpaid claims may be inadequate, which would result in a reduction in our net income.

 

Our insurance subsidiaries’ provisions for unpaid claims do not represent an exact calculation of our actual liability, but are estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time of what we expect to be the cost of the ultimate settlement and administration of known and unknown claims. The process for establishing the provision for unpaid claims reflects the uncertainties and significant judgmental factors inherent in predicting future results of both known and unknown claims and as such, the process is inherently complex and imprecise. Actual losses from claims may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the provisions for unpaid claims reflected in our financial statements. As of March 31, 2004, our provisions for unpaid claims were $1,836.1 million, which we believe are adequate.

 

We base our provisions for unpaid claims on facts and circumstances then known, estimates of future trends in claims severity and other variable factors such as inflation. Furthermore, factors such as inflation, claims settlement patterns, legislative activity and litigation trends, all of which are difficult to predict, may have a substantial impact on our actual claims experience. As time passes and more information about the claims becomes known, the estimates are appropriately adjusted upward or downward to reflect this additional information. Because of the elements of uncertainty encompassed in this estimation process, and the extended time it can take to settle many of the more substantial claims, several years of experience are usually required before a meaningful comparison can be made between actual losses and the original provisions for unpaid claims.

 

The development of the provisions for unpaid claims is shown by the difference between estimates of claims as of the initial year-end and the re-estimated liability at each subsequent year end. Favorable development (reserve redundancy) means that the original claims estimates were higher than subsequently determined. Unfavorable development (reserve deficiency) means that the original claims estimates were lower than subsequently determined. During 2003, we experienced reserve deficiencies of $196.8 million on prior periods.

 

16


Table of Contents

Of this deficiency, 17% was related to non-standard automobile, standard automobile and motorcycle business in Ontario, which we refer to as our Ontario automobile business, 9% was related to our commercial automobile business in Canada, 10% was related to our non-standard automobile business in Florida, 18% was related to our non-standard automobile business in Alberta, 11% to our MGA non-standard automobile programs in the United States, 9% was related to trucking in the United States, and 7% was related to our trucking business in Canada. Although we have made adjustments in our reserving practices to reflect this claims experience, we cannot assure you that these unfavorable trends will not require additional reserves in the future. For a summary of the development of our provision for unpaid claims over the past ten years, see the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Provisions for Unpaid Claims” and “—Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

In addition, we have in the past, and may in the future, acquire other insurance companies. We cannot assure you that the provisions for unpaid claims of the companies that we acquire are or will be adequate.

 

To the extent our insurance subsidiaries’ actual claims experience is less favorable than our current claims estimates reflected in our provisions for unpaid claims, we will be required to increase our provisions for unpaid claims which will reduce our profitability in future periods. Moreover, insufficiencies in our insurance subsidiaries’ provisions for unpaid claims could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may experience difficulty in managing our growth, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We have grown rapidly over the last several years. As a result, our gross premiums increased 66% in 2001, 99% in 2002, 24% in 2003 and 1% in the first three months of 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. This growth may place a strain on our management systems and operational and financial resources. Rapid growth in gross premiums may also place a strain on the surplus of our subsidiaries. We plan to continue to expand our specialty focus into selected regional markets in the United States and Canada and to increase the distribution of our core products in our existing markets. Our future growth and the successful integration and management of new MGA relationships, acquired businesses and other new business involves numerous risks that could adversely affect our growth and profitability, and are contingent on various factors, including:

 

    expanding our financial, operational and management information systems;

 

    managing our relationships with independent agents, MGAs and brokers, including maintaining adequate controls;

 

    expanding our executive management and the infrastructure required to effectively control our growth;

 

    maintaining ratings for certain of our insurance subsidiaries;

 

    increasing the statutory capital of our insurance subsidiaries to support additional underwriting;

 

    accurately setting provisions for claims for new business where we lack historical underwriting experience;

 

    obtaining regulatory approval for appropriate premium rates; and

 

    obtaining the required regulatory approvals to offer additional insurance products or expand into additional states and provinces.

 

As described elsewhere in this prospectus, A.M. Best announced in February 2003 that the financial strength rating for Lincoln General Insurance Company, our largest U.S. operating subsidiary, remained under review with negative implications pending the completion of our capital raising initiatives and effective management of Lincoln General’s premium growth in 2003. A.M. Best expressed concerns regarding our ability to secure

 

17


Table of Contents

significant amounts of new capital both to support our current book of business and to sustain our future growth plans as well as Lincoln General’s ability to maintain profitability and effectively manage its growth and administer the underwriting and claims functions associated with Lincoln General’s substantial amount of new business. On September 15, 2003, A.M. Best affirmed Lincoln General’s A- (Excellent) rating with a negative outlook, and stated that Lincoln General was no longer under review. In February 2003, A.M. Best lowered the financial strength rating of our Canadian subsidiaries from A (Excellent) to A- (Excellent) as a result of deterioration in the Canadian group’s capitalization due to strong premium growth and poor underwriting performance driven by adverse loss development on our Ontario automobile business. On March 5, 2004, A.M. Best lowered their financial strength ratings of two of our Canadian subsidiaries, Kingsway General Insurance Company, or Kingsway General, and York Fire Casualty Company, or York Fire, each from A- (Excellent) to B++ (Very Good) and assigned a negative outlook. A.M. Best stated that the lowered ratings of Kingsway General and York Fire were based on operating and underwriting performance and weak capitalization, partially offset by significant rate increases in 2002 and 2003, the strengthening of loss reserves, the progress made to reduce claim costs, as well as the explicit financial support of Kingsway Financial. In addition, A.M. Best expressed concerns regarding the impact of regulatory changes to automobile insurance products occurring in Ontario and Alberta on the profitability of Kingsway General and York Fire. A.M. Best also stated that the financial strength ratings of all of our insurance subsidiaries in both the United States and Canada will remain under pressure pending our ability to lower underwriting leverage by raising capital, meeting our 2004 profit targets, controlling premium growth and eliminating adverse loss reserve development. A.M. Best has also informed us that in the near term we will either need to substantially increase capital and surplus of our insurance subsidiaries or secure additional reinsurance to reduce our net premiums written. We believe that we will be able to address A.M. Best’s concerns within a time frame considered adequate by A.M. Best. We cannot assure you, however, that A.M. Best will not downgrade our ratings. If we are unable to maintain our current claims-paying ratings, our ability to write insurance and compete with other insurance companies may be adversely affected.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our growth effectively or that we will be successful in expanding our business, that our existing infrastructure will be able to support additional expansion or that any new business will be profitable. If we are unable to manage our growth, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

We rely on independent agents, MGAs and brokers and are exposed to risks.

 

We market and distribute our automobile insurance products through a network of over 2,900 independent agents and approximately 20 MGAs in the United States and over 3,000 independent brokers across Canada. In 2003, approximately 56% of our gross written premiums in the United States were sourced through MGAs and approximately 44% were sourced through independent agents. Our insurance products are marketed through a large number of independent agents, MGAs and brokers and we rely heavily on their ability to attract new business. These independent agencies and MGAs typically represent more than one insurance company, which may expose us to competition within the agencies and, therefore, we cannot rely on their commitment to our insurance products. In some markets, we operate pursuant to “open market” arrangements in which we have no formal relationships with the brokers who place our risk in these markets. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by these intermediaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our independent agents, MGAs and brokers generally have the ability to bind insurance policies and a few MGAs may settle claims on our behalf, and we have only limited ability to exercise control over them. In the event that an independent agent, MGA or broker exceeds its authority by binding us on a risk that does not comply with our underwriting guidelines, we may be at risk for that policy until we effect a cancellation. Although to date we have not experienced a material loss from improper use of binding authority by our agents, MGAs or brokers, any improper use of such authority may result in losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

18


Table of Contents

In accordance with industry practice, our customers often pay the premiums for their policies to agents, MGAs or brokers for payment over to us. These premiums are considered paid when received by the agent, MGA or broker and thereafter the customer is no longer liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premiums from the agent, MGA or broker. Consequently, we assume a degree of risk associated with our reliance on independent agents, MGAs and brokers in connection with the settlement of insurance balances.

 

In addition, MGAs are subject to regulation as insurance producers, including licensing requirements, and, to the extent that the MGA has the ability to bind insurance policies and to settle claims, the MGA is subject to regulation of these functions. Noncompliance by any of our MGAs with applicable regulatory requirements could have adverse regulatory implications on us. We have, in the past, become involved in the settlement of regulatory issues due to one of our MGAs, resulting in the payment of fines by us that were reimbursed by the MGA.

 

Engaging in acquisitions involves risks and, if we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business may be materially harmed.

 

From time to time we engage in discussions concerning acquisition opportunities, although we cannot assure you that any such discussions will result in a transaction. As a result of such discussions, we may enter into acquisition transactions. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including the following:

 

    difficulties in the integration of the acquired business;

 

    assumption of unknown material liabilities, including deficient provisions for unpaid claims;

 

    diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

    failure to achieve financial or operating objectives; and

 

    potential loss of policyholders or key employees of acquired companies.

 

We may not be able to integrate successfully any business, operations, personnel, services or products that we may acquire in the future.

 

The highly competitive environment in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The property and casualty markets in which we operate are highly competitive. We compete, and will continue to compete, with major North American and other insurers, many of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do. There may also be other companies that may be planning to enter the insurance industry of which we are not aware. Insurers in our markets generally compete on the basis of price, consumer recognition, coverages offered, claims handling, financial stability, customer service and geographic coverage. Although our pricing is influenced to some degree by that of our competitors, we generally believe that it is not in our best interest to compete solely on price, and may from time to time experience a loss of market share during periods of intense price competition. Our business could be adversely impacted by the loss of business to competitors offering competitive insurance products at lower prices. This competition could affect our ability to attract and retain profitable business.

 

In our non-standard automobile business, we compete with both large national underwriters and smaller regional companies. Our competitors include other companies that, like us, serve the independent agency market, as well as companies that sell insurance directly to customers. Direct underwriters may have certain competitive advantages over agency underwriters, including increased name recognition, loyalty of the customer base to the insurer rather than to an independent agency and reduced costs to acquire policies. Any new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could further increase competition in our markets. New competition from these developments could cause the demand for our products to decrease, which would adversely affect our profitability. In addition, in certain provinces or states, government-operated risk plans may provide non-standard automobile insurance products at a lower price than those we provide.

 

19


Table of Contents

Additionally, our markets may attract competition from time to time from new or temporary entrants. In some cases, such entrants may, because of inexperience, the desire for new business or for other reasons, price their insurance below the rates that we believe offer an acceptable premium for the related risk. Further, a number of our competitors, including new entrants to our markets, are developing e-business capabilities which may impact the level of business transacted through our more traditional distribution channels or which may affect pricing in the market as a whole.

 

Our operating results may fluctuate as a result of many factors, including cyclical patterns in the property and casualty insurance industry and in the automobile insurance market.

 

The results of companies in the property and casualty insurance industry have been subject to significant fluctuations and uncertainties. The industry’s profitability can be affected significantly by many factors, including:

 

    rising costs that are not known by companies at the time they price their products, such as unforeseen case law developments;

 

    volatile and unpredictable developments, including weather-related and other natural catastrophes;

 

    changes in insurance and tax laws and regulation, as well as new legislative initiatives; and

 

    general economic conditions, such as fluctuations in interest rates, inflationary pressures and other changes in the investment environment, which affect returns on invested capital and may impact the ultimate payout of loss amounts.

 

In addition, the profitability of automobile insurers can be affected significantly by many factors, including:

 

    regulatory regimes which limit their ability to detect and defend against fraudulent claims and fraud rings;

 

    developing trends in tort and class action litigation which may encourage frivolous litigation or expose automobile insurers to allegations of bad faith;

 

    changes in consumer protection laws which could limit the use of used or like kind and quality after-market parts or to compel compensation for alleged diminution in value notwithstanding repair of the vehicle; and

 

    changes in laws or regulations, including the adoption of consumer initiatives regarding rates charged for automobile or other insurance coverage or claims handling procedures.

 

The financial performance of the property and casualty insurance industry has historically tended to fluctuate in cyclical patterns of “soft” markets characterized generally by increased competition resulting in lower premium rates followed by “hard” markets characterized generally by lessening competition and increasing premiums rates. Although an individual insurance company’s financial performance depends on its own specific business characteristics, the profitability of most property and casualty insurance companies tends to follow this cyclical market pattern with profitability generally increasing in hard markets and decreasing in soft markets.

 

Our operations are restricted by the terms of our debt, which could limit our ability to plan for or to react to market conditions or meet our capital needs, which could increase your credit risk.

 

Our credit agreements, debt indentures, the indenture governing the Senior Debentures and the Indenture contain numerous covenants that limit our ability, among other things, to borrow money, make particular types of investments or other restricted payments, sell assets, merge or consolidate, pay dividends or redeem capital stock, and incur liens to secure indebtedness. These agreements also require us to maintain specified financial ratios, including a requirement that we maintain on a consolidated basis a specified ratio of net premiums written to statutory capital and surplus, or capital surplus ratio. The covenants under these agreements could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or to meet our capital needs. Our ability to comply with the capital surplus ratios and other financial covenants in these agreements may be affected by events beyond our control and we may have to curtail some of our operations and growth plans to maintain compliance.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our credit agreements or debt indentures, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default which could cause payment of our debt to be accelerated.

 

If we are not able to comply with the covenants and other requirements contained in our credit agreements, the indenture governing the Senior Debentures or our debt indentures, an event of default under the relevant debt instrument could occur. If an event of default does occur, it could trigger a default under our other debt instruments (including the Indenture), we could be prohibited from accessing additional borrowings, and the holders of the defaulted debt instrument could declare amounts outstanding with respect to such debt to become immediately due and payable. Upon such an event, our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, including Kingsway America’s and Kingsway Financial’s obligations with respect to the Notes. In addition, such a repayment under an event of default could adversely affect our liquidity and force us to cease or substantially slow our growth.

 

If we are unable to maintain our current claims-paying ratings, our ability to write insurance and compete with other insurance companies may be adversely impacted.

 

Third party rating agencies assess and rate the claims-paying ability of insurers and reinsurers based upon criteria established by the rating agencies. Periodically these rating agencies evaluate us to confirm that we continue to meet the criteria of the ratings previously assigned to us. Financial strength ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and may be expected to have an effect on an insurance company’s premiums.

 

Our insurance subsidiaries are rated by A.M. Best, which issues independent opinions of an insurer’s financial strength and ability to meet policyholder obligations. Our Canadian subsidiaries, Kingsway General Insurance Company and York Fire & Casualty Insurance Company possess a “B++” (Very Good) rating from A.M. Best (fifth highest of 15 rating levels) and Jevco Insurance Company possesses an “A-” (Excellent) rating from A.M. Best (fourth highest of 15 rating levels). Of our U.S. subsidiaries, Lincoln General Insurance Company and Universal Casualty Company have an “A-” (Excellent) rating (fourth highest of 15 rating levels), American Service Insurance Company, Inc. has a “B++” (Very Good) rating (fifth highest of 15 rating levels), American Country Insurance Company and Southern United Fire Insurance Company have a “B+” (Very Good) rating (sixth highest of 15 rating levels), and U.S. Security Insurance Company has a “B” (Fair) rating (seventh highest of 15 rating levels). According to A.M. Best, companies rated as A and A- (Excellent) are deemed “secure” and are assigned to insurers which have, on balance, excellent balance sheet strength and operating performance and business profile when compared to the standards established by A.M. Best and, in A.M. Best’s opinion, have a strong ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. According to A.M. Best, companies rated as B++ and B+ (Very Good) are deemed “secure” and are assigned to insurers which have, on balance, very good balance sheet strength and operating performance and business profile when compared to the standards established by A.M. Best and, in A.M. Best’s opinion, have a good ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. According to A.M. Best, companies rated as B (Fair) are deemed “vulnerable” and are assigned to insurers which have, on balance, fair balance sheet strength and operating performance and business profile when compared to the standards established by A.M. Best and, in A.M. Best’s opinion, have an ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.

 

On February 27, 2003, A.M. Best affirmed the individual financial strength ratings of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries and lowered the group financial strength rating of our Canadian subsidiaries from A (Excellent) to A- (Excellent). A.M. Best stated that the lowered rating of our Canadian group resulted from a deterioration in the group’s capitalization due to strong premium growth and poor underwriting performance driven by adverse loss development in our Ontario automobile business. A.M. Best also stated that the rating would remain under pressure pending the ability of our Canadian subsidiaries to improve their capital position and meet their underwriting and operating objectives for 2003. In addition, the financial strength rating for Lincoln General, our largest U.S. subsidiary, remained under review with negative implications pending the completion of our capital raising initiatives and effective management of Lincoln’s premium growth in 2003. A.M. Best expressed

 

21


Table of Contents

concerns regarding our ability to secure significant amounts of new capital both to support our current book of business and to sustain our future growth plans as well as Lincoln General’s ability to maintain profitability and effectively manage its growth and administer the underwriting and claims functions associated with its substantial amount of new business. On September 15, 2003, A.M. Best affirmed Lincoln General’s A- (Excellent) rating with a negative outlook, and stated that Lincoln General was no longer under review.

 

On March 5, 2004, A.M. Best lowered their financial strength ratings of two of our Canadian subsidiaries, Kingsway General Insurance Company, or Kingsway General, and York Fire Casualty Company, or York Fire, each from A- (Excellent) to B++ (Very Good) and assigned a negative outlook. A.M. Best stated that the lowered ratings of Kingsway General and York Fire were based on operating and underwriting performance and weak capitalization, partially offset by significant rate increases in 2002 and 2003, the strengthening of loss reserves, the progress made to reduce claim costs, as well as the explicit financial support of Kingsway Financial. In addition, A.M. Best expressed concerns regarding the impact of regulatory changes to automobile insurance products occurring in Ontario and Alberta on the profitability of Kingsway General and York Fire. A.M. Best also stated that the financial strength ratings of all of our insurance subsidiaries in both the United States and Canada will remain under pressure pending our ability to lower underwriting leverage by raising capital, meeting our 2004 profit targets, controlling premium growth and eliminating adverse loss reserve development. A.M. Best has also informed us that in the near term we will either need to substantially increase capital and surplus of our insurance subsidiaries or secure additional reinsurance to reduce our net premiums written in order to maintain our present ratings. We believe that we will be able to address A.M. Best’s concerns within a time frame considered adequate by A.M. Best. We cannot assure you, however, that A.M. Best will not downgrade our ratings. If we are unable to maintain our current ratings, our ability to write insurance business and compete with other insurance companies may be adversely affected.

 

Rating agencies evaluate insurance companies based on financial strength and the ability to pay claims, factors which are more relevant to policyholders than investors. Financial strength ratings by rating agencies are not ratings of securities or recommendations to buy, hold or sell any security.

 

The majority of our gross premiums written are derived from the non-standard automobile and trucking insurance markets. If the demand for insurance in these markets declines, our results of operations could significantly decline.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, approximately 36.6% of our gross premiums written were attributable to non-standard automobile and 30.7% were attributable to trucking insurance. In the three month period ended March 31, 2004, approximately 35.9% of our gross premiums written were attributable to non-standard automobile and 27.9% were attributable to trucking insurance. The size of both the non-standard automobile and trucking insurance markets can be affected significantly by many factors outside of our control, such as the underwriting capacity and underwriting criteria of standard automobile insurance carriers and trucking insurers, and we may specifically be affected by these factors. Additionally, an economic downturn in one or more of our principal markets could result in fewer automobile sales and a lower volume of goods shipped by truck resulting in less demand for these insurance products. To the extent that these insurance markets are affected adversely for any reason, our gross premiums written will be disproportionately affected due to our substantial reliance on these insurance markets.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable insurance laws or regulatory requirements, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

As an insurance company, we are subject to numerous laws and regulations. These laws and regulations delegate regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers to federal, provincial or state insurance commissioners and agencies. Such regulation generally is designed to protect policyholders rather than shareholders, and is related to matters including:

 

    rate setting;

 

    risk-based capital and solvency standards;

 

    restrictions on the amount, type, nature, quality and quantity of investments;

 

22


Table of Contents
    the maintenance of adequate reserves for unearned premiums and unpaid claims;

 

    restrictions on the types of terms that can be included in insurance policies;

 

    standards for accounting;

 

    marketing practices;

 

    claims settlement practices;

 

    the examination of insurance companies by regulatory authorities, including periodic financial and market conduct examinations;

 

    the licensing of insurers and their agents;

 

    limitations on dividends and transactions with affiliates;

 

    approval of certain reinsurance transactions; and

 

    insolvency proceedings.

 

In addition, these statutes typically require us periodically to file financial statements and annual reports, prepared on a statutory accounting basis, and other information with insurance regulatory authorities, including information concerning our capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations. We allocate considerable time and resources to comply with these requirements.

 

Any failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines or significant restrictions on our ability to do business, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. In the past, various state insurance departments have levied fines on some of our subsidiaries in connection with regulatory examinations. In addition, any changes in laws or regulations, including the adoption of consumer initiatives regarding rates charged for automobile or other insurance coverage or claims handling procedures, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Rate freezes on automobile insurance premiums in Ontario and Alberta were effected in October and December of 2003, freezing automobile insurance rates at October 23rd and October 30th levels, respectively. The governments of Ontario and Alberta indicated that the rate freezes were in anticipation of insurance reform programs. In December 2003, the Ontario legislature passed the Automobile Rate Stabilization Act of 2003 (the “Rate Stabilization Act”) and lifted the rate freeze in January 2004. The Rate Stabilization Act requires insurers to submit their risk classification system and rates for automobile insurance to the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, or FSCO, for review and approval. Under the Rate Stabilization Act, FSCO is authorized to require insurers to vary their rate classification system and reduce their rates according to specified criteria. York Fire has received approval for a 1.4% rate reduction, and Kingsway General has received approval for no changes in rates. Bill 198, passed in Ontario and effective October 1, 2003, included new measures to address fraud and abuse by insureds, and the legislature of Ontario has indicated that it will continue to consider appropriate reforms to lower costs to insurance companies as well as reduce rates. Kingsway General had received approval from the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board to increase premiums effective December 1, 2003 for new business and January 1, 2004 for renewals. The government of Alberta froze premiums at October 30, 2003 levels. The effect of this retroactive application is that Kingsway General and other insurers in Alberta are not able to realize the additional revenues that would have been earned from the previously approved higher premiums, and also that Kingsway General and many other insurers in Alberta are required to make partial refunds of premiums that the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board had previously approved. We estimate that Kingsway General will ultimately be required to refund a total of not more than $2.5 million in premium, based on its expectation that the freeze would be in effect for up to 18 months. There is no assurance, however, that the freeze will not continue beyond the 18 month time frame. Kingsway General brought an administrative action against the government of Alberta seeking, among other things, compensation for the increased revenue that it would have earned from the previously approved premiums. The Court declined to rule on the

 

23


Table of Contents

compensation claim, stating that the claim must be determined through an ordinary civil proceeding. Kingsway General is preparing a statement of claim and intends to file an ordinary civil action to pursue its claim for compensation. Notwithstanding the freeze, rates in Alberta can increase under certain circumstances, including if a driver has an at-fault accident or a traffic violation resulting in demerits. The legislature in Alberta has proposed reforms with a goal to reduce costs to insurance companies as well as premium rates, although no definitive legislation has yet been passed. At this time there is no certainty as to what the final reform provisions will be or how such reforms will impact our Alberta automobile business.

 

If our insurance subsidiaries fail to comply with minimum capital requirements, they may be subject to regulatory action.

 

In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, a risk based capital, or RBC, formula was adopted by the U.S. National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, for U.S. insurance companies. State insurance regulators monitor the financial status of an insurer by reviewing the insurer’s compliance with RBC requirements. The provinces in Canada in which we operate have similar solvency requirements. If our insurance subsidiaries do not comply with these minimum capital requirements, they may be restricted or prohibited from operating. If our insurance subsidiaries are required to increase their reserves in the future, as a result of unexpectedly poor claims experience or otherwise, they may violate these minimum capital requirements unless we are able to take actions to improve the solvency of those subsidiaries. As a result, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

 

The Financial Services Commission of Ontario, or FSCO, has requested certain information from Kingsway General regarding the adequacy of Kingsway General’s claims reserves and requested that Kingsway execute an undertaking generally providing for the maintenance of certain capital levels and capital contributions. Kingsway General committed to maintain certain minimum asset test ratios through 2004, and its asset levels are presently in excess of the required ratios. We cannot assure you that additional capital contributions to Kingsway General will not be required.

 

It is not possible to predict the future impact of changing federal, state and provincial regulation on our operations, and there can be no assurance that laws and regulations enacted in the future will not be more restrictive than existing laws.

 

Our business could be adversely affected as a result of changing political, regulatory, economic or other influences.

 

The insurance industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. These factors affect the practices and operation of insurance and reinsurance organizations. Legislatures in Canada, the United States, Barbados, Bermuda and local jurisdictions in which we operate have periodically considered programs to reform or amend their respective insurance and reinsurance systems. Recently, the insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework has been subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions. For example, in the United States, current and proposed federal measures that may affect our business include proposals regarding insurance coverage for terrorism, natural disaster protection and tort reform. In Canada, we experienced an extension of the reporting period during which a plaintiff may bring suit against us under the tort provisions of the current Ontario automobile legislation which negatively impacted our results of operations in 2002 and 2003.

 

Changes in current insurance regulation may include increased governmental involvement in the insurance industry, initiatives aimed at premium controls, or may otherwise change the business and economic environment in which insurance industry participants operate. In some states, the automobile insurance industry has been under pressure in past years from regulators, legislators or special interest groups to reduce, freeze or set rates at levels that are not necessarily related to underlying costs or risks, including initiatives to roll back automobile

 

24


Table of Contents

and other personal line rates. These changes, if adopted, may limit our ability to price automobile insurance adequately and could require us to discontinue unprofitable product lines, make unplanned modifications of our products and services, or may result in delays or cancellations of sales of our products and services. We cannot predict the future impact of changing laws or regulations on our operations and any changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

Rate freezes on automobile insurance premiums in Ontario and Alberta were effected in October and December of 2003, freezing automobile insurance rates at October 23rd and October 30th levels, respectively. The governments of Ontario and Alberta indicated that the rate freezes were in anticipation of insurance reform programs. In December 2003, the Ontario legislature passed the Automobile Rate Stabilization Act of 2003 (the “Rate Stabilization Act”) and lifted the rate freeze in January 2004. The Rate Stabilization Act requires insurers to submit their risk classification system and rates for automobile insurance to the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, or FSCO, for review and approval. Under the Rate Stabilization Act, FSCO is authorized to require insurers to vary their rate classification system and reduce their rates according to specified criteria. York Fire has received approval for a 1.4% rate reduction, and Kingsway General has received approval for no changes in rates. Bill 198, passed in Ontario and effective October 1, 2003, included new measures to address fraud and abuse by insureds, and the legislature of Ontario has indicated that it will continue to consider appropriate reforms to lower costs to insurance companies as well as reduce rates. Kingsway General had received approval from the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board to increase premiums effective December 1, 2003 for new business and January 1, 2004 for renewals. The government of Alberta froze premiums at October 30, 2003 levels. The effect of this retroactive application is that Kingsway General and other insurers in Alberta are not able to realize the additional revenues that would have been earned from the previously approved higher premiums, and also that Kingsway General and many other insurers in Alberta are required to make partial refunds of premiums that the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board had previously approved. We estimate that Kingsway General will ultimately be required to refund a total of not more than $2.5 million in premium, based on its expectation that the freeze would be in effect for up to 18 months. There is no assurance, however, that the freeze will not continue beyond the 18 month time frame. Kingsway General brought an administrative action against the government of Alberta seeking, among other things, compensation for the increased revenue that it would have earned from the previously approved premiums. The Court declined to rule on the compensation claim, stating that the claim must be determined through an ordinary civil proceeding. Kingsway General is preparing a statement of claim and intends to file an ordinary civil action to pursue its claim for compensation. Notwithstanding the freeze, rates in Alberta can increase under certain circumstances, including if a driver has an at-fault accident or a traffic violation resulting in demerits. The legislature in Alberta has proposed reforms with a goal to reduce costs to insurance companies as well as premium rates, although no definitive legislation has yet been passed. At this time there is no certainty as to what the final reform provisions will be or how such reforms will impact our Alberta automobile business.

 

Our business may be materially adversely affected if the tax laws of the United States or Canada change or relevant tax authorities successfully challenge our interpretations of these laws.

 

We operate wholly owned subsidiary reinsurance companies in Barbados and Bermuda for the sole purpose of reinsuring risks from our own subsidiaries. Legislation was proposed in 2002 which would have disallowed a deduction for U.S. income tax purposes for premiums paid to certain specified related reinsurers. If this or similar legislation were to be enacted, this could have the effect of increasing the taxes payable by us or certain of our subsidiaries. We cannot assure you that any such legislation or similar legislation will not be enacted.

 

Due to our corporate structure and to differences in the tax laws of the United States and Canada, we deduct interest paid on certain of our debt in the United States as well as in Canada. Such deductions are based on our interpretation of applicable tax laws. There is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service or any other tax authority will not challenge our interpretation, and if such a challenge were made and were successful, the taxes

 

25


Table of Contents

payable by us or certain of our subsidiaries could be increased. In addition, amendments or changes in applicable income tax laws or regulations, including those arising from judicial decisions or administrative pronouncements, could deny a deduction for interest to taxpayers with a structure similar to ours.

 

We may not be able to realize our investment objectives, which could significantly reduce our net income.

 

We depend on income from our investment portfolio for a substantial portion of our earnings. In 2001, 2002, 2003 and the first three months of 2004, net investment income and net realized capital gains accounted for approximately 6.9%, 4.5%, 5.3% and 4.7%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue. A significant decline in investment yields in our investment portfolio or an impairment of securities that we own could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We currently maintain and intend to continue to maintain an investment portfolio comprising primarily fixed income securities. As of March 31, 2004, the fair value of our investment portfolio included $2.4 billion of fixed income securities. For 2001, 2002, 2003, and the first three months of 2004, the change in net unrealized gains in our portfolio reflected an increase of $12.0 million, an increase of $21.0 million, an increase of $20.0 million and an increase of $30.6 million, respectively. Due to fluctuations in the yields on fixed income securities, we face reinvestment risk as these securities mature because the funds may be reinvested at rates lower than the maturing security.

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives is affected by general economic conditions that are beyond our control. General economic conditions can adversely affect the markets for interest-rate-sensitive securities, including the extent and timing of investor participation in such markets, the level and volatility of interest rates and, consequently, the value of fixed income securities. In addition, changing economic conditions can result in increased defaults by the issuers of securities that we own. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control.

 

General economic conditions, stock market conditions and many other factors can also adversely affect the securities markets and, consequently, the value of the securities we own. We may not be able to realize our investment objectives, which could reduce our net income significantly.

 

We derive the majority of our premiums from a few geographic areas, which may cause our business to be affected by catastrophic losses or business conditions in these areas.

 

We derive most of our premiums from a relatively small number of jurisdictions, including Illinois, Florida, Ontario and California. Our results of operations may, therefore, be adversely affected by any catastrophic losses in these areas. Catastrophic losses can be caused by a wide variety of events, including earthquakes, hurricanes, tropical storms, tornadoes, wind, ice storms, hail, fires, terrorism, riots and explosions, and their incidence and severity are inherently unpredictable. Catastrophic losses are characterized by low frequency but high severity due to aggregation of losses, and could result in adverse effects on our results of operations or financial condition. Our results of operations may also be adversely affected by general economic conditions, competition, regulatory actions or other business conditions that affect losses or business conditions in the areas in which we do business.

 

If reinsurance rates rise significantly or reinsurance becomes unavailable or reinsurers are unable to pay our claims, we may be adversely affected.

 

We purchase reinsurance from third parties in order to reduce our liability on individual risks. Reinsurance does not relieve us of liability to our insureds. A third party reinsurer’s insolvency or inability or unwillingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance treaty could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. As of March 31, 2004, we had $220.5 million recoverable from third party reinsurers and other insurers. The majority of these recoverables are unsecured. The losses reported by the reinsurance industry since 2001 have adversely affected the financial resources of some reinsurers and their ability to pay claims. Also, the material decline in the worldwide equity markets and the defaults and credit

 

26


Table of Contents

downgrades on bonds of many companies have contributed to a significant decline in the net equity of some reinsurers.

 

The amount and cost of reinsurance available to our insurance companies are subject, in large part, to prevailing market conditions beyond our control. Our ability to provide insurance at competitive premium rates and coverage limits on a continuing basis depends in part upon the extent to which we can obtain adequate reinsurance in amounts and at rates that will not adversely affect our competitive position. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our current reinsurance facilities, which generally are subject to annual renewal. If we are unable to renew any of these facilities upon their expiration or obtain other reinsurance facilities in adequate amounts and at favorable rates, we may need to modify our underwriting practices or reduce our underwriting commitments.

 

Our business depends upon key employees, and if we are unable to retain the services of these key employees or to attract and retain additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.

 

We are substantially dependent on a number of key employees. Our success has been, and will continue to be, dependent on our ability to retain the services of our existing key employees and to attract and retain additional qualified personnel in the future. The loss of the services of any of our key employees, or the inability to identify, hire and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future, could adversely affect the quality and profitability of our business operations. There are no employment contracts in place for any of our executives.

 

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could negatively affect our results.

 

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars. In 2003, 75% of our gross premiums written were from our U.S. operations and are currently denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, fluctuations in the U.S.-Canadian dollar exchange rate will impact our results of operations and financial condition from period to period. Our Canadian insurance operations generally write policies denominated in Canadian dollars and invest in Canadian dollars. Our U.S. operations generally write policies denominated in U.S. dollars and invest in U.S. dollars. Although investing in local currencies limits the effect of currency exchange rate fluctuations on local operating results, fluctuations in such rates could affect our operations or results, and do affect the translation of these results into our consolidated financial statements. During the year ended December 31, 2003, our shareholders’ equity was reduced by $105.4 million and during the first three months of 2004, our shareholders’ equity was increased by $13.3 million as a result of the currency translation adjustment of our U.S. dollar denominated assets into Canadian dollars.

 

27


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy certain agreements we made with the initial purchaser of the Original Notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes offered by this prospectus. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive the Original Notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are substantially the same as the form and terms of the Exchange Notes (which replace the Original Notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus, and which represent the same indebtedness). The Original Notes surrendered in exchange for the Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase or decrease in our indebtedness.

 

Our net proceeds from the sale of the Original Notes were approximately US$121.1 million, after deducting the initial purchaser’s discounts and the estimated fees and expenses of the offerings. Kingsway America used the net proceeds from the offerings of the Original Notes as follows:

 

    approximately US$85 million to repay a portion of the then outstanding amounts under our credit agreements; and

 

    the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, including providing additional capital to its subsidiaries to support the growth of its business.

 

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following tables set forth the indebtedness and total capitalization of Kingsway Financial and Kingsway America, respectively, as at March 31, 2004.

 

This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004” beginning on page 33 of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Kingsway Financial and Its Subsidiaries

 

     As at March 31, 2004

 
    
     (unaudited)
(in thousands of
Canadian dollars)
 

Bank indebtedness

   $ 24,847  

8.25% senior unsecured debentures

     78,000  

7.50% senior notes

     163,813  

Subordinated debt

     119,396  

Shareholders’ equity

        

Common shares, no par value (authorized—unlimited;
outstanding—56,150,828)

     471,332  

Contributed surplus

     1,027  

Currency translation adjustment

     (81,006 )

Retained earnings

     360,694  
    


Total shareholders’ equity

     752,047  
    


Total capitalization

   $ 1,138,103  
    


 

Kingsway America and Its Subsidiaries

 

     As at March 31, 2004

    
     (unaudited)
(in thousands of
U.S. dollars)

7.50% senior notes

   $ 125,000

Subordinated debt

     90,500

Shareholders’ Equity

     197,389
    

Total capitalization

   $ 412,889
    

 

29


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

The following table sets forth Kingsway Financial’s ratio of consolidated earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated. Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends are not presented as there were no preferred share dividends in any of the periods indicated.

 

    

Three months

ended March 31,


   Year ended December 31

     2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

   1999

     (unaudited)                         

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

   5.68    4.70    6.76    5.83    3.88    2.11

 

Earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges to the extent that such charges are included in the determination of earnings. Fixed charges consist of interest expense.

 

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004” beginning on page 33 of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You should also read the following selected financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

The statement of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and the balance sheet data as at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements which are incorporated by reference herein from our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003. KPMG LLP, our independent auditors, audited these financial statements. The statement of operations data and other data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 and the balance sheet data as at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The statement of operations data and other data set forth below for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 and the balance sheet data as at March 31, 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial condition. The results of operations of the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2004, or any other future periods.

 

Our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. Canadian GAAP, as applied to us, conforms in all material respects with U.S. GAAP, except as otherwise described in our consolidated financial statements included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We publish our consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars.

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

  2003

    2003

    2002

    2001

  2000

  1999

 
    (unaudited)                            
    (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data)  

AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP:

                                                 

Statement of Operations Data

                                                 

Gross premiums written

  $ 710,445   $ 702,560     $ 2,636,822     $ 2,124,691     $ 1,065,262   $ 643,022   $ 508,595  

Net premiums written

    684,081     666,663       2,518,711       2,009,963       1,014,960     604,693     468,874  
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Revenues:

                                                 

Net premiums earned

    584,830     551,255       2,381,984       1,737,754       872,830     539,969     445,557  

Investment income

    19,330     12,910       66,100       56,316       42,692     37,109     32,037  

Premium finance income

    2,999     2,856       12,269       8,539       9,861     7,467     5,761  

Net realized gains

    6,770     (688 )     55,032       16,259       12,079     10,444     950  
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Total revenues

    613,929     566,333       2,515,385       1,818,868       937,462     594,989     484,305  
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Expenses:

                                                 

Claims incurred

    422,206     388,664       1,770,137       1,240,329       616,079     371,946     304,541  

Commissions and premium taxes

    110,555     114,309       503,158       372,051       167,176     106,378     90,844  

General and administrative

    41,662     30,432       142,611       122,762       81,938     66,925     61,630  

Interest expense

    6,930     4,462       20,983       12,274       11,399     11,408     10,557  

Amortization of intangible assets

    175     230       854       716       —       —       —    
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Total expenses

    581,528     538,907       2,437,743       1,748,132       876,592     556,657     467,572  
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Income before income taxes

    32,401     28,236       77,642       70,736       60,870     38,332     16,733  

Income taxes (benefit)

    1,633     3,842       (7,641 )     (8,796 )     10,083     5,393     (1,896 )
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Net income before goodwill

    30,768     24,394       85,283       79,532       50,787     32,939     18,629  

Amortization of goodwill, net of applicable income taxes (1)

    —       —         —         —         5,856     5,469     5,031  
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Net income

  $ 30,768   $ 24,394     $ 85,283     $ 79,532     $ 44,931   $ 27,470   $ 13,598  
   

 


 


 


 

 

 


Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.55   $ 0.49     $ 1.62     $ 1.61     $ 1.19   $ 0.80   $ 0.38  

 

31


Table of Contents
    As at March 31, 2004

    As at December 31,

 
     

2003


   

2002


    2001

    2000

    1999

 
    (unaudited)                                
    (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share data and ratios)  

AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP:

                                               

Balance Sheet Data

                                               

Cash and investments

  $ 2,839,196     $ 2,652,935     $ 2,078,665     $ 1,223,198     $ 780,510     $ 686,196  

Total assets

    3,989,779       3,630,436       2,984,434       1,778,744       1,173,926       1,071,710  

Total liabilities

    3,237,732       2,925,477       2,371,509       1,241,902       901,213       829,668  

Total indebtedness, including subordinated debt

    386,056       347,876       272,026       144,516       143,129       153,270  

Total shareholders’ equity

    752,047       704,959       612,925       536,842       272,713       242,042  

Ratio of total debt to capitalization(2)

    34 %     33 %     31 %     21 %     34 %     39 %

Book value per share

  $ 13.39     $ 12.63     $ 12.56     $ 11.03     $ 8.01     $ 7.12  
    Three Months
Ended March 31,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
    (unaudited)                                

Other Data:

                                         

Combined ratio(3)

                                         

Consolidated

  98.2 %   96.8 %   101.4 %   99.8 %   99.1 %   101.0 %   102.6 %

Canadian operations(4)

  98.4 %   99.9 %   111.8 %   108.4 %   103.1 %   101.8 %   104.8 %

U.S. operations(4)

  98.2 %   96.0 %   98.3 %   97.2 %   96.8 %   100.9 %   100.6 %

Return on equity(5)

  16.9 %   16.0 %   12.9 %   13.8 %   13.3 %   10.7 %   5.5 %

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)

  5.68     7.33     4.70     6.76     5.83     3.88     2.11  

(1)   Effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with new accounting standards, all existing goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives ceased to be amortized to income over time, and are subject to a periodic impairment review to ensure that the fair value remains greater than, or equal to, book value.
(2)   The ratio of total debt to capitalization consists of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, divided by the sum of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, and total shareholders’ equity.
(3)   The combined ratio is the sum of the claims ratio and the expense ratio. The claims ratio is derived by dividing the amount of claims incurred by net premiums earned. The expense ratio is derived by dividing the sum of commissions and premium taxes and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
(4)   Canadian and U.S. segment information includes the results of our Bermuda and Barbados reinsurance subsidiaries, respectively.
(5)   Return on equity percentage is net income expressed as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity during the period.
(6)   Earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges to the extent that such charges are included in the determination of earnings. Fixed charges consist of interest expense.

 

32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ substantially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

 

All of the dollar amounts in this prospectus are expressed in Canadian dollars, except where otherwise indicated. References to “Canadian dollars,” “dollars,” “C$,” or “$” are to Canadian dollars and any references to “U.S. dollars” or “US$” are to U.S. dollars. As presented in this prospectus, our Canadian and U.S. segment information includes the results of our Bermuda and Barbados reinsurance subsidiaries, respectively.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Gross Premiums Written .    During the first three months of 2004, gross premiums written increased to $710.4 million, compared with $702.6 million in the same period of 2003. A significant portion of our operations and net assets are denominated in U.S. dollars whereas we report in Canadian dollars. In the first three months of 2004, U.S. operations represented 77% of gross premiums written, compared with 82% in the same period of 2003. Gross premiums written from Canadian operations grew 30% to $164.6 million for the first three months of 2004, compared to $127.0 million in the same period of 2003. Gross premiums written from U.S. operations decreased to $545.8 million, compared with $575.6 million in the same period of 2003, whereas in U.S. dollars they increased by 9% to US$413.7 million for the first three months of 2004. The results for the first three months of 2003 include approximately $64.3 million from a Managing General Agent program that was terminated effective January 1, 2003. After adjusting for these premiums on a comparable basis, gross premiums written increased 11% in the first three months of 2004, compared to the same period in 2003.

 

Net Premiums Written .    Net premiums written increased 3% to $684.1 million in the first three months of 2004, compared with $666.7 million for the same period of 2003. Net premiums written from the U.S. operations decreased 4% to $527.1 million in the first three months of 2004, compared with $549.6 million for the same period of 2003. Net premiums written from the Canadian operations increased 34% to $157.0 million in the first three months of 2004, compared with $117.1 million in the same period of 2003.

 

Net Premiums Earned .    Net premiums earned increased 6% to $584.8 million for the first three months of 2004, compared with $551.3 million for the same period of 2003. Net premiums earned from Canadian operations increased by 38% to $155.1 million for the first three months of 2004, compared with $112.2 million for the same period of 2003. For U.S. operations, net premiums earned decreased to $429.7 million for the first three months of 2004, compared with $439.1 million in the same period of 2003, whereas in U.S. dollars they increased by 11% to US$325.3 million for the first three months of 2004, compared to the same period of 2003. The net premiums earned for [[the first three months of]] 2003 included approximately $60.0 million from a Managing General Agent program that was terminated effective January 1, 2003.

 

Investment Income .    Investment income increased 42% to $22.3 million for the first three months of 2004, compared with $15.8 million for the same period of 2003.

 

Net Realized Gains .    Net realized gains amounted to $6.8 million for the first three months of 2004, compared with net realized losses of $0.7 million in the first three months of 2003. Net realized losses in 2003 included adjustments to the carrying value for declines in market value considered other than temporary of $2.6

 

33


Table of Contents

million on investments still held at March 31, 2003, compared to $nil on investments still held at March 31, 2004.

 

Claims Incurred .    Our claims ratio for the first three months of 2004 was 72.2%, compared to 70.5% for the same period of 2003. The claims ratio for the U.S. operations was 72.2% for the first three months of 2004, compared with 70.6% for the same period of 2003. The slight deterioration in the U.S. operations claims ratio is a reflection of the growth of our business. The claims ratio for the Canadian operations was 72.4% for the first three months of 2004, compared to 70.2% in the same period last year.

 

The results for the first three months of 2004 include increases in the provision for unpaid claims occurring prior to December 31, 2003 of approximately $6.5 million ($4.3 million after tax). These increases represent 1.1% of the net premiums earned in the first three months of 2004 and 0.4% of the unpaid claims recorded as at December 31, 2003. We continue to increase our estimated provision for incurred but not reported claims (IBNR) and specific estimates for each individual claim based on historical settlement patterns (case reserves). During the first three months of 2004, the IBNR provision was increased by $50 million or 7% to $797.0 million and the case reserves were increased 13% to $1,039.1 million.

 

Underwriting Expenses .    The combined ratio of 98.2% for the first three months of 2004 produced an underwriting profit of $10.4 million, compared with the combined ratio of 96.8% and $17.9 million underwriting profit reported in the first three months of 2003. For the first three months of 2004, the U.S. operations combined ratio was 98.2% (96.0% for the same period of 2003) and for the Canadian operations improved to 98.4% (99.9% for the same period of 2003). The Canadian operations showed improvement in its expense ratio due to commission actions taken to reduce commissions paid on its non-standard automobile product in both the Ontario and Alberta markets, as well as rate increases and fraud controls implemented in 2003.

 

Interest Expense .    Interest expense in the first three months of 2004 was $6.9 million, compared to $4.5 million for the first three months of 2003, reflecting the increase in interest payment obligations on the US$90.5 million of subordinated indebtedness issued during late 2002 and 2003.

 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share .    Net income for the first three months of 2004 was $30.8 million, a 26% increase over the $24.4 million reported in the same period of 2003. Diluted earnings per share were $0.55 for the first three months of 2004, compared to $0.49 for the same period of 2003.

 

A significant portion of our operations and net assets are denominated in U.S. dollars whereas we report in Canadian dollars. The strengthening of the Canadian currency against the U.S. dollar during the first three months of 2004 had a negative impact on results. When our results are translated into U.S. dollars net income increased by 48% for the first three months of 2004, compared to the same period of 2003.

 

Book Value Per Share and Return on Equity .    During the first three months of 2004, shareholders’ equity increased by $13.3 million and book value per share by $0.24 as a result of the change in the unrealized currency translation adjustment. As a result of this change and the earnings in the first three months of 2004, book value per share increased by 6% to $13.39 from $12.63 as at December 31, 2003. Our annualized return on equity was 16.9% for the first three months of 2004, compared to 16.0% for the same period of 2003.

 

Balance Sheet .    Total assets as at March 31, 2004 grew to $4.0 billion. The investment portfolio, including cash and accrued investment income, increased 7% to $2,870.0 million (market value $2,953.1 million), compared to $2,674.1 million (market value $2,726.7 million) as at December 31, 2003. Net unrealized gains on the investment portfolio were $83.1 million ($1.48 per share outstanding) at March 31, 2004, as compared to $52.5 million ($0.94 per share outstanding) at the end of 2003. The investment portfolio is well positioned to take advantage of interest rate increases due to the very short maturity profile of the portfolio. At March 31, 2004, 24% of the fixed income portfolio matures in less than one year and 61% matures after one year and in less than five years. However, should interest rates increase this could have a negative impact on the market value of

 

34


Table of Contents

our fixed income portfolio. Unearned premiums as at March 31, 2004 grew to $891.9 million, an increase of 15% over the $776.5 million reported at the end of 2003.

 

Currency .    We report in Canadian dollars, whereas 77% of our gross premiums in the first three months of 2004 were generated from its U.S. operations. During 2003, the Canadian dollar appreciated against the U.S. dollar thereby affecting the comparability of results. When our results are translated into U.S. dollars, gross premiums written increased by 19%, net income by 48% and earnings per share by 31% for the first three months of 2004, compared to the same period of 2003.

 

Contractual Obligations .    Information concerning contractual obligations as at March 31, 2004 is shown below:

 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     Payments Due by Period

     2004

   2005 &
2006


   2007

   2008

   Thereafter

   Total

Bank indebtedness

   $ 24,847    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 24,847

Senior unsecured debentures

     —        —        78,000      —        163,813      241,813

Subordinated indebtedness

     —        —        —               119,396      119,396

Other liabilities

     9,011      —        —        —        —        9,011
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 33,858    $ —      $ 78,000    $ —      $ 283,209    $ 395,067

 

For further details on our long term debt and interest obligations, refer to note 11 to our 2003 audited consolidated financial statements and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition” included in Kingsway Financial’s Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which are incorporated by reference herein and set out the Company’s contractual obligations as at December 31, 2003.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources .    During the first three months of 2004, the net cash provided from operations was $106.4 million, compared to $96.5 million in the first three months of 2003, which increased our investment portfolio. We believe that the cash generated from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our ongoing cash requirements, including interest payment obligations. Net cash provided by financing activities during the first three months of 2004 was $39.3 million, compared to $16.1 million in the first three months of 2003. The proceeds from US$125 million 7.50% unsecured senior notes due 2014 were used to repay existing bank indebtedness, as discussed in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition” included in Kingsway Financial’s Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein. During the first three months of 2004, the Company entered into a $150 million revolving credit facility to replace the US$100 million and $66.5 million facilities. The terms and conditions of the credit facility are further described in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition” included in Kingsway Financial’s Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein. As of March 31, 2004, we were in compliance with all of the covenant requirements of the credit facility and we expect to remain in compliance for the remainder of the term of this facility.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financing     We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

 

Summary of Quarterly Results     For a summary of our previous eight quarterly results refer to Exhibit 99.6 of Kingsway Financial’s Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

35


Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

 

Overview

 

Kingsway Financial serves as the holding company for all of our subsidiaries, including Kingsway America. Kingsway America is the holding company for all of our U.S. operating subsidiaries. Our insurance subsidiaries include Kingsway General Insurance Company, York Fire & Casualty Insurance Company, and Jevco Insurance Company in Canada and Universal Casualty Company, Southern United Fire Insurance Company, American Service Insurance Company, Inc., Lincoln General Insurance Company, U.S. Security Insurance Company and American Country in the United States. We also have wholly owned reinsurance subsidiaries domiciled in Bermuda and Barbados. In the year ended December 31, 2003, we generated 75% of our gross premiums written from our U.S. operations and 25% from our Canadian operations. In the three months ended March 31, 2004, we generated 77% of our gross premiums written from the United States and 23% from Canada.

 

Kingsway is a specialty provider of personal and commercial lines of property and casualty insurance in the United States and Canada. Our principal lines of business are non-standard automobile and trucking insurance. Non-standard automobile insurance covers drivers who do not qualify for standard automobile insurance coverage because of their payment history, driving record, place of residence, age, vehicle type or other factors. Such drivers typically represent higher than normal risks and pay higher insurance rates for comparable coverage. We also provide standard automobile insurance as well as insurance for commercial and public vehicles, including taxis.

 

In addition to automobile insurance, we provide motorcycle insurance, specialized commercial and personal property coverage, warranty insurance and other specialty coverages, such as customs and surety bonds. In the year ended December 31, 2003, we derived 36.6% of our gross premiums written from non-standard automobile insurance, 30.7% from trucking, 11.5% from commercial and personal property coverages, 11.2% from commercial automobile, 2.2% from motorcycle, 3.6% from standard automobile, 0.9% from warranty and 3.3% from other specialty lines. In the year ended December 31, 2003, 46.3% of our gross premiums written were generated from personal lines and 53.7% were from our commercial lines. In the year ended December 31, 2003, Kingsway America derived 40.0% of its direct premiums written from non-standard automobile insurance, 34.2% from trucking, 13.1% from commercial automobile, 10.4% from property and liability coverages and 2.3% from other specialty lines.

 

We are a leading provider of non-standard automobile and motorcycle insurance in Canada and have a prominent position in several U.S. markets in which we currently operate, such as Florida, Illinois, and South Carolina, based on direct premiums written. We are the [third] largest writer of non-standard automobile insurance in Illinois and the [fourth] largest in South Carolina according to A.M. Best.

 

The insurance industry is highly competitive. However, we generally seek to identify and operate in specialty markets which present opportunities for us to compete effectively due to the narrow scope or limited size of the market or the specialty nature of the coverage or risk. These specialty markets may be defined by geographic area, type of insurance or other factors.

 

We focus on specialty lines of automobile, property and casualty insurance where we believe competition is more limited. We emphasize underwriting profit and will not underwrite risks at rates which we believe are unprofitable in order to increase our premium volume. We believe that by executing this strategy we have been able to deliver returns that have exceeded the average in our industry in both the United States and Canada.

 

In 2003, our gross premiums written increased 24% to $2.64 billion, compared to $2.12 billion in 2002 and our total revenues increased 38% to $2,515.4 million in 2003, compared to $1,818.9 million in 2002. Our gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased 1% to $710.4 million, compared to $702.6 million in the first three months of 2003, and our total revenues increased 8% to $613.9 million compared to $566.3 million in the first three months of 2003. Our return on equity averaged 11.2% for the fiscal years 1999 to

 

36


Table of Contents

2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 12.9%. For the first three months of 2004, our return on equity was 16.9% on an annualized basis compared to 16.0% for the same period in 2003. As of December 31, 2003, we had total assets of $3.6 billion and shareholders’ equity of $705.0 million. As of March 31, 2004, we had total assets of $4.0 billion and shareholders’ equity of $752.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2003, our shareholders’ equity was negatively impacted by the unrealized currency translation adjustment of our U.S. dollar denominated assets into Canadian dollars amounting to $105.4 million and during the first three months of 2004 our shareholders’ equity was positively impacted by $13.3 million.

 

In addition to revenues derived from premiums earned, we also derive revenue from premium financing and investment income, including net realized gains. These sources of revenue amounted to $133.4 million in 2003 as compared to $81.1 million in 2002. In the three months ended March 31, 2004, revenue from premium financing and investment income, including realized gains, amounted to $29.1 million as compared to $15.1 million for the first three months of 2003. In 2003, we generated net income of $85.3 million, an increase of 7% over the $79.5 million earned in 2002. Our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $30.8 million as compared to $24.4 million in the first three months of 2003.

 

Corporate Strategy

 

Our strategy is to build long-term shareholder value by targeting three financial measurements over a five year period: (i) a 15% average after-tax return on shareholders’ equity, (ii) an average combined ratio, a measurement of profitability, of 96% or less, and (iii) average increases in net premiums earned of 15% per annum. Our strategy is characterized by the following principles:

 

    Adhere to a strict underwriting discipline.     We manage our business with a strict focus on underwriting profit rather than on premium growth or market share and have demonstrated our willingness to increase pricing or reduce or increase premium volumes based on market conditions. For 2003, our combined ratio was 101.4%, including 111.8% for our Canadian operations and 98.3% for our U.S. operations. Over the five year period ended December 31, 2003, our combined ratio averaged 100.8%, including 106.0% for our Canadian operations and 98.8% for our U.S. operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our combined ratio was 98.2%, including 98.4% for our Canadian operations and 98.2% for our U.S. operations. Management’s incentive compensation is directly linked to our combined ratio and return on equity objectives.

 

    Apply a specialty focus to regional markets.     We seek to identify market segments where we believe competition is more limited, presenting the potential for above average returns. We believe that the non-standard automobile insurance business, our primary business, is presently one such specialty market. Other specialty markets in which we operate include trucking, taxi, motorcycle and warranty insurance. We operate through a network of regionally based operating subsidiaries. This decentralized operating structure allows us to target specialized markets and products based on our underwriting expertise and knowledge of local market conditions.

 

    Rigorously manage claims at the local level.     We seek to protect our business through diligent claims management. Our claims are managed by our experienced personnel located in our regional operating subsidiaries and by some of our MGAs. We maintain a culture of rigorously investigating claims, preventing fraud and litigating our claims as necessary before final settlement.

 

    Expand in the United States and Canada.     We rely on our detailed understanding of our regional markets to take advantage of any favorable conditions or trends. We look for opportunities to expand our specialty focus into selected regional markets and increase the distribution of our core products in our existing territories. We may also look for opportunities to acquire books of business or other companies which are in line with our specialty focus. Since late 2001, we have also entered into new programs with several MGAs in the United States to expand the distribution network for our core business lines. In 2003, gross premiums written from these programs were $1,290.0 million or 49% of our business, compared to $961.4 million or 45% of our business in 2002.

 

37


Table of Contents
    Maintain a strong relationship with our agents, MGAs and brokers.     We are committed to our distribution network of independent agents, MGAs and brokers. We continually strive to provide the highest level of service to our agents, MGAs and brokers and build relationships at the local level in the markets in which we operate. We communicate with our network through a variety of channels and we look for opportunities to increase efficiency and further reduce our operating costs, including through the use of technology and automation. We also look for opportunities to expand our distribution relationships and enhance our product mix.

 

Corporate Structure

 

We conduct our operations through our wholly owned subsidiaries in Canada and the United States. We are licensed to write a broad range of property and casualty insurance in all Canadian provinces and territories and in all states and the District of Columbia in the United States. We distribute all of our products through independent agents, MGAs, and brokers.

 

We conduct our operations through these subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    maintain discrete brand identities; and

 

    develop expertise and organizational cultures that best serve the individual markets in which we operate.

 

We believe that the markets for our insurance products differ greatly by community because regulations, legal decisions, traffic, law enforcement, cultural attitudes, insurance agents, medical services and auto repair services vary greatly by jurisdiction and by community. Our corporate structure helps to meet varied local conditions under a cohesive set of policies and procedures designed to provide underwriting discipline, consistency and control.

 

Lines of Business

 

We write automobile insurance primarily for the non-standard automobile and trucking markets. We also write insurance in selected other lines of business for both individuals and commercial customers. Other coverages for individuals that we provide include motorcycle, homeowners, home appliance and automobile warranty and selected specialty lines. Our commercial coverages include automobile, trucking, property and selected specialty lines such as customs bonds. Our personal lines business accounted for 46% of our gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 54% was generated from our commercial lines. In the first three months of 2004, our personal lines accounted for 45% of gross premiums written and 55% was generated from commercial lines.

 

Our automobile insurance products provide coverage in three major areas: liability, accident benefits and physical damage. Liability insurance provides coverage, where our insured is responsible for an automobile accident, for the payment for injuries and for property damage to third parties. Accident benefits provide coverage for loss of income, medical and rehabilitation expenses for insured persons who are injured in an automobile accident, regardless of fault. Physical damage coverages provide for the payment of damages to an insured automobile arising from a collision with another object or from other risks such as fire or theft. Automobile physical damage and liability coverages generally provide more predictable results than automobile personal injury insurance.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our gross premiums written by line of business for the periods indicated:

 

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


    For the Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

     2002

 
    (in millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentages)  

Non-Standard Automobile

  $ 255.2   35.9 %   $ 966.1   36.6 %    $ 828.1   39.0 %

Standard Automobile

    36.9   5.2       95.2   3.6        36.5   1.7  

Motorcycle

    7.6   1.1       57.4   2.2        52.3   2.5  

Property (including liability)

    11.6   1.6       43.3   1.6        49.2   2.3  

Warranty

    1.0   0.1       24.8   0.9        25.8   1.2  

Other Specialty Lines

    4.7   0.7       34.6   1.4        15.9   0.7  
   

 

 

 

  

 

Total Personal

  $ 317.0   44.6 %   $ 1,221.4   46.3 %    $ 1,007.8   47.4 %

Trucking

  $ 198.2   27.9 %   $ 808.4   30.7 %    $ 685.5   32.3 %

Commercial Automobile

    118.3   16.7       296.1   11.2        158.9   7.5  

Property (including liability)

    57.6   8.1       260.2   9.9        237.5   11.2  

Other Specialty Lines

    19.3   2.7       50.7   1.9        35.0   1.6  
   

 

 

 

  

 

Total Commercial

  $ 393.4   55.4 %   $ 1,415.4   53.7 %    $ 1,116.9   52.6 %
   

 

 

 

  

 

Total Gross Premiums Written

  $ 710.4   100.0 %   $ 2,636.8   100.0 %    $ 2,124.7   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

  

 

 

We conduct our business in the United States and Canada. The following table sets forth our gross premiums written by state and province for the periods indicated:

 

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


    For the Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

     2002

 
    (in millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentages)  

California

  $ 88.6   12.5 %   $ 350.4   13.3 %    $ 230.1   10.8 %

Florida

    75.8   10.7       318.2   12.1        257.4   12.1  

Illinois

    114.1   16.1       270.7   10.3        224.8   10.6  

Texas

    55.4   7.8       192.6   7.3        149.7   7.0  

South Carolina

    18.6   2.6       81.4   3.1        93.1   4.4  

Alabama

    14.5   2.0       61.3   2.3        60.0   2.9  

Pennsylvania

    10.5   1.5       52.0   2.0        54.8   2.6  

Other

    168.3   23.6       655.3   24.8        564.0   26.5  
   

 

 

 

  

 

Total United States

  $ 545.8   76.8 %   $ 1,981.9   75.2 %    $ 1,633.9   76.9 %

Ontario

  $ 88.1   12.4 %   $ 304.7   11.5 %    $ 220.0   10.4 %

Alberta

    36.8   5.2       146.5   5.5        122.8   5.8  

Québec

    27.3   3.8       128.1   4.9        109.0   5.1  

Other

    12.4   1.8       75.6   2.9        39.0   1.8  
   

 

 

 

  

 

Total Canada

  $ 164.6   23.2 %   $ 654.9   24.8 %    $ 490.8   23.1 %
   

 

 

 

  

 

Total Gross Premiums Written

  $ 710.4   100.0 %   $ 2,636.8   100.0 %    $ 2,124.7   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

  

 

 

Non-Standard Automobile

 

Non-standard automobile insurance is principally provided to individuals who do not qualify for standard automobile insurance coverage because of their payment history, driving record, place of residence, age, vehicle type or other factors. Such drivers typically represent higher than normal risks and pay higher insurance rates for comparable coverage. As underwriting standards for providing standard coverages have become more restrictive and many jurisdictions now require insurance regardless of driving record, high risk individuals have been forced to seek non-standard coverage and have contributed to the increase in the size of the non-standard automobile insurance market.

 

39


Table of Contents

Non-standard automobile insurance is generally accompanied by increased loss exposure, higher claims experience and a higher incidence of consumer fraud. However, these factors are mitigated to some extent by higher premium rates, the tendency of high-risk individuals to own low value automobiles, and generally lower limits of insurance coverage. In addition, policy renewal rates tend to be low for non-standard automobile policies. Non-standard policyholders often allow their policies to lapse because of non-payment of premiums and then reapply for insurance as new policyholders. This creates an ongoing requirement to replace non-renewing policyholders with new policyholders. Non-standard automobile insurance accounted for 37% and 39% of our gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and 36% for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

 

The insuring of non-standard drivers is often transitory. We expect that if and when their driving records improve, these drivers will qualify for and obtain insurance in the standard market at lower premium rates. As a result, our automobile insurance policies experience a retention rate that is lower than that experienced for standard market risks. Most of our insureds pay their premiums on a monthly installment basis. We limit our risk of non-payment of premiums by requiring a deposit for two months of insurance premiums.

 

In the United States and Canada, automobile insurers are generally required to participate in various involuntary residual market pools that provide automobile insurance coverages to individuals or other entities that are unable to purchase such coverage in the voluntary market. For example, in Ontario, every insurer is required to be a member of the Facility Association, an entity that was created to ensure the availability of automobile insurance to every motorist in Ontario. The Facility Association selects designated carriers to provide coverage and claims handling services to drivers who are unable to purchase insurance through private carriers, in return for an administration fee. Assessments from the Facility Association in Ontario increased our underwriting loss by $6.3 million in 2003 and reduced our underwriting profit by $1.4 million in 2002. Participation in these pools in most jurisdictions is in proportion to voluntary writings of selected lines of business in that jurisdiction.

 

In Canada, we are the largest writer of non-standard automobile insurance operating primarily in Ontario, Alberta and Quebec, with Alberta being our largest market. The non-standard automobile insurance market in Canada is primarily focused on providing drivers with minimum levels of liability and accident benefit insurance. We obtained approval for premium rate increases effective in early 2002 in Ontario of 5.7% and Alberta of 10.0%. In July 2002, we obtained approval for a further rate increase commencing September 2002 and to eliminate certain rating classes in Ontario, the effect of which was an average 22.3% increase in premiums, although many of our insureds will face increases in excess of 40%. Further rate increases of 16.4% and 2.4% were effective in January and May 2003, respectively, in Alberta, and effective February 2003, we obtained approval for an additional average 7% increase in Ontario. Rate freezes on automobile insurance premiums in Ontario and Alberta were effected in October and December of 2003, freezing automobile insurance rates at October 23rd and October 30th levels, respectively. The governments of Ontario and Alberta indicated that the rate freezes were in anticipation of insurance reform programs. In December 2003, the Ontario legislature passed the Automobile Rate Stabilization Act of 2003 (the “Rate Stabilization Act”) and lifted the rate freeze in January 2004. The Rate Stabilization Act requires insurers to submit their risk classification system and rates for automobile insurance to the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, or FSCO, for review and approval. Under the Rate Stabilization Act, FSCO is authorized to require insurers to vary their rate classification system and reduce their rates according to specified criteria. York Fire has received approval for a 1.4% rate reduction, and Kingsway General has received approval for no changes in rates. Bill 198, passed in Ontario and effective October 1, 2003, included new measures to address fraud and abuse by insureds, and the legislature of Ontario has indicated that it will continue to consider appropriate reforms to lower costs to insurance companies as well as reduce rates. Kingsway General had received approval from the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board to increase premiums effective December 1, 2003 for new business and January 1, 2004 for renewals. The government of Alberta froze premiums at October 30, 2003 levels. The effect of this retroactive application is that Kingsway General and other insurers in Alberta are not able to realize the additional revenues that would

 

40


Table of Contents

have been earned from the previously approved higher premiums, and also that Kingsway General and many other insurers in Alberta are required to make partial refunds of premiums that the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board had previously approved. We estimate that Kingsway General will ultimately be required to refund a total of not more than $2.5 million in premium, based on its expectation that the freeze would be in effect for up to 18 months. There is no assurance, however, that the freeze will not continue beyond the 18 month time frame. Kingsway General brought an administrative action against the government of Alberta seeking, among other things, compensation for the increased revenue that it would have earned from the previously approved premiums. The Court declined to rule on the compensation claim, stating that the claim must be determined through an ordinary civil proceeding. Kingsway General is preparing a statement of claim and intends to file an ordinary civil action to pursue its claim for compensation. Notwithstanding the freeze, rates in Alberta can increase under certain circumstances, including if a driver has an at-fault accident or a traffic violation resulting in demerits. The legislature in Alberta has proposed reforms with a goal to reduce costs to insurance companies as well as premium rates, although no definitive legislation has yet been passed. At this time there is no certainty as to what the final reform provisions will be or how such reforms will impact our Alberta automobile business.

 

In the United States, we write non-standard automobile insurance in Illinois, South Carolina, Florida, Mississippi, Alabama, Missouri, Indiana, Texas, Georgia, California, Louisiana, Ohio and Virginia. Our business in Illinois is presently concentrated in the Chicago metropolitan area, although we are expanding into other areas of Illinois. In the United States, non-standard automobile insurance policies generally have lower limits of insurance commensurate with the minimum coverage requirement under the statute of the state in which we are in business. These limits of liability are typically not greater than US$40,000 per occurrence. Consequently, we are able to retain most of our gross written premiums for our own account while minimizing our claims exposure, and only purchase reinsurance to limit our exposure to the larger and catastrophic type losses.

 

Standard Automobile

 

Standard automobile insurance provides coverage for drivers of standard-risk private passenger automobiles. Premiums for these types of policies are usually lower than premiums charged in the non-standard market. However, the frequency and severity of accidents and other loss events are also typically lower. The majority of our standard automobile business is written in Ontario and Alberta.

 

Motorcycle

 

Motorcycle insurance primarily consists of liability, physical damage and personal injury insurance coverages. In Canada, we are one of the leading writers of motorcycle insurance, writing over 30% of the total market. We write motorcycle insurance in the provinces of Ontario, Alberta and Québec. We have obtained approval for a 17.7% rate increase effective March 1, 2003 and a 7.1% rate increase effective March 1, 2004 in Ontario, our largest market. We also write motorcycle insurance in the United States.

 

Property (including liability)

 

We write property (including liability) insurance for businesses and individuals in Canada and the United States. This business focuses on insuring against damage to property and accidents that may occur on such property. Our commercial property and liability business consists of risks that are difficult to place due to class, age, location or occupancy of the risk. These risks are characterized by high premiums and deductibles and limited coverage. We generally limit our exposure to no more than $500,000 in Canada and US$500,000 in the United States on any one risk.

 

Our specialty property business includes insurance for restaurants, rental properties and garages. We also write non-hydrant protected homeowners insurance and habitational risks which do not qualify for coverage by writers of standard insurance. We provide coverage on a very itemized named perils basis with relatively high

 

41


Table of Contents

rates and high deductibles for risks that are considered substandard by other companies. We believe these risks provide us with the opportunity to achieve attractive returns.

 

Our strategy is to operate as a niche underwriter of classes of property business that are more difficult to underwrite and offer the potential to achieve higher levels of underwriting profitability. We underwrite this business using our carefully developed underwriting methodology based on a stringent set of criteria. This business is seldom subject to a high degree of competition and we have often been able to write these policies at relatively high rates with fairly restricted coverage.

 

Warranty

 

In our warranty insurance business, we assume the liability for performance under the terms of service contracts and limited warranties issued by retailers of automobiles, home appliances, furniture and electronics and by residential home builders. This coverage indemnifies the consumer against loss resulting from service contract claims that occur during a specified period after expiration of the manufacturer’s or builder’s warranty. We discontinued writing any new warranty business in Canada during 2003.

 

Trucking

 

We provide coverage for liability, accident benefits, physical damage, cargo and comprehensive general liability under a package program throughout both Canada and the United States. Since late 2000, several companies have exited this business as a result of poor performances due to severe underpricing. These market conditions have allowed us to increase our prices, expand our relationships and have led to a significant increase in our gross premiums written for trucking insurance.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2003, gross premiums written from trucking increased by 17.9% to $808.4 million compared to $685.5 million in 2002. Trucking insurance accounted for 31%, 32% and 24% of our gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Commercial Automobile

 

Commercial automobile policies provide coverage for taxis, rental car fleets and garage risks. Through American Service and American Country, we are the largest writer of taxi risks in the Chicago area. In the year ended December 31, 2003, gross premiums written from commercial automobile increased by 86% to $296.1 million compared to $158.9 million in 2002, primarily as a result of the acquisition of American Country in 2002.

 

Other Specialty Lines

 

Our other specialty lines include customs and surety bonds written in both the United States and Canada. Custom bonds involve insuring the timely payment of customs duties on goods imported into the United States and Canada, as well as any penalties incurred due to late payment of the duties or administrative non-compliance. Such duties generally represent less than 5% of the face value of the imported goods. We also write contract payment and performance and other miscellaneous surety bonds.

 

Underwriting

 

We employ stringent underwriting standards to develop a broad spread of risk and to receive an appropriate premium for each risk. We seek to achieve an underwriting profit, targeting a combined ratio of 96.0% or less. Our underwriting philosophy stresses receiving an adequate premium and spread of risks for the business we accept. Rather than attempt to select individual risks, we seek to set premium rates at levels that will generate profitable underwriting. Once we have set premium rates that we believe are adequate, we are generally willing to

 

42


Table of Contents

accept as much business within our underwriting guidelines as is available to us. We regularly monitor premium adequacy by territory and class of business and make adjustments as required. We do not reduce our pricing when competitors offer to underwrite certain classes of business at premium rates which are below what we believe is an acceptable level. Instead, we elect to maintain our premium per risk rather than write a large number of risks at premiums which we consider to be inadequate. In such instances, our premium volumes have decreased, in some cases significantly. Underwriting profitability is dependent in large part on the amount of claims incurred on the policies sold in relation to net premiums earned. At the time premium levels are established, the amount of claims to be incurred on the policies sold is unknown. The process for estimating claims is inherently uncertain and imprecise. A discussion of our process for establishing the provision for unpaid claims is described in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Provisions for Unpaid Claims” in our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

We regularly consider and implement various initiatives to address adverse profitability trends in our business. These initiatives vary by jurisdiction, but include tightening of underwriting requirements, price increases, policy non-renewals (where permitted) and other administrative changes. All companies writing insurance in Canada and in most U.S. jurisdictions must have their premium rates approved by the applicable regulatory authority. Once these rates are approved, an insurance company is prohibited from altering them without approval for new rates.

 

Marketing and Distribution

 

We market and distribute our automobile insurance products through a network of over 2,900 independent agents and approximately 20 MGAs in the United States and over 3,000 independent brokers across Canada. In 2003, approximately 49% of our gross written premiums were sourced through MGAs and approximately 51% were sourced through independent agents. We maintain an “open market” approach which allows these agents and brokers to place business with us with no minimum commitments and provides us with a broad, flexible and easily scalable distribution network. We believe that this approach is different from that generally used by automobile insurance companies.

 

We focus on developing and maintaining strong relationships with our independent agents, MGAs and brokers. We continually strive to provide excellent service to our agents, MGAs and brokers and build relationships in the local markets in which we operate. We communicate with our agents, MGAs and brokers through a variety of channels and we look for opportunities to increase efficiency and reduce operating costs. We believe that the commissions we pay to our agents, MGAs and brokers are fair and competitive.

 

Our independent agents, MGAs and brokers generally have the authority to enter into binding policies on our behalf with respect to specified insurance coverages within prescribed underwriting guidelines, subject to compliance with our mandated procedures. These guidelines prescribe the kinds and amounts of coverage that may be written and the premium rates that may be charged for specified categories of risk. In most cases, our independent agents, MGAs and brokers do not have authority on our behalf to settle or adjust claims, establish underwriting guidelines, develop rates or enter into other transactions or commitments. Certain MGAs have greater authority than our independent agents and brokers. However, we work diligently with them to ensure that they adhere to our underwriting standards and claims handling procedures.

 

Claims

 

Claims management is the procedure by which an insurance company determines the validity and amount of a claim. We focus on rigorous claims management, which we believe is one of our areas of expertise. We believe that effective claims management is fundamental to our operations.

 

We investigate the actual circumstances of the incident that gave rise to the claim and the actual loss suffered. An important part of claims management is verifying the accuracy of the information provided to the insurance company at the time the policy is underwritten.

 

43


Table of Contents

The nature of non-standard automobile insurance typically requires more thorough claims management and, in particular, more thorough investigative procedures than other types of insurance. Insurance claims on our policies are investigated and settled by our local claims adjusters. If necessary, we also employ independent adjusters, private investigators, various experts and legal counsel to adjust claims. Claims are scrutinized by an appraiser, an adjuster and, as appropriate, senior management, before claims payments are made.

 

Reinsurance Ceded

 

We purchase reinsurance from third parties in order to reduce our liability on individual risks and our exposure to catastrophic events. Reinsurance is insurance purchased by one insurance company from another for part of the risk originally underwritten by the purchasing insurance company. The practice of ceding insurance to reinsurers allows an insurance company to reduce its exposure to loss by size, geographic area, type of risk or on a particular policy. An effect of ceding insurance is to permit an insurance company to write additional insurance for risks in greater number or in larger amounts than it would otherwise insure independently, having regard to its statutory capital, risk tolerance and other factors.

 

We generally purchase reinsurance to limit our net exposure to a maximum amount on any one loss of $500,000 in Canada and US$500,000 in the United States with respect to property claims and $2.5 million in Canada and US$1.0 million in the United States with respect to liability claims. In addition, we purchase catastrophe reinsurance which provides coverage in the event of a series of claims arising out of a single occurrence, which limits this exposure in Canada to $5.0 million per occurrence to a maximum coverage of $50.0 million, and in the United States to US$5.0 million per occurrence to a maximum coverage of US$150.0 million effective January 1, 2004. For most of the non-standard automobile business that we write in the United States, the liability is limited to the minimum statutory liability limits, which are typically not greater than US$40,000 per occurrence, depending on the state. The cost of our external reinsurance represented 4.7% of gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2001, 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2002, and 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Reinsurance ceded does not relieve us of our ultimate liability to our insureds in the event that any reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations under its reinsurance contracts. We therefore enter into reinsurance contracts with only those reinsurers who we believe have sufficient financial resources to provide the requested coverage. Reinsurance treaties are generally subject to cancellation by our reinsurers or us on the anniversary date and are subject to renegotiation annually. We regularly evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor the concentrations of credit risk to minimize our exposure to significant losses as a result of insolvency of a reinsurer. We believe that the amounts we have recorded as reinsurance recoverables are appropriately established. However, estimating amounts of reinsurance recoverables is subject to various uncertainties and the amounts ultimately recoverable may vary from amounts currently recorded. As of December 31, 2003, we had $176.3 million recoverable from third party reinsurers and other insurers, which are generally unsecured. At December 31, 2003, 93% of the receivables were due from reinsurers that were rated “A-” or higher.

 

Investments

 

Our business philosophy stresses the importance of both underwriting profits and investment returns to build shareholder value. We manage our investment portfolio primarily to support the liabilities of our insurance operations and generate investment returns. We invest predominantly in high quality corporate, government and municipal bonds with relatively short durations. We also invest in preferred and common equity securities and consider our finance premium receivables to be a part of our investment portfolio. Our overall investment strategy is aimed at maximizing returns without compromising liquidity and risk control.

 

All of our investments are managed by professional, third-party investment management firms. We have engaged Conning Asset Management to oversee our fixed income investments of our U.S., Canadian and

 

44


Table of Contents

Bermuda subsidiaries. In addition, Burgundy Asset Management, Deans Knight Capital Management Limited, Marquest Investment Counsel, SFE Investment Counsel, Kingwest and Company, J. Zechner Associates, Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada (Caribbean) have each been engaged to manage portions of our subsidiaries’ equity and fixed income investments.

 

Our investment guidelines stress the preservation of capital, market liquidity to support payment obligations of our insurance liabilities and the diversification of risk. As part of this strategy, we attempt to maintain an appropriate relationship between the average duration of the investment portfolio and the approximate duration of our policy claims liabilities. With respect to fixed maturity securities, we generally purchase securities with the expectation of holding them to their maturity. Insurance laws and regulations in each domiciliary state or province also place limitations on the permitted investments of property and casualty insurers.

 

At December 31, 2003, we held cash, investments and accrued interest with a fair value of $2.73 billion and a carrying value of $2.67 billion, resulting in a net unrealized gain of $52.5 million. At December 31, 2002, we held cash, investments and accrued interest with a fair value of $2.13 billion and a carrying value of $2.08 billion, resulting in a net unrealized gain of $32.6 million. Because most of our investment portfolio is comprised of fixed-income securities which are usually held to maturity, periodic changes in interest rate levels generally impact our financial results to the extent that reinvestment yields are different than the original yields on maturing securities. Our investment portfolio includes investments which are subject to changes in market values with changes in interest rates. We do not hedge any foreign currency exposure that may exist in the portfolio.

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of our investments, including cash and cash equivalents, at the dates indicated:

 

Type of Investment


  

December 31,

2003


   December 31,
2002


    

(in millions of

Canadian dollars)

Term deposits    $ 285.5    $ 506.5
Government bonds      787.5      454.5
Corporate debt securities      1,112.4      630.7
    

  

Subtotal

     2,185.4      1,591.7
Preferred shares      0.5      2.0
Common shares      297.7      185.8
Financed premiums      80.9      86.8

Cash and cash equivalents

     140.9      244.9
    

  

Total

   $ 2,705.4    $ 2,111.2
    

  

 

Investment results before the effect of income taxes were as follows:

 

    

December 31,

2003


    December 31,
2002


 
    

(in millions of

Canadian dollars)

 

Average investments at cost

   $ 2,384.5     $ 1,665.1  

Investment income after expenses

     78.4       64.9  

Percent earned on average investments (annualized)

     3.3 %     3.9 %

Net realized gains

     55.0       16.3  

Change in unrealized investment gains

   $ 20.0     $ 21.0  

 

The percentages earned on average investments shown above compare with the Lehman Brothers Global Bond Index of 12.5% and 28.7% for the S&P 500 Index for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair value by contractual maturities of our fixed maturity investment portfolio, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the dates indicated.

 

    

December 31,

2003


   December 31,
2002


    

(in millions of

Canadian dollars)

Due in less than one year

   $ 605.5    $ 638.2

Due after one through five years

     1,155.0      717.5

Due after five through ten years

     319.9      188.2

Due after ten years

     105.0      47.8
    

  

Total

   $ 2,185.4    $ 1,591.7
    

  

 

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

Currently, we maintain a liquid portfolio to ensure there is sufficient cash available for the payment of claims on a timely basis. We believe that our high quality, liquid investment portfolio and our success in underwriting provide us with sufficient liquidity to meet our obligations to our policyholders.

 

The following table summarizes the composition of the fair value of our fixed maturity investment portfolio, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the dates indicated, by rating as assigned by S&P or Moody’s Investors Service, using the higher of these ratings for any security where there is a split rating.

 

Rating


   December 31,
2003


    December 31,
2002


 

AAA/Aaa

   60.5 %   61.5 %

AA/Aa2

   17.6 %   23.1 %

A/A2

   17.2 %   10.1 %

BBB/Baa2

   2.1 %   1.8 %

BB/Ba2

   0.3 %   0.4 %

B/B2

   0.5 %   0.5 %

CCC/Caa or lower, or not rated

   1.8 %   2.6 %
    

 

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %
    

 

 

Premiums for property and casualty insurance are typically payable at the time a policy is placed in force or renewed. To assist our insureds in making their payments to us, in some instances we offer premium financing either directly or through a separate premium finance company, whereby the insured can pay a portion of the premium in monthly installments.

 

We provide the option of monthly payments on personal automobile policies, whereby the insured is only required to pay a portion of the premium when the policy is placed in force and the balance in monthly installments. The insured pays us an additional premium for this option, reflecting handling costs and the income we would have earned on such premium, had we received the total amount at the beginning of the policy period. We typically collect sufficient premiums in advance of the period of risk which ensures that in the event of payment defaults by the insured, we do not have uncollectible balances. The option of monthly premium payments is available only where permitted under the laws or regulations of the specific territory. Some jurisdictions require the option of monthly premium payments at a specific annual interest rate or monthly charge.

 

We consider our income from our premium finance activities to be a part of investment income, because this additional premium is essentially an interest payment on the balance of unpaid premium. At December 31, 2003,

 

46


Table of Contents

the balance of our financed premiums was $80.9 million compared to $86.8 million at December 31, 2002. The fair value of financed premiums approximates their carrying amount.

 

Competition

 

The insurance industry is highly competitive. We compete on the basis of numerous factors such as distribution strength, pricing, agency and broker relationships, service, reputation and financial strength. In Canada, our main competitor for non-standard auto is Pembridge Insurance Company, a subsidiary of The Allstate Corporation. In the United States, we face competition in our non-standard automobile lines from Allstate, Progressive and State Farm and in our trucking lines from Associates Insurance Group, Old Republic General Group, Canal Insurance Company and Harco National Insurance Company. We also compete in both Canada and the United States with numerous smaller insurance companies. Many of our larger competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, have more favorable A.M. Best ratings and offer more diversified insurance coverages. Many of our competitors in the non-standard automobile markets in the United States are small companies with limited capital resources who generally have less favorable A.M. Best ratings and who have traditionally relied upon the support of reinsurers to supplement their capital by way of proportional reinsurance treaties. Current reinsurance market conditions have led to a contraction of the availability of these coverages.

 

Our competitors include other companies that, like us, serve the independent agency market, as well as companies that sell insurance directly to customers. Direct underwriters may have certain competitive advantages over agency underwriters, including increased name recognition, loyalty of the customer base to the insurer rather than an independent agency and, potentially, reduced acquisition costs.

 

Additionally, our markets may attract competition from time to time from new or temporary entrants in our niche markets. In some cases, these entrants may, because of inexperience, desire for new business or other reasons, price their insurance below the rates that we believe provide an acceptable premium for the related risk. We believe that it is generally not in our best interest to compete solely on price, and may from time to time experience a loss of market share during periods of intense price competition or “soft” market conditions.

 

In addition, certain banks and other financial institutions in Canada and the United States have begun to enter the North American property and casualty insurance business through the establishment or acquisition of insurance companies.

 

We believe that our ability to compete successfully in our industry will be based on:

 

    our ability to identify specialty markets which are more likely to produce an underwriting profit;

 

    our disciplined underwriting approach;

 

    our prudent claims management; and

 

    the service and competitive commissions we provide to our agents, MGAs and brokers.

 

Any new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could further increase competition in our markets. New competition from these developments could cause the prices for insurance to fall, which would adversely affect our underwriting profitability.

 

Insurance Regulatory Matters

 

We are subject to regulation and supervision by insurance departments of the jurisdictions in which Kingsway America, Kingsway Financial and our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are domiciled or licensed to transact business. Such regulation is designed to protect policyholders rather than investors. We believe that our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements in all

 

47


Table of Contents

material respects. It is not possible to predict the future impact of changing federal, state and provincial regulation on our operations, and there can be no assurance that laws and regulations enacted in the future will not be more restrictive than existing laws. The following is a brief discussion of certain regulatory matters applicable to our insurance and reinsurance operations.

 

Canada

 

General.     Each of Kingsway General and York Fire is provincially incorporated under the Corporations Act (Ontario). Kingsway General is licensed to carry on business in all provinces and territories in Canada. York Fire is licensed to carry on business in the provinces of Ontario and Alberta. Kingsway General and York Fire are governed by the Insurance Act (Ontario), or ICO, and licensed under insurance legislation in each of the provinces in which they operate. Jevco is a federal property and casualty insurance company continued under the Insurance Companies Act (Canada), or ICA, and licensed to carry on property and casualty insurance business in all of the provinces and territories of Canada. The ICA is administered, and activities of Jevco are supervised, by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or OSFI.

 

The ICA and provincial and territorial legislation requires the filing by our Canadian insurance subsidiaries of annual and other reports on their financial condition, imposes restrictions on transactions with related parties, and sets forth requirements governing actuarial liabilities and the safekeeping of assets and other matters. OSFI, with respect to Jevco, and FSCO, with respect to Kingsway General and York Fire, conduct examinations to ensure compliance with applicable legislation and to confirm the financial condition of the companies. The most recently completed periodic examinations of Jevco and York Fire did not raise any material issues.

 

Investment Powers.     Under the ICA, an insurance company must maintain a prudent portfolio of investments and loans, subject to certain overall limitations on the amount they may invest in certain classes of investments, such as commercial loans, real estate and stocks. Additional restrictions (and in some cases, the need for regulatory approvals) limit the type of investment which an insurance company can make. The ICO contains specific restrictions on the type of investments which an insurance company may make. Typical investments which are permitted by the ICO are government securities of Canada and other specified countries, municipal bonds, securities issued by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and, subject to various restrictions, other bonds, debentures, mortgages, shares, and real estate.

 

Minimum Capital and Liquidity Requirements.     The ICA and ICO each require insurance companies to maintain minimum levels of capital liquidity. These minimums generally require an insurer to maintain assets with a total value at least equal to a prescribed formula based on provisions for unpaid claims, liabilities, gross written premiums and claims. During 2003, the capital liquidity requirements were changed to a risk based approach referred to as the minimum capital test. The ICO used both measures during 2003 and only the minimum capital test after the end of 2003. We anticipate that these regulatory changes will not adversely affect our Canadian insurance subsidiaries. OSFI and the provincial regulators may invoke various remedies if these minimums are not maintained, including freezing property or taking control of the company if necessary to protect the interests of the insureds. FSCO has requested certain information from Kingsway General regarding the adequacy of Kingsway General’s claims reserves and requested that Kingsway execute an undertaking generally providing for the maintenance of certain capital levels and capital contributions. Kingsway General committed to maintain certain minimum asset test ratios through 2004, and its asset levels are presently in excess of the required ratios. We cannot assure you that additional capital contributions to Kingsway General will not be required. All of our Canadian subsidiaries exceeded the minimum levels of capital liquidity as of March 31, 2004.

 

Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Transactions.     Generally, regulatory approval is required prior to the payment of a dividend or other withdrawal of capital from our Canadian subsidiaries.

 

48


Table of Contents

Change of Control.     Under the ICA, advance approval by OSFI is required prior to the acquisition of a significant interest in an insurance company licensed thereunder. A “significant interest” is generally a direct or indirect ownership interest representing 10% of the voting rights or 25% of the shareholders’ equity of an insurance company. Under provincial regulation, notice of acquisitions of insurance companies or interests in insurance companies is required, but prior approval is not.

 

Provincial and Territorial Insurance Regulation.     Each of Kingsway General, York Fire and Jevco are subject to provincial regulation and supervision in each of the provinces and territories of Canada in which they carry on business. Provincial insurance regulations deal primarily with the form of insurance contracts and the sale and marketing of insurance products, including licensing and supervision of insurance producers. In the provinces of Alberta, Ontario, New Brunswick and Newfoundland, premium rates for automobile insurance are regulated by public authorities. They require insurers to submit proposed rates to a regulatory body and have them approved before use. The approval process may also involve a hearing. Insurance authorities in all provinces exercise strict control over the form of automobile insurance policies. No form of policy (and, in most provinces, application, endorsement or renewal) may be used without the approval of the Superintendent of Insurance. It is a common practice that standard forms are approved by the provinces for use by all insurers, leaving relatively few matters (such as the amount of coverage in excess of statutory minimums and deductibles) to be settled in individual cases. With respect to other types of insurance, provincial regulation automatically deems different insurance contracts to include certain terms which cannot be changed without the approval of the Superintendent of Insurance.

 

Regulatory Initiatives .     On December 9, 2002, the Ontario government passed legislation which includes provisions for the implementation of mandatory arbitration for certain types of claims including income loss and loss of earning capacity. The legislation also allows an arbitrator to order an insured or an insured’s representative to pay expenses of the arbitration in certain circumstances. Under prior law, the costs of arbitration proceedings were assessed against the insurance company regardless of the outcome of the arbitration. The legislation also provides that payments received for certain loss of income or earning capacity through disability plans are to be deducted from tort awards. The legislation enables the Superintendent of Insurance to issue guidelines setting forth treatment plans for certain injured insureds. We believe that this legislation has assisted us in reducing the incidence and amount of fraudulent claims by insureds and their representatives.

 

Rate freezes on automobile insurance premiums in Ontario and Alberta were effected in October and December of 2003, freezing automobile insurance rates at October 23rd and October 30th levels, respectively. The governments of Ontario and Alberta indicated that the rate freezes were in anticipation of insurance reform programs. In December 2003, the Ontario legislature passed the Automobile Rate Stabilization Act of 2003 (the “Rate Stabilization Act”) and lifted the rate freeze in January 2004. The Rate Stabilization Act requires insurers to submit their risk classification system and rates for automobile insurance to the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, or FSCO, for review and approval. Under the Rate Stabilization Act, FSCO is authorized to require insurers to vary their rate classification system and reduce their rates according to specified criteria. York Fire has received approval for a 1.4% rate reduction, and Kingsway General has received approval for no changes in rates. Bill 198, passed in Ontario and effective October 1, 2003, included new measures to address fraud and abuse by insureds, and the legislature of Ontario has indicated that it will continue to consider appropriate reforms to lower costs to insurance companies as well as reduce rates. Kingsway General had received approval from the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board to increase premiums effective December 1, 2003 for new business and January 1, 2004 for renewals. The government of Alberta froze premiums at October 30, 2003 levels. The effect of this retroactive application is that Kingsway General and other insurers in Alberta are not able to realize the additional revenues that would have been earned from the previously approved higher premiums, and also that Kingsway General and many other insurers in Alberta are required to make partial refunds of premiums that the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board had previously approved. We estimate that Kingsway General will ultimately be required to refund a total of not more than $2.5 million in premium, based on its expectation that the freeze would be in effect for up to 18 months. There is no assurance, however, that the freeze will not continue beyond the 18 month time frame. Kingsway General brought an administrative

 

49


Table of Contents

action against the government of Alberta seeking, among other things, compensation for the increased revenue that it would have earned from the previously approved premiums. The Court declined to rule on the compensation claim, stating that the claim must be determined through an ordinary civil proceeding. Kingsway General is preparing a statement of claim and intends to file an ordinary civil action to pursue its claim for compensation. Notwithstanding the freeze, rates in Alberta can increase under certain circumstances, including if a driver has an at-fault accident or a traffic violation resulting in demerits. The legislature in Alberta has proposed reforms with a goal to reduce costs to insurance companies as well as premium rates, although no definitive legislation has yet been passed. At this time there is no certainty as to what the final reform provisions will be or how such reforms will impact our Alberta automobile business.

 

General Privacy Legislation.     On January 1, 2001 the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (Canada) (“PIPEDA”) came into force. PIPEDA came into force in three stages, and the third and final phase of the legislation came into effect on January 1, 2004. Pursuant to its terms, PIPEDA applies to all exchanges and uses of personal information in the course of commercial activity that take place within Canada or across Canada’s boundaries, other than those within any province that has adopted a legislative regime that is exempted from PIPEDA where the Privacy Commissioner of Canada has determined that regime to be substantially similar to PIPEDA. To date, only Quebec has enacted a privacy regime that has been determined to be substantially similar with PIPEDA, although in April, 2004 the Government of Canada issued proposed Orders to exempt organizations subject to private sector privacy legislation in Alberta and British Columbia from the application of PIPEDA in relation to the collection, use and disclosure of personal information within each of those provinces.

 

PIPEDA contains a set of fair information principles that are based on international data protection standards and on the Canadian Standards Association’s Model Privacy Code for the Protection of Personal Information. These principles stipulate, among other things, that organizations can only collect personal information that is appropriate for the specific transaction, they must explain the need for the information they intend to collect and what it will be used for, whether they plan to disclose it to anyone else, and they must obtain consent for the intended use and disclosure of that information. Individuals may obtain information about themselves held by an organization and can request that inaccurate or incomplete information be corrected. Certain exceptions exist under PIPEDA, including such matters as national security, solicitor-client privilege and threats to the safety of others. It is an offence to obstruct an investigation or audit, destroy personal information that is the subject of an access request or discipline a whistleblower. A person is liable to a fine of up to $10,000 on summary conviction or up to $100,000 for an indictable offence.

 

We believe that our operations are currently in compliance with all applicable privacy laws and regulations in all materials respects.

 

United States

 

General.     In the United States, an insurance company is subject to regulation and supervision by the state insurance department in any state in which it does business, but is subject to a higher degree of regulation and supervision in its state of domicile and any state in which it is deemed to be commercially domiciled. Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled in the states of Alabama, Florida, Illinois, and Pennsylvania, and currently one or more insurance subsidiaries are licensed in all states, the District of Columbia and accredited by the U.S. government.

 

The state insurance laws cover a broad range of matters, including: the licensing of insurers and their agents; minimum capital requirements; restrictions on the types and amounts of an insurer’s investments; financial and market conduct examinations of insurers; periodic reporting of financial and other information; disclosure of affiliated transactions; premium rate and policy form filing and approval; trade practices; and numerous other matters.

 

State insurance departments are charged with monitoring insurers’ compliance with state insurance laws, especially those laws intended to ensure that insurance companies maintain adequate capital and surplus in

 

50


Table of Contents

relation to their liabilities. Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are required to file detailed annual and quarterly financial statements with their domiciliary insurance regulators and with insurance regulators in other states where the companies are licensed. These financial statements are based on statutory accounting principles, which focus on liquidity.

 

Insurance Holding Company Regulation.     We are also subject to laws governing insurance holding companies in the states where our U.S. subsidiaries are domiciled. Insurance holding company laws regulate certain transactions between licensed insurers and their affiliates. These laws require that affiliated transactions meet certain standards, such as the terms of the transaction being fair and reasonable, and also require that certain transactions be filed for the prior approval of the insurer’s domiciliary regulator. The holding company laws also require our U.S. insurance subsidiaries to file and update annual registration statements disclosing information regarding the insurers’ ownership and the insurers’ transactions and agreements with affiliates.

 

Risk-Based Capital.     In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, a risk based capital, or RBC, formula was adopted by NAIC. State insurance regulators monitor the financial status of an insurer by reviewing the insurer’s compliance with RBC requirements. RBC requirements seek to measure the adequacy of an insurer’s capital by calculating minimum capital requirements using a formula that takes into account four major areas of risk: (1) underwriting, which encompasses the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing; (2) declines in asset values arising from credit risk; (3) declines in asset values arising from investment risks; and (4) off-balance sheet risk arising from adverse experience from non-controlled assets, guarantees for affiliates or other contingent liabilities and claim liability and premium growth. Insurers having less statutory surplus than that required by the RBC calculation are subject to four degrees of regulatory action, depending on the level of capital inadequacy. As of December 31, 2003, all of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries had adjusted capital in excess of the minimum required to avoid any regulatory action when using company specific premium growth rates. When calculating the RBC requirements using group premium growth rates as required by NAIC rules, each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries had adjusted capital in excess of the minimum level.

 

NAIC Ratios.     The NAIC has also established the Insurance Regulatory Information System, or IRIS, to assist state insurance departments in their oversight of the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS is a series of financial ratios calculated by the NAIC based on financial information submitted by insurers on an annual basis. Each ratio has an established “usual range” of results. The NAIC shares the IRIS ratios calculated for each insurer with the interested state insurance departments. Generally, an insurance company may be subject to regulatory scrutiny and action if its ratios fall outside specified ranges. As of December 31, 2003, each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries except for Universal Casualty Company had one or more IRIS ratios outside of the specified ranges. The number of IRIS ratios that were outside of the specified ranges for each such subsidiary as of such date were as follows: eight for Lincoln General, five for U.S. Security, six for American Country, three for Southern United, and two for American Service. Many of these ratios are outside of the specified ranges due to our rapid growth, loss development in the southeast United States, declining investment yields and capital infusions to our insurance subsidiaries. We do not expect any material regulatory action as a result of our insurance subsidiaries being outside of specified ranges.

 

Periodic Reports, Regulatory Examinations and Inquiries.     Each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is required to file detailed quarterly and annual reports, in accordance with prescribed statutory accounting rules, with regulators in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business. In addition, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic examinations by state insurance departments. The examinations are generally conducted by the insurance department in the insurer’s state of domicile but may be conducted by other states in which an insurer is licensed. The examinations focus on compliance with financial and/or market conduct regulatory requirements during a specified period of time. Also, from time to time, state insurance departments make other inquiries regarding our U.S. insurance subsidiaries’ compliance with insurance laws and regulations. In the past, various state insurance departments have levied fines on some of our subsidiaries in connection with regulatory examinations. Our subsidiaries endeavor to respond to such examinations and inquiries in an appropriate way and to take corrective action if warranted. In the past, various state insurance departments have levied fines on some of our subsidiaries in connection with regulatory examinations.

 

51


Table of Contents

During the most recently completed insurance regulatory examinations of certain of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the insurance departments conducting the examinations raised certain regulatory and financial issues. Some amount of fines or restrictions may be imposed in connection with one or more of these examinations. In particular, in a draft examination report, the Illinois Department of Insurance has alleged that Universal Casualty’s surplus as of December 31, 2002 was approximately US$5.5 million less than that reported in its annual statutory financial statements as of such date. The draft report indicates the Illinois Department’s belief that the difference in surplus resulted from an overstatement of the value of certain assets under applicable statutory accounting principles and understatement of statutory reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses. Universal Casualty disagrees with the Illinois Department’s analysis and is working with the Illinois Department to resolve the discrepancy. We do not expect this matter to have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Change of Control.     Many state insurance laws intended primarily for the protection of policyholders require advance approval by state insurance commissioners of any change in control of an insurance company that is domiciled (or, in some cases, having such substantial business that it is deemed to be commercially domiciled) in that state. “Control” is generally presumed to exist through the ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a domestic insurance company or of any company that controls a domestic insurance company. In addition, insurance laws in many states contain provisions that require prenotification to the insurance commissioners of a change in control of a non-domestic insurance company licensed in those states.

 

Any future transactions that would constitute a change in control of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, including a change of control of Kingsway Financial, would generally require the party acquiring control to obtain the prior approval by the insurance departments of the insurance subsidiaries’ states of domicile or commercial domicile, if any, and may require pre-acquisition notification in applicable states that have adopted pre-acquisition notification provisions. Obtaining these approvals could result in material delay of, or deter, any such transaction.

 

Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles.     The NAIC has adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles, or the Codification, for life insurers and non-life insurers which became effective on January 1, 2001. The Codification was implemented by our U.S. insurance subsidiaries following its adoption by the relevant domestic state insurance departments. The Codification has not had a material impact on the statutory results of operations and financial positions of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

 

Restrictions on Dividends.     The payment of dividends by our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to the insurance laws of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled. Generally, these laws require that ordinary dividends be reported to the insurer’s domiciliary regulator prior to payment of the dividend and that extraordinary dividends may not be paid without such regulator’s prior approval. An extraordinary dividend is generally defined as a dividend that, together with all other dividends made within the past 12 months, exceeds the greater of 100% of the insurer’s statutory net income for the most recent calendar year or 10% of its statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding year-end. Insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent the reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels, and there is no assurance that extraordinary dividend payments would be permitted.

 

Form and Rates.     The policy forms and premium rates used by our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation in each of the states in which the insurers do business. Policy forms and premium rates generally must be filed with the state insurance department in each state in which the form or rate will be used. Often, policy forms and premium rates may not be used in a state unless they have been approved by the applicable state insurance department. Such restrictions may limit the ability of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries to introduce new products or implement desired changes to current premium rates or policy forms.

 

Withdrawal From a Market.     Many jurisdictions have laws and regulations that limit an insurer’s ability to withdraw from a particular market. For example, certain states limit an automobile insurer’s ability to cancel or not renew policies. Furthermore, certain states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing one or more lines of business from the state, except pursuant to a plan that is approved by the state insurance department. The state

 

52


Table of Contents

insurance department may disapprove a plan that may lead to market disruption. Laws and regulations that limit cancellation and non-renewal and that subject program withdrawals to prior approval requirements may restrict an insurer’s ability to exit unprofitable markets.

 

Guaranty Associations.     Virtually all states require licensed insurers to participate in various forms of guaranty associations in order to bear a portion of the loss suffered by the policyholders of insurance companies that become insolvent. Depending upon state law, insurers can be assessed an amount that is generally equal to between 1% and 2% of the annual premiums written for the relevant lines of insurance in that state to pay the claims of an insolvent insurer. These assessments may increase or decrease in the future depending upon the rate of insolvencies of insurance companies.

 

Residual Market Pools.     Our insurance subsidiaries are also required to participate in various involuntary residual market pools, principally involving automobile insurance, which provide various insurance coverages to individuals or other entities that otherwise are unable to purchase such coverage in the voluntary market. Participation in these pools in most states is generally in proportion to voluntary writings of related lines of business in that state.

 

Regulatory Initiatives.     In some states, the automobile insurance industry has been under pressure in past years from regulators, legislators or special interest groups to reduce, freeze or set rates to or at levels that are not necessarily related to underlying costs, including initiatives to roll back automobile and other personal lines rates. This kind of activity has adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, the profitability and growth of our U.S. subsidiaries’ automobile insurance business in those jurisdictions, and may limit their ability to increase rates to compensate for increases in costs. Adverse legislative and regulatory activity limiting their ability to price automobile insurance adequately may occur in the future. The impact of these regulatory changes on our U.S. subsidiaries’ businesses cannot be predicted.

 

The state insurance regulatory framework has come under increased federal scrutiny. Current and proposed federal measures that may affect the non-life insurance industry may include: possible changes to the tax laws governing non-life insurance companies; proposals regarding natural disaster protection; and tort reform (including limits to product liability lawsuits). It is not possible to predict whether any of the proposed legislation discussed above will be enacted, what form such legislation might take when enacted, or the potential effects of such legislation on our competitors and us.

 

The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act .    The federal Terrorism Risk Insurance Act, or TRIA, which became effective on November 26, 2002, requires that commercial property and casualty insurers offer coverage for certain Acts of Terrorism (as defined by TRIA). TRIA also provides limited federal financial assistance to insurers for the payment of insured losses arising out of Acts of Terrorism, subject to TRIA’s terms and conditions, such as providing policyholders with prescribed notices of the premiums charged for covering Acts of Terrorism. Unless extended by the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, TRIA’s mandate that commercial insurers offer TRIA coverage expires December 31, 2004, while the Act itself sunsets on December 31, 2005. TRIA voided any terrorism exclusion in commercial property and casualty policies in force on November 26, 2002, to the extent it excluded coverage for losses arising from Acts of Terrorism. Insurers could reinstate such exclusions if: (1) the insurer received a written statement from the insured that affirmatively authorized such reinstatement, or (2) the insured failed to pay any increased premium charged by the insurer for providing TRIA terrorism coverage, and the insurer gave the insured at least 30 days’ prior notice of the increased premium and the rights of the insured to TRIA terrorism coverage.

 

Lincoln General, a writer of commercial property and casualty insurance, has provided policyholders with the notices required for Lincoln General to qualify for the federal financial assistance contemplated by TRIA. Since TRIA was enacted, Lincoln General has provided coverage for Acts of Terrorism at no additional charge to policyholders.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.     In November 1999, Congress passed the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or GLB. The GLB permits commercial banks, insurers and securities firms to combine under one holding

 

53


Table of Contents

company, or a financial holding company. Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in activities, and acquire companies engaged in activities that are “financial” in nature or “incidental” or “complementary” to such financial activities. Such financial activities include acting as principal, agent or broker in the underwriting and sale of life, property, casualty and other forms of insurance and annuities. The ability of banks to affiliate with insurers may affect our U.S. subsidiaries’ product lines by substantially increasing the number, size and financial strength of potential competitors.

 

In addition, the GLB placed new privacy requirements on financial institutions, including insurance companies, designed to protect the “nonpublic personal information” of consumers. We believe that our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are currently in compliance with all applicable privacy laws and regulations in all material respects.

 

Credit for Reinsurance.     Under all state laws, a U.S. insurer cannot treat reinsurance ceded to an unlicensed or non-accredited reinsurer, such as our Barbados subsidiary, as an asset or as a deduction from its liabilities in its annual statutory statement, except to the extent that the reinsurer has provided collateral security in an approved form, such as a letter of credit. Our Barbados subsidiary provides letters of credit, which allows our U.S. insurance subsidiaries to take financial statement credit for reinsurance provided by it.

 

Investment Portfolio Regulation.     Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolios and that limit the amount of investments in certain categories. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause non-conforming investments to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture.

 

Barbados

 

Our Barbados subsidiary, Kingsway Reinsurance Corporation, or Kingsway Barbados, acts as a reinsurer for our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. Kingsway Barbados was incorporated in Barbados on November 20, 1997 and was granted a license to engage in exempt insurance business in accordance with the provisions of the Exempt Insurance Act (Cap. 308A) 1983-9, as amended, and related regulations. On December 28, 2000, following the surrender of its exempt insurance license, Kingsway Barbados was granted a license (Certificate of Qualification) by the Supervisor of Insurance to conduct international insurance business as a Qualifying Insurance Company under the Barbados Insurance Act (Act 1996-32) as amended 1998-31, or the Act. A Qualifying Insurance Company is a registered insurer that has at least 90% of its premiums originating outside of the Caribbean.

 

The Act grants to the Supervisor powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. The Supervisor has the authority to suspend or revoke a license if at any time a licensee fails to satisfy the conditions of the license, is in violation of any provisions of the Act, or ceases to carry on the business of insurance pursuant to its license.

 

Under the Act, Kingsway Barbados may pay dividends only if after the payment: (a) it would be able to pay its liabilities as they come due; and (b) the realizable value of its assets would exceed its liabilities and stated capital. Dividends may not be paid out of unrealized profits. Further, under the Act, Kingsway Barbados is required to maintain a minimum capitalization of Bds$250,000 (approximately US$125,000) and, in addition, the recorded value of its assets must exceed its liabilities by: (a) Bds$250,000 (approximately US$125,000) where its earned premium in the preceding financial year did not exceed Bds$1.5 million (approximately US$750,000); (b) an amount equal to 20% of its earned premium for the preceding financial year, where such income exceeded Bds$1.5 million (approximately US$750,000) but did not exceed Bds$10 million (approximately US$5 million); and (c) an amount equal to the aggregate of Bds$2.0 million (approximately US$1 million) and 10% of the amount by which its earned premium for the preceding financial year exceeded Bds$10 million (approximately US$5 million).

 

Kingsway Barbados must file annual financial statements with the Supervisor that are prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP and reported on by the company’s independent auditor.

 

54


Table of Contents

Bermuda

 

Our Bermuda subsidiary, Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd., acts as a reinsurer for our Canadian insurance subsidiaries. The Insurance Act of 1978, as amended, and related regulations, or the Insurance Act, which regulates the insurance business of Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd., provides that no person shall carry on insurance business (including the business of reinsurance) in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under Section 4 of the Insurance Act by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. is registered as a Class 3 insurer under the Insurance Act.

 

The Insurance Act imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements and grants to the Bermuda Monetary Authority powers to supervise, investigate, assist certain foreign regulatory authorities, requisition information and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. An insurer’s registration may be canceled by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in accordance with Section 41 of the Insurance Act, and such cancellation is published in the “Gazette” (as such term is defined by the Insurance Act).

 

Every Class 3 insurer is required to file annually a Statutory Financial Return and Statutory Financial Statements. Penalty fines may be incurred if filings are not made as required. The Statutory Financial Statements as prescribed by the Insurance Act include in statutory form a balance sheet, income statement, and a statement of capital and surplus, rules for valuation of assets and determination of the liabilities and detailed notes thereto. The Statutory Financial Statements are not prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP and are distinct from the financial statements prepared for presentation to the insurer’s shareholders under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, or the Companies Act, which financial statements may be prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The Statutory Financial Return includes a business solvency certificate and a declaration of the statutory ratios, both signed by two directors of the company (and the principal representative appointed under the Insurance Act).

 

Every registered insurer must appoint an independent auditor approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority who will annually audit and report on the Statutory Financial Statements and the Statutory Financial Return of the insurer.

 

The Insurance Act provides that the statutory assets of an insurer must exceed its statutory liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin which varies depending upon the type of registration of the insurer under the Insurance Act and the insurer’s net premiums written and loss reserve level. Pursuant to Regulation 10 of The Insurance Returns and Solvency Regulations 1980, the minimum solvency margin for a Class 3 insurer is the greatest of (a) US$1.0 million; (b) 20% of net premiums written up to US$6.0 million; where net premiums written do or are expected to exceed US$6.0 million, then the solvency margin shall be calculated as the aggregate of US$1.2 million and 15% of the amount by which the net premiums written exceed US$6.0 million in that year; and (c) 15% of the aggregate of the insurer’s loss and loss expense provisions and other general business insurance reserves. The Insurance Act regulates the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions, including prohibiting the declaration or payment where there has been or would be, a failure to comply with the minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio. As a Class 3 Insurer, Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd., may not reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, without the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. In addition, as a Class 3 Insurer, Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. must maintain the required level of certain types of assets (such as cash and time deposits) in compliance with the minimum liquidity ratio regulations of the Insurance Act.

 

Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. must comply with the provisions of the Companies Act regulating the payment of dividends and making distributions from contributed surplus. A company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (a) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of the company’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. In addition, the Companies Act regulates return of capital, reduction of capital and repurchases or redemption of shares by Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

55


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are, from time to time, involved in various claims and legal proceedings, including class actions. While it is not possible to estimate the final outcome of these various proceedings at this time, we do not believe the outcome of such proceedings will have a material impact on our results.

 

On July 25, 2003, we commenced an action against PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, Miller, Herbers, Lehman & Associates, Inc. and the former Directors of American Country relating to the understatement of the reserves of American Country’s insurance subsidiary for the years 1998 through 2001 and associated costs and damages thereon. These reserve deficiencies occurred prior to our acquisition of American Country in April 2002. As a result of the deficiencies, we restated American Country’s financial results for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 and the three months ended March 31, 2002. For a more detailed description of the restatement, see Kingsway’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on September 12, 2003, as amended, and incorporated by reference herein.

 

In early 2004, Kingsway General bought an administrative action in the form of an Originating Notice against the government of Alberta in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Judicial District of Calgary in connection with Alberta’s decision to impose a rate freeze in December 2003 with retroactive effect to October 30, 2003. The effect of this retroactive application is that Kingsway General and other insurers in Alberta are not able to realize the additional revenues that would have been earned from the previously approved higher premiums, and also that Kingsway General and many other insurers in Alberta are required to make partial refunds of premiums that the Alberta Automobile Insurance Board had previously approved. Kingsway General’s application to the Calgary Court of Queen’s Bench sought compensation for the revenue that it would have earned from the previously approved premiums. The Court declined to rule on the compensation claim, stating that the claim must be determined through an ordinary civil proceeding. Kingsway General is preparing a statement of claim and intends to file an ordinary civil action to pursue its claims for compensation.

 

Systems and Technology

 

We believe that efficient information systems are important to processing policies and claims and retrieving information quickly to interface with our agents, MGAs and brokers and insureds. Although we believe our current information systems are sufficient to support our business, we are reviewing our systems and seek to update and improve their capabilities.

 

We are also in the process of implementing and expanding an electronic imaging system in our insurance subsidiaries to provide immediate access to all data and files and reduce the cost of storage and filing. We also have a point-of-sale system to make our products readily available through our agents, MGAs and brokers network, providing our agents, MGAs and brokers with a direct interface and allowing them to quote and issue policies electronically. We expect the enhancements and additions to our systems to increase our operating efficiencies and reduce our operating costs, and to help us strengthen our important relationships with our independent agents, MGAs and brokers.

 

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2004, we employed approximately 1,961 personnel, of whom approximately 612 are located in Canada and approximately 1,349 are located in the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Kingsway Financial’s directors and executive officers as of May 27, 2004 are as follows:

 

Name


  Age

    

Positions


William G. Star

  68      Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

W. Shaun Jackson

  45      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

David Atkins (1)

  69      Director

John L. Beamish

  75      Director

Thomas A. Di Giacomo (1)

  62      Director

Bernard Gluckstein

  67      Director

J. Brian Reeve

  47      Director

F. Michael Walsh (1)

  57      Lead Director

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee.

 

William G. Star has served as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since founding Kingsway in 1989. Mr. Star has also served as President of Kingsway General since 1986. Prior thereto, Mr. Star was an advisor to the Ontario Task Force on Insurance. Mr. Star was a vice-president of York during 1984 and 1985. From 1970 to 1983 he held various positions with Pafco Insurance Company, including President.

 

W. Shaun Jackson has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 1995 and an Executive Vice President since 1998. Mr. Jackson obtained his Chartered Accountancy designation in 1982, and, in 1985, joined the property and casualty insurance industry practice of KPMG LLP in Bermuda. In 1989, Mr. Jackson joined the property and casualty insurance industry practice of KPMG LLP in Toronto.

 

David Atkins has served as one of our directors since 1999. Mr. Atkins has been a Senior Advisor at Lang, Michener, Barristers and Solicitors, since January 4, 1999. Prior thereto, Mr. Atkins was a Partner of Coopers & Lybrand (now PricewaterhouseCoopers) from 1968 to 1998.

 

John L. Beamish has served as one of our directors since 1998. Mr. Beamish has been the President of J. Llewellyn Beamish and Associates, Inc., an insurance consulting and management firm, since 1994. Prior thereto, he held the position of Vice-President and Chief Agent in charge of Canadian operations for Employers Reinsurance Corporation.

 

Thomas A. Di Giacomo has served as one of our directors since 1995. Mr. Di Giacomo has been the President of TADICO Limited, a business consulting and investment firm, since 1994. Prior thereto, he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Manulife Financial Inc.

 

Bernard Gluckstein, Q.C. , has served as one of our directors since our inception in 1989. Mr. Gluckstein has been a senior partner of Gluckstein & Associates, a law firm specializing in personal injury litigation since 1995.

 

J. Brian Reeve has served as one of our directors since February 2002. Since 1988, Mr. Reeve has been a partner at Cassels Brock and Blackwell LLP, a Toronto law firm, where he specializes in the regulation and corporate governance of insurance companies, and is currently a member of the Executive Committee as well as the Practice Group leader of the Financial Services Group. He has also been a special advisor to both the Ontario and Federal Ministries of Finance on insurance matters and has served on the boards of several Canadian insurance companies, as well as being chief agent in Canada for several foreign insurers.

 

F. Michael Walsh has served as one of our directors since 2000. Mr. Walsh has been a private investor since January 1, 2000. From 1993 through December 1999, he held several senior positions at First Marathon Securities Limited and First Marathon Inc. (now National Bank Financial). In 2003, Mr. Walsh was appointed lead director.

 

57


Table of Contents

Composition of our Board of Directors

 

Kingsway Financial’s board of directors currently consists of seven directors. A majority of directors are independent directors as outlined in the listing standards of the NYSE. The only director who is not independent is William G. Star, Kingsway Financial’s President and Chief Executive Officer. F. Michael Walsh is the lead director.

 

Committees

 

Kingsway Financial’s board has four committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation and Management Resources Committee, an Investment Committee and a Nominating Committee.

 

The Audit Committee Charter requires that all committee members satisfy the applicable independence requirements of the Toronto Stock Exchange, or TSX, and other regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Atkins, Di Giacomo and Walsh, each of whom meet the independence and financial literacy requirements of the TSX guidelines and the NYSE listing standards. Mr. Atkins serves as the chair of the committee and the board has determined that he is an “audit committee financial expert” as contemplated by the NYSE listing standards.

 

Pursuant to its charter, the committee’s primary duties and responsibilities are:

 

    to identify and monitor the management of the principal risks that could impact the financial reporting of Kingsway Financial;

 

    to monitor the integrity of Kingsway Financial’s financial reporting process and system of internal controls regarding financial reporting and accounting appropriateness and compliance;

 

    to monitor and review the corporate governance practices of Kingsway Financial;

 

    to monitor the independence and performance of Kingsway Financial’s external auditors and the external appointed actuary;

 

    to provide an avenue of communication among the external auditors, external appointed actuary, management and the board; and

 

    to review the annual audited financial statements with management and the external auditors.

 

The Compensation and Management Resources Committee Charter requires that all committee members satisfy the applicable independence requirements of the TSX and other regulatory requirements. The committee is comprised of Messrs. Beamish, Di Giacomo and Gluckstein, each of whom meet the independence requirements of the TSX guidelines and NYSE listing standards. Mr. Gluckstein serves as chairman of the committee.

 

Pursuant to its charter, the committee’s primary responsibilities are:

 

    to assist the board in discharging its responsibilities in respect of compensation of Kingsway Financial’s executive officers, including setting salary and annual bonus levels for Kingsway Financial’s senior executive officers as well as overseeing the senior staff bonus plans, subject to the approval of the board;

 

    to produce an annual report for inclusion in Kingsway Financial’s information circular on executive compensation;

 

    to provide recommendations to the board in connection with directors’ compensation; and

 

    to provide recommendations to the board in connection with succession planning for senior management of Kingsway Financial.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Investment Committee Charter requires that a majority of the committee members satisfy the applicable independence requirements of the TSX and other regulatory requirements. The committee is comprised of Messrs. Di Giacomo, Star and Walsh. A majority of directors on the Investment Committee meet the independence requirements of the TSX and NYSE. Pursuant to its charter, the committee’s primary responsibilities are:

 

    to assist the board and management in respect of the management of the invested assets of Kingsway Financial and its subsidiaries;

 

    to develop and monitor investment policies and guidelines for Kingsway Financial and its subsidiaries;

 

    to provide recommendations to the board in connection with the hiring of external managers;

 

    to meet with and monitor the performance of external managers; and

 

    to produce an annual report for inclusion in Kingsway Financial’s information circular.

 

The Nominating Committee Charter requires that all committee members satisfy the applicable independence requirements of the TSX and other regulatory requirements. The Nominating Committee is comprised of Messrs. Atkins, Walsh and Reeve, each of whom satisfy the independence requirements of the TSX guidelines and the NYSE listing standards.

 

Pursuant to its charter, the committee’s primary responsibilities are:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become board members and recommending that the board select a group of director nominees for each next annual meeting of Kingsway Financial’s stockholders; and

 

    ensuring that the Audit Committee, Investment Committee, Nominating Committee and Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the board have the benefit of qualified and experienced independent directors.

 

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information as of May 21, 2004 (except as otherwise noted) with respect to the ownership of our common stock by persons known to own more than 5% or our outstanding common stock.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner


   Amount and nature of
beneficial ownership(1)


   Percent of class

Franklin Templeton Investments Corp.(2)

   5,349,734    9.53%

1 Adelaide Street East

         

Suite 2101

         

Toronto, Ontario M5C 3B8

         

Canada

         

TD Asset Management, Inc.(3)

   2,997,295    5.34%

Canada Trust Tower

         

BCE Place

         

161 Bay Street, 35th Floor

         

Toronto, Ontario M5J 2T2

         

Canada

         

(1)   Beneficial owner is deemed to have sole dispositive and voting power of all reported shares unless otherwise indicated.

 

(2)  

Stock ownership is based on a Schedule 13 G filed February 9, 2004, by Franklin Resources, Inc., Charles B. Johnson, Rupert H. Johnson, Jr. and Franklin Templeton Investments Corp. as joint filers. In their filing, the joint filers reported that Franklin Templeton Investments Corp. had sole voting power over 5,138,734 shares and sole dispositive power over 5,349,734 shares. Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H.

 

59


Table of Contents
 

Johnson, Jr each own in excess of 10% of the outstanding common stock of Franklin Resources, Inc. and are the principal shareholders of Franklin Resources, Inc., a parent holding company. Franklin Resources, Inc., Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson Jr. disclaimed beneficial ownership of the securities covered by the Schedule 13G.

 

(3)   Stock ownership is based on a Form 13F filed on May 14, 2004.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information as of May 21, 2004 (except as otherwise noted) with respect to the ownership of our common stock by our executive officers and directors.

 

Name of beneficial owner


   Amount and nature of
beneficial ownership(1)


   Percent
of class(2)


William G. Star

   430,342    *

W. Shaun Jackson

   57,589    *

Frank Amodeo

   4,822    *

Simon Argent

   6,402    *

Dennis Fielding

   3,621    *

Shelly Gobin

   35,502    *

Michael Slan

   11,100    *

David H. Atkins

   3,750    *

John L. Beamish

   7,000    *

Thomas A. Di Giacomo

   11,000    *

Bernard Gluckstein

   110,200    *

J. Brian Reeve

   10,000    *

F. Michael Walsh

   25,000    *

Executive Officers and Directors as a group

   716,328    1.3%

(1)   Individual has sole dispositive power and voting power or reported shares unless otherwise noted.

 

(2)   An asterisk (*) indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of outstanding shares.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth outstanding options held by executive officers as of May 21, 2004.

 

Name


   Number of
Stock Options
Held


   Exercise
Price


   Expiration Date

William G. Star

   100,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     50,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     100,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     150,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Shaun Jackson

   50,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     70,000      4.30    February 24, 2010
     20,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     40,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     50,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Frank Amodeo

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Simon Argent

   4,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     2,500      13.53    February 10, 2013

Dennis Fielding

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     2,333      4.30    February 24, 2010
     3,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Shelly Gobin

   7,500    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     6,667      4.30    February 24, 2010
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     6,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Michael Slan

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     5,000      4.30    February 24, 2010
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013
    
           

Total

   727,000            
    
           

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth outstanding options held by directors as of May 21, 2004.

 

Name


   Number of
Stock Options
Held


   Exercise
Price


   Expiration Date

David Atkins

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

John Beamish

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     7,500      4.30    February 24, 2010
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Thomas Di Giacomo

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     7,500      4.30    February 24, 2010
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Bernard Gluckstein

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     7,500      4.30    February 24, 2010
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Brian Reeve

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     2,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013

Michael Walsh

   5,000    $ 15.19    February 12, 2009
     5,000      7.80    February 22, 2011
     5,000      19.66    February 21, 2012
     5,000      13.53    February 10, 2013
    
           

Total

   134,500            
    
           

 

Stock Option Plan

 

In May 2001, we instituted a stock option plan, which was approved by our board of directors and our shareholders and subsequently amended in May 2003. The purpose of the plan is to attract, retain and motivate persons as directors, officers, key employees and consultants of Kingsway and to advance the interests of Kingsway by providing such persons with the opportunity, through stock options, to acquire an increased proprietary interest in Kingsway. The plan provides for the issuance of up to 4,800,000 shares of Kingsway’s common stock. The plan is administered by the board of directors in accordance with the rules and policies of the Toronto Stock Exchange. The board receives recommendations from the Compensation and Management Resources Committee regarding the persons to whom options shall be granted, the number of shares which will be optioned from time to time and the terms and conditions of the grant. Non-employee directors may be granted options for no more than 5,000 shares per year. The overall maximum number of common shares of Kingsway which may be reserved for issuance under stock options granted to any non-executive employee participant under this plan and any of our other compensation plans may not exceed 5% of our outstanding shares. The limit is increased to 10% for our directors and executive officers. There is also a limit on the number of shares that may be granted in any twelve-month period. The number of shares which may be issued under the plan in any twelve month period may not exceed 5% of our outstanding shares for grants to each of our executive officers and 10% of our outstanding shares for grants to all of our executive officers and directors.

 

62


Table of Contents

Options are issued at an exercise price not less than the closing price of our common stock on the business day immediately preceding the date of the grant. Options are non-assignable by the grantee; however, a grantee may assign options to a registered retirement savings plan established for the benefit of such grantee. Options granted prior to February 11, 2003 are exercisable for up to ten years. Options granted after February 11, 2003 are exercisable for up to five years. Unless the board of directors establishes a different vesting schedule at the time of grant, options generally vest 33.33% each year over a three-year period. In the event of the death, qualifying retirement or long-term disability of an employee, all outstanding unvested options shall immediately vest. If a non-employee director dies or ceases to be a member of the board for any reason other than resignation, all outstanding unvested options shall immediately vest. Finally, in the event of a change in control of Kingsway, all unvested options shall immediately vest and remain exercisable for 90 days after the closing of the transaction. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the board of directors may terminate the plan at any time with respect to any shares that are not then subject to options. Termination will not affect the rights of any participant in the plan with respect to any outstanding options.

 

Substantially all of our salaried U.S. employees are covered by a 401(k) plan. The aggregate amount of accruals and withholdings under the 401(k) plan as of March 31, 2004 was US$275,000. In addition, prior to December 4, 1996, substantially all salaried employees of American Country, one of our U.S. subsidiaries, were covered by a defined-benefit pension plan sponsored by its former parent. Effective December 31, 1997, participation in the plan was frozen. As of March 31, 2004, American Country accrued US$411,000 for liabilities relating to the pension plan. On May 11, 2004, American Country made a payment of US$381,000 to the pension trust thereby reducing its pension accrual by that amount.

 

Additional information relating to option grants, executive and director compensation and related party transactions are incorporated by reference herein from the section entitled “Executive Compensation” in Kingsway Financial’s Notice of Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders of Kingsway Financial and Management Information Circular included in Kingsway’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed May 17, 2004.

 

63


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

 

The Original Notes were, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued under an Indenture (“Indenture”) dated as of January 28, 2004. Kingsway America will issue the Exchange Notes and Kingsway Financial will fully and unconditionally guarantee the Exchange Notes. Both the Issuer and the Guarantor, along with BNY Midwest Trust Company, as Trustee, are parties to the Indenture. The Indenture will be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), and the terms of the Notes will include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

We will issue Exchange Notes only in fully registered form without coupons, in denominations of US$1,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. Any Original Notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the Exchange Offer, together with the Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall constitute a single class of securities under the Indenture. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes will be the same as the form and terms of the Original Notes in all material respects, except that:

 

    the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain provisions relating to an increase in the interest rate that are included in the terms of the Original Notes in circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer; and

 

    the holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to all of the rights of the holders of the Original Notes under the registration rights agreements, which terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of the Notes. You can find the definitions of some of the capitalized terms used in this description under the subheading “—Definitions.” A copy of the Indenture, including the forms of certificates evidencing the Exchange Notes, has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the following description relates to both the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes and is meant to be only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. This description does not restate all of the terms of the Indenture in their entirety.

 

For purposes of this section, references to the Notes shall be deemed to refer to the Original Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable. All dollar amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires.

 

Principal, Maturity and Interest

 

The Notes will mature on February 1, 2014.

 

Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 7.50% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2004. We will pay interest to those persons who were holders of record on the January 15 and July 15, respectively, immediately preceding each interest payment date.

 

The Issuer may issue additional Notes in an unlimited amount having identical terms and conditions to the Notes (“Additional Notes”), subject to compliance with the covenants described under the heading “—Certain Covenants” and the consent of the lenders under our credit agreements and any other limitations or restrictions applicable at the time. Any Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes and will vote on all matters as one class with the Notes.

 

Interest on the Notes will accrue from January 28, 2004 or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

64


Table of Contents

The interest rate on the Original Notes will increase if:

 

  (1)   we do not file either: (A) a registration statement to allow for the Exchange Offer; or (B) a resale shelf registration statement for the Original Notes;

 

  (2)   the registration statement referred to above is not declared effective on a timely basis; or

 

  (3)   certain other conditions are not satisfied.

 

Any interest payable as a result of any such increase in interest rate is referred to as “Special Interest.” You should refer to the description under the heading “The Exchange Offer—Special Interest” beginning on page 85 for a more detailed description of the circumstances under which the interest rate will increase.

 

Ranking

 

The Original Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be:

 

    senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer;

 

    guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantor;

 

    effectively subordinated in right of payment to existing and future secured debt, if any, of the Issuer and the Guarantor, to the extent of such security;

 

    effectively subordinated to all debt of the subsidiaries of the Issuer and the Guarantor (other than Kingsway America), including trade debt and preferred stock claims;

 

    equal in ranking (“ pari passu ”) with all existing and future senior debt of the Issuer and the Guarantor; and

 

    senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated debt of the Issuer and the Guarantor.

 

Substantially all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Therefore, the Issuer’s ability to service its debt, including the Notes, is dependent upon the earnings of its subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to the Issuer, or upon loans, advances or other payments made by these entities, the Guarantor or our non-U.S. subsidiaries, to the Issuer. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make other payments or advances to the Issuer will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws, including applicable insurance laws, and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing our debt, including our credit agreements, the indenture governing the Senior Debentures and the Indenture governing the Notes. If our subsidiaries cannot comply with these restrictions, then the Issuer may not be able to use the earnings of those subsidiaries to make payments on the Notes. Furthermore, under certain circumstances, bankruptcy “fraudulent conveyance” laws or other similar laws could invalidate the Parent Guarantee. If this were to occur, the Issuer may also be unable to use the earnings of the Guarantor.

 

In addition, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor is a holding company with assets consisting primarily of the capital stock of its subsidiaries. The right of the Issuer and the Guarantor to claim the assets of their respective subsidiaries is therefore junior to the claims that creditors of their respective subsidiaries have against those subsidiaries except to the extent that the Issuer or the Guarantor may itself be a creditor of a subsidiary. Holders of the Notes will only be creditors of the Issuer and of the Guarantor. In the case of subsidiaries of the Issuer and the Guarantor, all the existing and future liabilities of those subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors and preferred stockholders, will be effectively senior to the Notes.

 

As of March 31, 2004, the Issuer had approximately US$215.5 million of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, US$125.0 million of which was senior indebtedness. The amount of total indebtedness includes obligations under capital leases and mandatorily redeemable preferred shares.

 

65


Table of Contents

The Parent Guarantee

 

The obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Kingsway Financial, the ultimate parent of the Issuer, as to the payment of principal of, any premium and interest on, including any Additional Amounts (as defined below) payable on, the Notes when due, whether at maturity or otherwise. The Parent Guarantee will be an unsecured senior obligation of the Guarantor and will rank equally with all other unsecured senior indebtedness of the Guarantor, including our credit agreements and the Senior Debentures. The Parent Guarantee will rank senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Guarantor, including its guarantee of Kingsway America’s obligations under the subordinated debentures relating to trust preferred securities. As of March 31, 2004, the Guarantor had approximately $386.1 million of total indebtedness, including subordinated debt, of which $266.7 million was senior indebtedness.

 

Optional Redemption

 

Beginning on February 1, 2009, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or from time to time in part, at the redemption prices set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The following prices are for Notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 1 of the years set forth below, and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:

 

Redemption Year


   Price

 

2009

   103.500 %

2010

   102.333 %

2011

   101.167 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption of Notes (the “Redemption Date”) to each registered holder of the Notes to be redeemed. If Kingsway America does not redeem all of the Notes, the Trustee will select the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed (in principal amounts of US$1,000 or whole multiples of US$1,000) by lot, on a pro rata basis or in such manner as it deems fair and appropriate. Unless Kingsway America (or Kingsway Financial) defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. We expect that the Issuer will need the consent of the lenders under the our credit agreements to effect any redemption of the Notes.

 

Sinking Fund

 

There will be no mandatory sinking fund payments for the Notes.

 

Additional Amounts

 

The Indenture provides that payments made by the Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, interest, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or any province or territory thereof or by any local, provincial or federal authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (“Taxes”), unless the Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes under Canadian law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If, after the Issue Date, the Guarantor is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Guarantor will pay to each holder of Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such holder (including the Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that

 

66


Table of Contents

no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes (an “Excluded holder”):

 

    which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere holding of the Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder;

 

    which failed to comply with a timely request of the Issuer or the Guarantor to provide information concerning such holder’s nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity or connection with Canada or any political subdivision or authority thereof, if and to the extent that due and timely compliance with such request would have reduced or eliminated any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to such holder but for this clause; or

 

    as to which any combination of the above clauses in this proviso is applicable,

 

nor shall any Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment to any holder who is, for purposes of Canadian income taxes, a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such Note to the extent such payment would be required by the laws of Canada (or any province, territory or political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein) to be included in the income for tax purposes of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, or a partner of such partnership, or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amount had it been the holder of the Note.

 

Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context:

 

    the payment of principal (and premium, if any);

 

    purchase prices in connection with a repurchase of Notes;

 

    interest and Special Interest, if any; or

 

    any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes,

 

such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Certain Covenants

 

The Indenture will contain, among others, the following covenants:

 

Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. The Issuer and the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, issue, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of any Indebtedness, unless

 

    the aggregate principal amount of the aggregate Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a pro forma basis after such issuance, assumption or guarantee, as the case may be, and application of the proceeds thereof, does not exceed 50% of the Total Consolidated Capitalization (such preceding calculation being the “Debt to Total Capital Test”); and

 

    the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries ranking pari passu with or senior to the Notes (including our credit agreements and the Senior Debentures), calculated on a pro forma basis after such issuance, assumption or guarantee, as the case may be, and application of the proceeds thereof, does not exceed 35% of the Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

Limitations on Restricted Payments. The Guarantor will not, directly or indirectly:

 

    declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution (in cash, property or other assets) in respect of any capital stock of the Guarantor (or any warrants, rights and options to acquire capital stock of the Guarantor);

 

   

cause or allow any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution (in cash, property or other assets) in respect of any capital stock of such

 

67


Table of Contents
 

Restricted Subsidiary (or any warrants, rights and options to acquire capital stock of such subsidiary) unless such payment or distribution is to the Guarantor or a subsidiary that is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Guarantor; or

 

    make or permit the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, except (a) a payment of interest or principal at the stated maturity thereof or (b) a purchase or other acquisition for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization obligation or principal repayment obligation, in each case, due within one year of the date of such purchase or other acquisition (all such payments and other actions set forth in the preceding three clauses being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

 

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

    no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

 

    after making such Restricted Payment, the percentage obtained when calculating the Debt to Total Capital Test would not exceed 50%.

 

Limitations on Liens. The Issuer and the Guarantor may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien to secure any Indebtedness upon shares of capital stock or evidences of Indebtedness issued by any Restricted Subsidiary and owned by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether such shares or evidences of indebtedness were owned as of the date of the Indenture or thereafter acquired), without making, or causing such Restricted Subsidiary to make, effective provision to secure all of the notes issued under the Indenture from time to time outstanding by such Lien, equally and ratably with, or with preference to, any and all other Indebtedness thereby secured, so long as such Indebtedness is so secured, unless, after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by all Liens incurred after the date of the Indenture (to the extent the incurrence of such Indebtedness (a) did not require us or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the notes or (b) was not otherwise permitted by the next succeeding paragraph) does not exceed 2% of our Consolidated Total Assets.

 

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Indebtedness secured by Liens existing on the date of the Indenture or to:

 

    inchoate or statutory liens or trust claims for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent or the validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided that there shall have been set aside a reserve to the extent required by U.S. or Canadian GAAP, as the case may be, in an amount which is reasonably adequate with respect thereto;

 

    Liens securing Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations provided the Lien charges only the asset subject to the Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations and no other asset;

 

    Liens securing Indebtedness of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries which are premium finance companies; and

 

    Liens securing the Indebtedness under letters of credit issued upon the application of any Subsidiary in connection with reinsurance contracts.

 

Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Voting Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer and the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Voting Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary to any person (other than the Issuer, the Guarantor or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor), unless, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, the aggregate principal amount of the aggregate Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a pro forma basis after such issuance,

 

68


Table of Contents

transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, as the case may be, and application of the proceeds thereof, does not exceed 50% of the Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets

 

The Issuer and the Guarantor will not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (1) consolidate or merge with or into another person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another person or persons, unless:

 

    either: (a) the Issuer or the Guarantor is the surviving corporation; or (b) the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer or the Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (i) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or Canada or any province thereof and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture and the registration rights agreements pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

    the ratings on the Notes are not lowered by either of S&P or DBRS as a result of such transaction, after giving effect to such transaction;

 

    no Event of Default (as defined below) and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both would become an Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing under the Indenture; and

 

    such transaction shall, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, acting reasonably, and in the opinion of counsel, be upon such terms as substantially to preserve and not to impair in any material respect the rights and powers of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes under the Indenture.

 

In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantor will not and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other person. At no time will the Guarantor permit or cause the Issuer to be owned, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any person other than the Guarantor or a non-operating Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

 

Commission Reports

 

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and, upon request to any Holder, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, or within 15 days after filing with the Commission:

 

    all annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Form 40-F if the Guarantor were required to file these Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Guarantor’s independent accountants; and

 

    all quarterly and current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 6-K if the Guarantor were required to file these reports.

 

In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer, whether or not required by the Commission, the Guarantor will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept the filing) and make the information available to prospective investors upon request. The Issuer and the Guarantor have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain

 

69


Table of Contents

outstanding, the Guarantor will furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Events of Default

 

The Indenture provides that an “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes will occur upon:

 

    the Issuer’s failure to pay any principal of, or premium (if any) on, the Notes when due;

 

    the Issuer’s failure to pay any interest or the Guarantor’s failure to pay Additional Amounts (if any) on the Notes when due and the continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

    the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s failure to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement of the Issuer or Guarantor, respectively, under the Indenture, any supplemental indenture thereto or the Notes and the continuance of such default for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof to the Issuer by the Trustee;

 

    the failure of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries to pay to any Person any Indebtedness in the principal amount of $25 million or greater and such default has not been waived by such Person within the applicable cure period;

 

    the failure of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries to perform any term, covenant, condition or provision applicable to any Indebtedness and such failure results in acceleration of the maturity of Indebtedness exceeding $25 million in aggregate;

 

    certain events of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

    if a final judgment (not subject to appeal) is rendered against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in excess of $25 million by a court of competent jurisdiction which judgment remains undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired;

 

    if any representation or warranty made by the Issuer or the Guarantor in the Indenture is proved to be incorrect in any material respect, unless such incorrect representation or warranty is capable of being corrected and the Issuer or the Guarantor shall fail to make good such default within a period of 60 days following written notice from the Trustee specifying the incorrect representation or warranty; or

 

    the Parent Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Parent Guarantee.

 

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (other than an Event of Default involving insolvency or bankruptcy as described above), the Trustee may in its discretion and shall, upon the request of holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all outstanding Notes to be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default involving insolvency or bankruptcy as described above has occurred and is continuing, all principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest on the outstanding Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any act or declaration by the Trustee or any holder of the Notes.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.

 

70


Table of Contents

No holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

    such holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,

 

    the registered holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made a written request and offered indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and

 

    the Trustee shall not have received from the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest and Special Interest, if any, on, such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

Amendments and Waivers

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may also be waived (except a default in the payment of principal, premium, interest or Special Interest, if any, and certain covenants and provisions of the Indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note as described in the next sentence) with the consent of the registered holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note, no amendment may, among other things,

 

    reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment or waiver,

 

    reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, on any Note,

 

    reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note,

 

    make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note,

 

    impair the right of any holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes or the Parent Guarantee,

 

    subordinate the Notes or the Parent Guarantee to any other obligation of the Issuer or the Guarantor,

 

    reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed, as described under “—Optional Redemption” or “—Additional Amounts” above;

 

    make any change to the Indenture or the Notes that would result in the Issuer or the Guarantor being required to make any withholding or deduction from payments made under or with respect to the Notes (including payments made pursuant to the Parent Guarantee),

 

    make any change in the Parent Guarantee that would adversely affect the rights of holders to receive payments under the Parent Guarantee,

 

    make any change in the amendment provisions which require the consent of each holder or in the waiver provisions, or

 

    make any change in the provisions of the Indenture described under “—Additional Amounts” that adversely affects the rights of any holder or amend the terms of the Notes or the Indenture in a way that would result in the loss to any holder of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder.

 

71


Table of Contents

Without the consent of any holder of the Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to:

 

    cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

    provide for the assumption by a Surviving Person of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor, as applicable, under the Indenture, provided that the Issuer and Guarantor deliver to the Trustee:

 

    an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and

 

    an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred;

 

    provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

 

    add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

    make any change that would provide additional rights or benefits to the holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Notes;

 

    provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture; and

 

    comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or other applicable trust indenture legislation.

 

The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment becomes effective, the Issuer is required to mail to each registered holder of the Notes at such holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

 

Defeasance

 

When we use the term defeasance, we mean discharge from some or all of the obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantor under the Indenture. If the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, deposits with the Trustee sufficient cash or government securities to pay the principal, interest and any other sums due to the stated maturity date of the Notes and, if issued, Exchange Notes, then at its option:

 

    it will be discharged from its obligations with respect to the Original Notes and, if issued, Exchange Notes; or

 

    it will no longer be under any obligation to comply with certain restrictive covenants under the Indenture, and certain events of default will no longer apply to it.

 

If this happens, the holders of the Original Notes and, if issued, Exchange Notes, will not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, except for registration of transfer and exchange thereof, and replacement of those that are lost, stolen or mutilated. These holders may look only to those deposited funds or obligations for payment.

 

The Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, must deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the deposit and related defeasance would not cause the holders of the Notes to recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Issuer and the Guarantor have been informed that their bank lenders will prohibit any defeasance under the Indenture without their prior written consent.

 

72


Table of Contents

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

 

The Guarantor irrevocably appointed Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP, 885 Third Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10022, as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Indenture or the Notes brought in any Federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan New York City, and each of the parties has submitted to the jurisdiction thereof.

 

Governing Law

 

The Indenture and the Original Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, governed by the internal laws of the State of New York without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

 

Enforceability of Judgments

 

The Guarantor has been informed by its Canadian counsel, Fogler, Rubinoff LLP, that the laws of the Province of Ontario permit an action to be brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario (a “Canadian Court”) to recognize and enforce a final and conclusive judgment in personam against the judgment debtor of any Federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (a “New York Court”) that is not impeachable as void or voidable under the laws of the State of New York (“New York Law”) for a sum certain if: (i) the New York Court rendering such judgment had jurisdiction over the judgment debtor, as recognized by a Canadian Court (and submission by the Guarantor in the Indenture to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Court will be sufficient for that purpose); (ii) such judgment was not obtained by fraud or in a manner contrary to natural justice in contravention of the fundamental principles of procedure and the decision and the enforcement thereof would not be inconsistent with public policy as the term is understood under the laws of the Province of Ontario; (iii) the enforcement of such judgment does not constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign revenue, expropriatory or penal laws; (iv) the action to enforce such judgment is commenced within applicable limitation periods.

 

In addition, under the Currency Act (Canada), a Canadian Court may only render judgment for a sum of money in Canadian currency, and in enforcing a foreign judgment for a sum of money in a foreign currency, a Canadian Court will render its decision in the Canadian currency equivalent of such foreign currency.

 

In the opinion of such counsel, a Canadian Court would not avoid enforcement of judgments of a New York Court respecting the Indenture or the Notes on the basis of public policy, as that term is understood under the laws of the Province of Ontario, or the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

The Trustee

 

The BNY Midwest Trust Company is the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

Certain Definitions

 

Set forth below is a summary of some of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

 

“Applicable GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or in Canada, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time and as followed by the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

73


Table of Contents

“Capital Lease” means any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by any person as lessee that, in accordance with Applicable GAAP, either would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person or otherwise be disclosed as such in a note to such balance sheet.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means monetary obligations under agreements for the lease or rental of real or personal property that in accordance with Applicable GAAP are required to be classified and accounted for as Capital Leases, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with Applicable GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Consolidated Total Assets” means in respect of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, as of the date of determination thereof and as determined in accordance with Applicable GAAP on a consolidated basis, without duplication, an amount equal to the total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Indebtedness” means (without duplication), with respect to any person:

 

    every obligation of such person for money borrowed;

 

    every obligation of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

    every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such person; and

 

    every obligation of the type referred to in the first through third bullets above of another person the payment of which such person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (but only, in the case of this clause, to the extent such person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for such obligations).

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien, encumbrance or other security arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

“Purchase Money Obligations” means the outstanding balance of the purchase price of real and/or personal property (including shares), title to which has been acquired or will be acquired upon payment of such purchase price, or Indebtedness to non-vendor third parties incurred to finance the acquisition of such new and not replacement real and/or personal property or any refinancing of such Indebtedness or outstanding balance.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Kingsway Financial in which (a) Kingsway Financial’s and its other Subsidiaries’ aggregate investments in and advances to such Subsidiary exceed 10% of the total assets of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or (b) Kingsway Financial’s and its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets of such Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total assets of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or (c) Kingsway Financial’s and its other Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of such Subsidiary exceeds 10% of such income of Kingsway Financial and its Subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

“Subsidiary” of any person means a person more than 50% of the outstanding voting interests in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by such person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof.

 

“Total Consolidated Capitalization” means at any date, without duplication, the sum of: (a) aggregate amount of shareholders’ equity of the Guarantor as shown on the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor, presented in accordance with Applicable GAAP, and (b) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

 

74


Table of Contents

“Voting Stock” means securities or other ownership interest of a corporation, partnership or other entity having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to vote in the election of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency).

 

Book-Entry Issuance

 

DTC will act as securities depositary for the Notes represented by one or more global certificates. Except as described below, the Notes will be issued only as fully-registered securities in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee, or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One or more fully-registered global securities will be issued for the Notes and will be deposited with DTC or its agent.

 

DTC, the world’s largest depository, is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 2 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 85 countries that DTC’s participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among its participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities, through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between its participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC. DTCC, in turn, is owned by a number of DTC’s participants and subsidiaries of DTC, as well as by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC, and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Access to the DTC system is also available to others, such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with DTC’s participants, either directly or indirectly. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the Commission. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com.

 

Purchases of Notes under the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the Notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each Note, or beneficial owner, is in turn to be recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmation providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participant through which the beneficial owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of direct and indirect participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interest in Notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Notes is discontinued.

 

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Notes deposited by direct participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of Notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or any other nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC will have no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the Notes. DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts those Notes are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The direct and indirect participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers. Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

 

75


Table of Contents

Redemption notices will be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Notes are being redeemed, the amount to be redeemed will be determined in accordance with the Indenture.

 

None of DTC, Cede & Co., or any other nominee will consent or vote with respect to the Notes. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy).

 

Redemption proceeds and principal and interest payments on the Notes will be made to Cede & Co., or any other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts, upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from the Issuer or the Trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such participant and not that of DTC, the Trustee or the Issuer, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds and distributions to Cede & Co. (or other nominee requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee, disbursement of the payments to direct participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of payments to the beneficial owners will be the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.

 

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfer of interests in the Notes among DTC participants, DTC may discontinue providing its services or securities depository with respect to the Notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Issuer or the Trustee. Under these circumstances, in the event a successor securities depositary is not obtained, definitive certificates representing the Notes are required to be printed and delivered to each holder.

 

In addition, the Issuer has the option to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depositary) and, after an event of default under the Indenture, the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes also may determine to discontinue the system of book-entry transfers through DTC. In either of these events, definitive certificates for the Notes will be printed and delivered to each holder.

 

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be accurate, but we assume no responsibility for the accuracy thereof. Neither Kingsway America nor Kingsway Financial has any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants of their respective obligations as described in this prospectus or under the rules and procedures governing their respective operations.

 

76


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

 

Registration Rights

 

We sold the Original Notes on January 28, 2004 and March 15, 2004 to the initial purchaser, who resold the Original Notes to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in two private offerings. In connection with those offerings, we and the initial purchaser entered into registration rights agreements for the benefit of the holders of the Original Notes providing for, among other things, the exchange offer. Copies of the registration rights agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial agreed pursuant to the registration rights agreements to:

 

    file with the Commission a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) relating to a registered exchange offer for the Original Notes on or prior to May 27, 2004;

 

    use their best efforts to cause the Commission to declare the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective under the Securities Act no later than July 26, 2004;

 

    use their best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to remain effective until the closing of the exchange offer; and

 

    use their best efforts to complete the exchange offer no later than 45 days after the exchange offer Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

The exchange offer is being made pursuant to the registration rights agreements to satisfy our obligations under those agreements. Upon completion of the exchange offer, we will not be required to file any registration statement to register any outstanding Original Notes. If you do not tender your Original Notes, or if your Original Notes are tendered but not accepted, you generally will have to rely on exemptions to registration requirements under the securities laws, including the Securities Act, if you wish to sell your Original Notes.

 

Terms of the Exchange Offer

 

Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law or otherwise extended by Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial, at their option) after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the Original Notes. During the exchange offer, Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will offer to all holders of Original Notes who are legally eligible to participate in the exchange offer the opportunity to exchange their Original Notes for Exchange Notes.

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all Original Notes validly tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will issue up to US$125 million aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of outstanding Original Notes that are validly tendered and accepted in the exchange offer. Subject to the conditions of the exchange offer described below, we will accept any and all Original Notes that are validly tendered. You may tender some or all of your Original Notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

 

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any number or aggregate principal amount of Original Notes being tendered.

 

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes will be the same in all material respects as the form and terms of the Original Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not be eligible to receive payment of Special Interest. The

 

77


Table of Contents

Exchange Notes will not represent additional indebtedness of Kingsway America and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, which is the same Indenture under which the Original Notes were issued. Original Notes that are accepted for exchange will be cancelled and retired.

 

Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Original Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Original Notes, January 28, 2004. Accordingly, registered holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid on the Original Notes, January 28, 2004. Original Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date the exchange offer closes. If your Original Notes are accepted for exchange, you will not receive any payment in respect of interest on the Original Notes for which the record date occurs on or after completion of the exchange offer.

 

You do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreements. If you do not tender your Original Notes for exchange or if your tender is not accepted, your Original Notes will remain outstanding and you will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, but will not be entitled to any registration rights under the registration rights agreements.

 

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us.

 

If any tendered Original Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, we will return the certificates (if any) for the unaccepted Original Notes to the tendering holders of those Original Notes, without expense, as promptly as practicable after the expiration date.

 

Conditions of the Exchange Offer

 

Our obligation to consummate the exchange offer is not subject to any conditions, other than that the exchange offer does not violate any applicable law or Commission staff interpretation. Accordingly, we will not be required to accept for exchange any Original Notes tendered and may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided herein before the acceptance of any Original Notes if:

 

    any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency or regulatory authority with respect to the exchange offer which, in our judgment, could reasonably be expected to materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

 

    there shall have been proposed, adopted or enacted any law, statute, rule, regulation, order or Commission staff interpretation which, in our judgment, could reasonably be expected to materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

 

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted regardless of the circumstances giving rise to the conditions or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our sole discretion. If we waive or amend the foregoing conditions, we will, if required by applicable law, extend the exchange offer for a minimum of five business days from the date that we first give notice, by public announcement or otherwise, of such waiver or amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire within that five business-day period. Our determination concerning the events described above will be final and binding upon all parties.

 

78


Table of Contents

Expiration Date; Extension; Termination; Amendments

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended (the “expiration date”). We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer at our discretion, in which event the term “expiration date” shall mean the time and date on which the exchange offer as so extended shall expire. We will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will make a public announcement to that effect, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to:

 

    delay accepting for exchange any Original Notes for Exchange Notes or to extend or terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any Original Notes for Exchange Notes if any of the events set forth above under “—Conditions of the Exchange Offer” occur and we do not waive the condition by giving oral or written notice of the delay or termination to the exchange agent; or

 

    amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

 

Any delay in acceptance for exchange, extension or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by a public announcement of the delay. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner we determine constitutes a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of Original Notes of the amendment, and we will extend the exchange offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the holders of the Original Notes, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that five to ten business day period. The rights we have reserved in this paragraph are in addition to our rights set forth above under “—Conditions of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures For Tendering

 

Only a holder of Original Notes may tender them in the exchange offer. To validly tender in the exchange offer by book-entry transfer, you must deliver an agent’s message or a completed and signed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, and the Original Notes must be tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth below. To validly tender by means other than book-entry transfer, you must deliver a completed and signed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents and the Original Notes, to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s Book-Entry Transfer Facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Original Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Original Notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Original Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, an agent’s message or a completed and signed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its addresses set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, or the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth below must be complied with. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC IN ACCORDANCE WITH DTC’S PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

 

The term “agent’s message” means, with respect to any tendered Original Notes, a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, stating that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each tendering participant to the effect that, with respect to those Original Notes, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial may enforce the letter of transmittal against the participant. The term “book- entry confirmation” means a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of Original Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC.

 

79


Table of Contents

If you tender an Original Note, and do not validly withdraw your tender, your actions will constitute an agreement with us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

 

The method of delivery of your Original Notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or Original Note should be sent to Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial; instead, they should be sent to the exchange agent. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the tender for you.

 

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an eligible institution (as defined below) unless the Original Notes are being tendered:

 

    by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

    for the account of an eligible institution.

 

If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a member of a signature guarantee program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an “eligible institution”).

 

If the letter of transmittal or any Original Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing, and unless we waive it, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

 

We will determine, in our sole discretion, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Original Notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Original Notes not properly tendered or any Original Notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Original Notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties.

 

Unless waived, you must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of your Original Notes within a time period we will determine. Although we intend to request that the exchange agent notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of Original Notes, we will not, nor will the exchange agent or any other person, incur any liability for failure to give you any notification. Tenders of Original Notes will not be deemed to have been made until any defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Original Notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

 

In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion (subject to the limitations contained in the Indenture):

 

    to purchase or make offers for any Original Notes that remain outstanding after the expiration date; and

 

    to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase Original Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

 

The terms of any purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

 

80


Table of Contents

Under existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the Commission contained in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that the Exchange Notes would generally be freely transferable by holders after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act (subject to certain representations required to be made by each holder of Notes, as set forth below). However, any purchaser of Original Notes who is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes or who is a broker-dealer who purchased Original Notes from us to resell pursuant to Rule l44A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act (1) will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the staff of the Commission, (2) will not be able to tender its Original Notes in the exchange offer and (3) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the Notes unless that sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from these requirements.

 

If you wish to exchange your Original Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make certain representations. These representations include that:

 

    any Exchange Notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

    you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Original Notes or Exchange Notes;

 

    you are not an “affiliate” of Kingsway America or Kingsway Financial (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act);

 

    if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes;

 

    if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes; and

 

    you are not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

 

In addition, in connection with any resales of Exchange Notes, any broker-dealer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) that acquired the Original Notes for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The Commission has taken the position that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Original Notes) with the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial have agreed to make available for a period ending on the earlier to occur of (1) the date when all Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers have been sold and (2) 180 days after consummation of the Exchange Offer, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to any Participating Broker-Dealer and all other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements, for use in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes. A Participating Broker-Dealer or any other person that delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreements (including certain indemnification rights and obligations thereunder).

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

 

If you wish to tender your Original Notes and either your Original Notes are not immediately available, or you cannot deliver your Original Notes and other required documents to the exchange agent, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer prior to the expiration date, you may effect a tender if:

 

    you make a tender through an eligible institution;

 

   

prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand

 

81


Table of Contents
 

delivery) setting forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of the Original Notes (if available) and the principal amount of Original Notes tendered together with a duly executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three business days after the expiration date, the certificate(s) representing the Original Notes to be tendered, in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC of Original Notes delivered electronically) and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

 

    the certificate(s) representing all tendered Original Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC of Original Notes delivered electronically) and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three business days after the expiration date.

 

Upon request to the exchange agent, you will be sent a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

 

Withdrawal of Tenders

 

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw any tenders of Original Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, unless previously accepted for exchange.

 

For your withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, and prior to acceptance for exchange by Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

    specify the name of the person having tendered the Original Notes to be withdrawn;

 

    identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers, if applicable, and principal amount of the Original Notes);

 

    be signed in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the Original Notes register the transfer of the Original Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

    specify the name in which any Original Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person having tendered the Original Notes.

 

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of withdrawal notices. This determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Original Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect to them unless the Original Notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any Original Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange or which are withdrawn will be returned to you, without cost, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may re-tender properly withdrawn Original Notes by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

 

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

 

As a result of making of this exchange offer, we will have fulfilled some of our obligations under the registration rights agreements. You generally will not have any further registration rights under the registration rights agreements or otherwise if you do not tender your Original Notes. Accordingly, if you do not exchange your Original Notes for Exchange Notes, you will continue to hold your untendered Original Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture, except to the extent of those rights

 

82


Table of Contents

or limitations that, by their terms, terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the exchange offer (including the right to receive Special Interest as a result of our failure to consummate the exchange offer or to cause a registration statement covering resales of Original Notes to become effective on or prior to July 26, 2004, as described under the section entitled “—Registration Rights” beginning on page 77 of this prospectus).

 

The Original Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, you may only resell the Original Notes:

 

    to us or any of our subsidiaries;

 

    to a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 144A;

 

    pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available);

 

    pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such resale); or

 

    pursuant to another exemption under the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

To the extent that any Original Notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the untendered Original Notes could be adversely affected.

 

Termination of Certain Rights

 

You will not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreements following the completion of the exchange offer. The right that will terminate is the right to receive Special Interest as a result of our failure to consummate the exchange offer or to cause a registration statement covering resales of Original Notes to become effective on or prior to July 26, 2004, as described under the section entitled “—Registration Rights” beginning on page 77 of this prospectus.

 

Other

 

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decision on what action to take.

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in connection with the exchange offer other than those contained in this prospectus. If given or made, that information or those representations should not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any exchange made pursuant to the exchange offer will, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs or those of our subsidiaries since the respective dates as of which the information contained in this prospectus is given. The exchange offer is not being made to (and tenders will not be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. However, we intend to take any action we deem necessary to permit the completion of the exchange offer in any jurisdiction and to extend the exchange offer to holders of Notes in that jurisdiction.

 

We may in the future seek to acquire Original Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any Original Notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer nor to file a registration statement to permit resales of any Original Notes.

 

Accounting Treatment

 

The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Original Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the completion of the exchange offer. The expenses of the exchange offer will be amortized over the term of the Notes under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

83


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. All correspondence in connection with the exchange offer and the letter of transmittal should be addressed to the exchange agent, as follows:

 

By mail, hand or overnight courier:

By facsimile:

 

The Bank of New York

The Bank of New York

CORPORATE TRUST REORGANIZATION UNIT

(212) 298-1915

101 Barclay Street - 7 East

New York, New York 10286

 

For information or confirmation by telephone:

 

The Bank of New York

(212) 815-3738

 

Requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by electronic mail, telephone or in person by our officers, regular employees and affiliates. We will not pay any additional compensation to any of our officers and employees who engage in soliciting tenders. We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exchange offer.

 

Transfer Taxes

 

Holders who tender their Original Notes in the exchange offer will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that Original Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon.

 

Shelf Registration

 

Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial may be required to file a shelf registration statement to permit certain holders of Registrable Notes (as defined below) who were not eligible to participate in the exchange offer to resell the Registrable Notes periodically without being limited by the transfer restrictions.

 

Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will only be required to file a shelf registration statement if:

 

    after the date the Original Notes are issued, there is a change in law or applicable interpretations of the law by the staff of the Commission, and as a result Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial are not permitted to effect the exchange offer as contemplated by the registration rights agreements; or

 

    the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by July 26, 2004 or (b) the exchange offer is not consummated within 45 days after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective, but Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial may terminate this shelf registration statement at any time, without penalty, if the exchange offer is consummated.

 

84


Table of Contents

If a shelf registration statement is required, Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will:

 

    file the shelf registration statement with the Commission no later than (a) July 26, 2004 or (b) the 60th day after that filing obligation arises, whichever is later;

 

    use their best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the Commission no later than September 24, 2004; and

 

    use their best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective for a period of two years after the latest date on which any Original Notes are originally issued or, if earlier, until all the Registrable Notes covered by the shelf registration statement are sold thereunder, become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or cease to be Registrable Notes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any 365-day period Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial may, by notice to holders of Registrable Notes, suspend the availability of a shelf registration statement and the use of the related prospectus for up to two periods of up to 45 consecutive days each but not more than an aggregate of 90 days during any 365-day period if:

 

    such action is required by applicable law;

 

    such action is taken by us in good faith and for valid business reasons, including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or a material corporate transaction or event; or

 

    the happening of any event or the discovery of any fact that makes any statement made in the shelf registration statement or the related prospectus untrue in any material respect or constitutes an omission to state a material fact in the shelf registration statement or the related prospectus.

 

Each holder of Registrable Notes will be required to discontinue disposition of Registrable Notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement upon receipt of notice from us.

 

The shelf registration statement will permit only certain holders to resell their Original Notes from time to time. In particular, these holders must:

 

    provide certain information in connection with the shelf registration statement; and

 

    agree in writing to be bound by all provisions of the registration rights agreements (including certain indemnification obligations).

 

A holder who sells Registrable Notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a copy of the prospectus to purchasers. If Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial are required to file a shelf registration statement, they will provide to each holder of Registrable Notes copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement and notify each of these holders when the shelf registration statement becomes effective. These holders will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with those sales, and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreements which are applicable to these holders (including certain indemnification obligations).

 

Special Interest

 

If a Registration Default (as defined below) occurs, then Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will be required to pay Special Interest to each holder of Registrable Notes. During the first 90-day period that a Registration Default occurs and is continuing, Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial will pay additional interest on the Registrable Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum. If a Registration Default occurs and continues for a period of more than 90 days, then the amount of Special Interest Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial are required to pay on the Registrable Notes will increase effective from the 91st day, in such period by an additional 0.25% per annum until all Registration Defaults have been cured. However, in no event will the rate of Special Interest exceed 0.50% per annum. Such Special Interest will accrue only for those days that a

 

85


Table of Contents

Registration Default occurs and is continuing. All accrued Special Interest will be paid to the holders of the Original Notes in the same manner as interest payments on the Original Notes, with payments being made on the interest payment dates for Original Notes. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, no more Special Interest will accrue unless a subsequent Registration Default occurs. Special Interest will not be payable on any Original Notes other than Registrable Notes.

 

You will not be entitled to receive any Special Interest on any Registrable Notes if you were, at any time while the exchange offer was pending, eligible to exchange, and did not validly tender, your Registrable Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

A “Registration Default” would occur if:

 

    Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial fail to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement on or prior to May 27, 2004;

 

    the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to July 26, 2004;

 

    Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial fail to complete the Exchange Offer on or prior to 45 days after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective; and

 

    the shelf registration statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the Notes during the periods specified in the registration rights agreements, except as a result of the exercise by Kingsway America and Kingsway Financial of their right to suspend use of the shelf registration statement and the related prospectus as described under “—Shelf Registration” above.

 

“Registrable Notes” means the Original Notes; provided, however, that any Original Notes shall cease to be Registrable Notes when (1) a registration statement with respect to those Original Notes has been declared effective under the Securities Act and those Original Notes have been disposed of pursuant to the registration statement, (2) those Original Notes have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule l44A) under the Securities Act, (3) those Original Notes have ceased to be outstanding or (4) those Original Notes have been exchanged for Exchange Notes which have been registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement upon consummation of the exchange offer, subject, in the case of this clause (4), to certain exceptions.

 

86


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Notes by a U.S. Holder (as defined below). It applies only to Notes held as capital assets, within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This summary is intended for general information only, and does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a U.S. Holder and does not discuss the tax consequences applicable to particular classes of U.S. Holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect mark to market, banks or thrift institutions, tax-exempt organizations, S corporations, insurance companies, persons that hold Notes as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, constructive sale or conversion transaction, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, or persons who are subject to the tax rules applicable to expatriation with a tax avoidance motive. This summary also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders or beneficiaries in any entity that holds Notes. In addition, this summary does not describe any alternative minimum tax or foreign, state or local tax considerations. This summary is based on the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations thereunder, published rulings by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and court decisions, all as currently in effect and all subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

We recommend that prospective purchasers of Notes and exchanging U.S. Holders consult their own tax advisors concerning the consequences, in their particular circumstances, under the Code and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Notes.

 

For the purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner that is:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

    an estate that is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to the source of its income; or

 

    a trust if (i) a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust has elected to be treated as a United States person under applicable Treasury regulations.

 

If a partnership holds Notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A U.S. Holder that is a partner of a partnership should consult its tax advisors concerning the consequences, under the Code and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, of the ownership of the Notes by such partnership.

 

The exchange of an Original Note for an Exchange Note in the exchange offer is not a taxable exchange. As a result, a U.S. Holder will not recognize any gain or loss upon exchanging an Original Note for an Exchange Note. The holding period of an Exchange Note will include the holding period of the Original Note exchanged, and the adjusted tax basis of the Exchange Note received will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the Original Note exchanged immediately before the exchange. The exchange offer should not result in any U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-exchanging U.S. Holder.

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, interest on a Note generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for such purposes. Exchanging U.S. Holders who acquired an Original Note and U.S. Holders who purchase a Note at a price other than the stated redemption price at maturity should consult their tax advisors as to the possible applicability to them of the amortizable bond premium, original issue discount or market discount rules, as the case may be.

 

87


Table of Contents

Upon the sale or exchange of a Note (other than the exchange of an Original Note for an Exchange Note, as described above), a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss, if any, for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange (other than amounts received that are attributable to accrued but unpaid interest and taxed as interest) and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held by such U.S. Holder for more than one year. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.

 

If payments are made under the Parent Guarantee and Canadian income taxes are imposed on U.S. Holders with respect to the payment and additional amounts are paid for such foreign income taxes, those additional amounts will likely be taxable as foreign source income to U.S. Holders. However, those foreign income taxes will generally be treated as foreign taxes eligible for (a) credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to limitations, or (b) at the U.S. Holder’s election, deduction in computing the U.S. Holder’s taxable income.

 

Information reporting of payments of principal and interest to non-corporate U.S. Holders generally will be made on IRS Form 1099. A U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding tax with respect to interest paid on the Notes and to proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement of the Note, unless the holder (a) is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates that fact or (b) provides a correct taxpayer identification number, certifies that it has not lost its exemption from backup withholding or has not been notified by the IRS that it has failed to report any interest or dividends, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A holder of a Note who does not provide us with the holder’s correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

88


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account under the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer for resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Original Notes that had been acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. Any broker-dealers required to use this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus for resales of the Exchange Notes must notify us of this fact by checking the box on the letter of transmittal requesting additional copies of these documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are entitled under the registration rights agreements to suspend the use of this prospectus by broker-dealers under specified circumstances. For example, we may suspend the use of this prospectus if:

 

    the Commission or any state securities authority requests an amendment or supplement to this prospectus or the related registration statement or additional information;

 

    the Commission or any state securities authority issues any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or initiates proceedings for that purpose;

 

    we receive notification of the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;

 

    the suspension is required by law; or

 

    an event occurs which makes any statement in this prospectus untrue in any material respect or which constitutes an omission to state a material fact in this prospectus.

 

If we suspend the use of this prospectus, the 180-day period referred to above will be extended by a number of days equal to the period of the suspension.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account under the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on those Exchange Notes or a combination of those methods, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resales may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from the selling broker-dealer or the purchasers of the Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes received by it for its own account under the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

We have agreed to pay all expenses incidental to the exchange offer other than commissions and concessions of any broker or dealer and will indemnify holders of the Notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

89


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain U.S. federal income tax matters, the validity of the Notes and other various legal matters will be passed upon for Kingsway Financial and Kingsway America by Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP , Chicago, Illinois. Other various legal matters will be passed upon for Kingsway Financial by Fogler, Rubinoff LLP.

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

KPMG LLP , Chartered Accountants domiciled in Canada (“KPMG Canada”), have audited our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, as set forth in their auditors’ report. We have incorporated by reference our consolidated financial statements into this prospectus in reliance on KPMG Canada’s report. KPMG Canada’s consent to the incorporation by reference of their auditor’s report in this prospectus is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

KPMG LLP , independent auditors domiciled in the United States (“KPMG U.S.”), have audited the consolidated financial statements of American Country as at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2001, and for the three months ended March 31, 2002, as set forth in their auditors’ report thereon. We have incorporated such financial statements of American Country by reference into this prospectus from our Form 6-K filed on September 12, 2003, as amended, in reliance on KPMG U.S.’s report. KPMG U.S.’ consent to the incorporation by reference of their auditor’s report in this prospectus is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

Kingsway Financial is incorporated under the laws of Ontario, Canada. Most of its directors and executive officers are residents of Canada and a substantial portion of its assets and the assets of these persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Kingsway Financial or such directors and officers or to realize against them in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liabilities of us or such directors and officers under the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities or blue sky laws of any state within the United States. We believe that a judgment of a U.S. court predicated solely upon the civil liability under the Securities Act and/or the Exchange Act would probably be enforceable in Canada if the U.S. court in which the judgment was obtained had a basis for jurisdiction in the matter that was recognized by a Canadian court for such purposes. We cannot assure you that this will be the case. There is substantial doubt, however, whether an action could be brought in Canada in the first instance on the basis of liability predicated solely upon such laws.

 

90


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

Kingsway Financial is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the Commission. Under a multi-jurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the United States, such reports and other information may be prepared in accordance with the disclosure requirements of Canada, which requirements are different from those of the United States. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rule under the Exchange Act which prescribes the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. Because we are a foreign private issuer, we, our directors and our officers are also exempt from short swing profit recovery disclosure regime of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. You may read and copy all or any portion of any reports, statements or other information Kingsway Financial files with the Commission at the Commission’s public reference room at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. You may also inspect Kingsway Financial’s Commission reports and other information at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. Such material may also be accessed electronically by means of the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

We do not expect that Kingsway America will file reports and other information under the Exchange Act with the Commission.

 

Incorporation of Information About Us

 

We incorporate by reference into this prospectus:

 

    Kingsway Financial’s Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed with the Commission on May 18, 2004.

 

    The section entitled “Executive Compensation” in Kingsway Financial’s Notice of Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders of Kingsway Financial and Management Information Circular included in Kingsway’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on May 17, 2004.

 

    Kingsway Financial’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on March 17, 2004 containing press releases regarding completion of new credit facility, reassignment of A.M. Best financial strength rating and re-opening of Original Note offering.

 

    Kingsway Financial’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on February 19, 2004 containing press releases regarding completion of sale of the Original Notes and financial results for the year and quarter ended December 31, 2003.

 

    Kingsway Financial’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on January 29, 2004 containing press release regarding the offering of the Original Notes.

 

    Kingsway Financial’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on January 16, 2004 containing press release regarding a consolidation of reporting structure.

 

    Kingsway Financial’s Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on September 12, 2003, as amended, containing audited interim consolidated financial statements of American Country for the three months ended March 31, 2002, and annual consolidated financial statements of American Country as at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

 

All subsequent reports that Kingsway Financial files on Form 40-F and Form 6-K under the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the exchange offer will also be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that it is modified or superseded by a statement that is in this prospectus or in any later filed document that is or is deemed

 

91


Table of Contents

to be incorporated by reference. Any statement that is modified or superseded in this manner will no longer be a part of this prospectus, except as modified or superseded.

 

You may request a copy, at no cost, of any or all of the filings that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, excluding exhibits (other than those that we specifically incorporate by reference into the documents that you request) by contacting Kingsway Financial, orally or in writing, at the following address:

 

Mr. Michael Slan

Corporate Secretary

Suite 4400

Royal Trust Tower

Toronto-Dominion Centre

Toronto, Ontario M5K 1G8

 

You may also obtain a copy of any documents that we incorporate by reference in this prospectus, at no cost, at the office of the Trustee.

 

92


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Kingsway Financial Services Inc .

    

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

    

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-3

Consolidated Statement of Retained Earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-6

Supplementary Information

   F-12

 

F-1


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

    

As at
March 31,

2004


   

As at

Dec. 31,

2003


 
     (unaudited)        

ASSETS

                

Cash

   $ 107,307     $ 140,883  

Investments

     2,731,889       2,512,052  

Accrued investment income

     30,838       21,189  

Accounts receivable and other assets

     470,325       387,052  

Due from reinsurers and other insurers

     220,471       176,295  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     189,363       167,960  

Income taxes recoverable

     8,920       —    

Future income taxes

     69,040       72,184  

Capital assets

     73,788       66,981  

Goodwill and intangible assets

     87,838       85,840  
    


 


     $ 3,989,779     $ 3,630,436  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                

LIABILITIES

                

Bank indebtedness

   $ 24,847     $ 153,895  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     123,754       128,797  

Income taxes payable

     —         2,589  

Unearned premiums

     891,870       776,481  

Unpaid claims

     1,836,052       1,669,734  

Senior unsecured indebtedness

     241,813       78,000  

Subordinated indebtedness

     119,396       115,981  
    


 


       3,237,732       2,925,477  
    


 


SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                

Share capital

Issued and outstanding number of common shares
56,150,828—March 31, 2004
55,829,794—December 31, 2003

     471,332       468,668  

Contributed surplus

     1,027       678  

Currency translation adjustment

     (81,006 )     (94,313 )

Retained earnings

     360,694       329,926  
    


 


       752,047       704,959  
    


 


     $ 3,989,779     $ 3,630,436  
    


 


 

F-2


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

     2004

   2003

 
     (unaudited)  

Gross premiums written

   $ 710,445    $ 702,560  
    

  


Net premiums written

   $ 684,081    $ 666,663  
    

  


Revenue:

               

Net premiums earned

   $ 584,830    $ 551,255  

Investment income

     22,329      15,766  

Net realized gains (losses)

     6,770      (688 )
    

  


       613,929      566,333  

Expenses:

               

Claims incurred

     422,206      388,664  

Commissions and premium taxes

     110,555      114,309  

General and administrative expenses

     41,662      30,432  

Interest expense

     6,930      4,462  

Amortization of intangibles

     175      230  
    

  


       581,528      538,097  
    

  


Income before income taxes

     32,401      28,236  

Income taxes

     1,633      3,842  
    

  


Net income

   $ 30,768    $ 24,394  
    

  


Earnings per share:

               

Basic:

   $ 0.55    $ 0.50  

Diluted:

   $ 0.55    $ 0.49  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

               

Basic:

     55,967      48,827  

Diluted:

     56,344      49,400  

 

F-3


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     2004

   2003

     (unaudited)

Retained earnings, beginning of period

   $ 329,926    $ 244,643

Net income for the period

     30,768      24,394
    

  

Retained earnings, end of period

   $ 360,694    $ 269,037
    

  

 

F-4


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     2004

    2003

 
     (unaudited)  

Cash provided by (used in):

                

Operating activities:

                

Net income

   $ 30,768     $ 24,394  

Items not affecting cash:

                

Amortization

     2,109       1,464  

Future income taxes

     4,311       427  

Net realized (gains) losses

     (6,770 )     688  

Amortization of bond premiums and discounts

     6,776       2,597  
    


 


       37,194       29,570  

Net change in other non-cash balances:

     69,241       66,954  
    


 


       106,435       96,524  

Financing activities:

                

Increase of share capital

     2,664       802  

Increase (decrease) in bank indebtedness

     (130,463 )     15,291  

Increase in senior unsecured indebtedness

     167,132       —    
    


 


       39,333       16,093  

Investing activities:

                

Purchase of investments

     (690,233 )     (2,397,164 )

Proceeds from sale of investments

     520,775       2,250,813  

Financed premiums receivable, net

     (2,976 )     (67 )

Net change to capital assets

     (6,910 )     415  
    


 


       (179,344 )     (146,003 )

Decrease in cash during period

     (33,576 )     (33,386 )

Cash, beginning of period

     140,883       244,921  
    


 


Cash, end of period

   $ 107,307     $ 211,535  
    


 


 

F-5


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

1. Basis of presentation

 

These interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles using the same accounting policies as were used for the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003. These interim consolidated financial statements do not contain all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles and accordingly should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 as set out on pages 55 to 73 of the Company’s 2003 Annual Report. The results of the operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the full-year results.

 

2. Stock-based compensation

 

As reported on pages 62 of the Company’s 2003 Annual Report, effective January 1, 2003 the Company adopted on a prospective basis the fair-value method of accounting for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and non-employee directors. During the first quarter 2004, the Company recorded $349,000 of stock-based compensation expense included in employee compensation expense.

 

For stock options granted in prior years, the Company must provide the following pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the Company had measured the additional compensation element of stock options granted based on the fair value on the date of grant. Such proforma disclosure follows:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,


     2004

   2003

Net income

             

As reported

   $ 30,678    $ 24,394

Pro forma

     30,152      23,814

Basic earnings per share

             

As reported

   $ 0.55    $ 0.50

Pro forma

     0.54      0.49

Diluted earnings per share

             

As report

   $ 0.55    $ 0.49

Pro forma

     0.54      0.48

 

The per share weighted average fair value of options granted during 2004 and 2003 was $3.79 and $6.11, respectively. The fair value of the options granted was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     As at March 31

 
     2004

    2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

   4.34 %   5.44 %

Dividend yield

   0.0 %   0.0 %

Volatility of the expected market price of the Company’s common shares

   45.7 %   56.0 %

Expected option life (in years)

   4.7 years     5.5 years  

 

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. As the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the above pro forma adjustments are not necessarily a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company’s employee stock options.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

3. Segmented information

 

The Company provides property and casualty insurance and other insurance related services in three reportable segments, Canada, the United States and corporate and other insurance related services. The Company’s Canadian and United States segments include transactions with the Company’s reinsurance subsidiaries. At the present time, other insurance related services are not significant. Results for the Company’s operating segments are based on the Company’s internal financial reporting systems and are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

     Three Months ended March 31, 2004

 
     Canada

    United States

    Corporate
and Other


    Total

 

Gross premiums written

   $ 164,604     $ 545,841     $ —       $ 710,445  

Net premiums earned

     155,157       429,673       —         584,830  

Investment income

     9,820       12,549       (40 )     22,329  

Net realized gains

     2,348       4,405       17       6,770  

Interest expense

     —         4,979       1,951       6,930  

Amortization of capital assets

     191       1,559       277       2,027  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         175       —         175  

Net income tax expense (recovery)

     2,947       (1,554 )     240       1,633  

Net income (loss)

     10,167       21,291       (690 )     30,768  

Total assets

   $ 1,313,934     $ 2,633,063     $ 42,782     $ 3,989,779  

Underwriting profit

     2,470       7,937       —         10,407  

Claims ratio

     72.4 %     72.2 %     —         72.2 %

Expense ratio

     26.0 %     26.0 %     —         26.0 %

Combined ratio

     98.4 %     98.2 %     —         98.2 %

 

     Three Months ended March 31, 2003

 
     Canada

    United States

    Corporate
and Other


    Total

 

Gross premiums written

   $ 127,008     $ 575,552     $ —       $ 702,560  

Net premiums earned

     112,180       439,075       —         551,255  

Investment income

     6,043       9,696       27       15,766  

Net realized gains (losses)

     (911 )     225       (2 )     (688 )

Interest expense

     —         2,464       1,998       4,462  

Amortization of capital assets

     176       1,326       307       1,809  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         230       —         230  

Net income tax expense

     964       2,638       240       3,842  

Net income (loss)

     2,992       22,276       (874 )     24,394  

Total assets

   $ 729,344     $ 2,325,949     $ 29,292     $ 3,084,585  

Underwriting profit

     163       17,687       —         17,850  

Claims ratio

     70.1 %     70.6 %     —         70.5 %

Expense ratio

     29.8 %     25.4 %     —         26.3 %

Combined ratio

     99.9 %     96.0 %     —         96.8 %

 

F-7


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     Quarter to March 31:

 
     2004

    2003

 

(Increase) decrease in estimated unpaid claims for prior accident years
(note 1):

                

Canada

   $ 416     $ (8,875 )

U.S.

     (6,903 )     (8,446 )
    


 


Total

   $ (6,487 )   $ (17,321 )
    


 


As a % of net premiums earned (note 2):

                

Canada

     (0.3 )%     7.9 %

U.S.

     1.6 %     1.9 %
    


 


Total

     1.1 %     3.1 %
    


 


As a % of unpaid claims (note 3):

                

Canada

     (0.1 )%     2.7 %

U.S.

     0.6 %     0.1 %
    


 


Total

     0.4 %     1.4 %
    


 



Note 1 - Changes in estimates for unpaid claims from prior accident years reflected in current financial year results.

Note 2   - Increase (decrease) in current financial year reported combined ratio
Note 3   - Increase (decrease) compared to estimated unpaid claims at the end of the preceding fiscal year

 

4. Investments

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of investments are summarized below:

 

     March 31, 2004

     Carrying
Amount


  

Fair

Value


Term deposits

   $ 282,117    $ 282,510

Bonds:

             

Government

     783,517      796,696

Corporate

     1,300,242      1,322,039

Preferred shares

     —        —  

Common shares

     282,113      329,866

Financed premiums

     83,900      83,900
    

  

     $ 2,731,889    $ 2,815,011
    

  

 

F-8


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     December 31, 2003

     Carrying
Amount


  

Fair

value


Term deposits

   $ 285,715    $ 285,500

Bonds:

             

Government

     783,857      787,552

Corporate

     1,107,515      1,112,386

Preferred shares

     500      512

Common shares

     253,551      297,725

Financed premiums

     80,914      80,914
    

  

     $ 2,512,052    $ 2,564,589
    

  

 

5. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles:

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in Canada. The significant differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, which affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements, are described below:

 

The following table reconciles the consolidated net income as reported under Canadian GAAP with net income and other comprehensive income in accordance with U.S. GAAP:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,


 
     2004

   2003

 

Net income based on Canadian GAAP

   $ 30,768    $ 24,394  

Impact on net income of U.S. GAAP adjustments, net of tax:

               

Deferred start-up costs (note a)

     222      252  

Equity accounting (note c)

     —        (31 )
    

  


Net income based on U.S. GAAP *

   $ 30,990    $ 24,615  

Other comprehensive income adjustments:

               

Change in unrealized gain on investments classified as available for sale (note d)

     30,585      (10,624 )

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (note e)

     1,506      1,865  

Less: related future income taxes

     7,174      (2,193 )
    

  


Other comprehensive income (loss) adjustments

     24,917      (6,566 )

Currency translation adjustments in the period (note f)

     13,307      (33,992 )
    

  


Other comprehensive income (loss)

     38,224      (40,558 )
    

  


Total comprehensive income

   $ 69,214    $ (15,943 )
    

  



* Basic earnings per share based on U.S. GAAP net income

   $ 0.55    $ 0.50  

* Diluted earnings per share based on U.S. GAAP net income

   $ 0.55    $ 0.50  

 

F-9


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

The following table reconciles shareholders’ equity as reported under Canadian GAAP with shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP:

 

    

March 31

2004


   

Dec 31

2003


 

Shareholders’ equity based on Canadian GAAP

   $ 752,047     $ 704,959  

Other comprehensive income

     62,407       37,490  

Cumulative net income impact:

                

Deferred start-up costs (note a)

     (821 )     (1,043 )

Goodwill amortization (note b)

     (1,213 )     (1,213 )

Other

     167       167  
    


 


Shareholders’ equity based on U.S. GAAP

   $ 812,587     $ 740,360  
    


 


 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130 “Reporting Comprehensive Income” requires the Company to disclose items of other comprehensive income in a financial statement and to disclose accumulated balances of other comprehensive income or loss in the equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Comprehensive income, which incorporates net income, includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by, and distributions to, owners. There is no requirement to disclose comprehensive income under Canadian GAAP. Total cumulative other comprehensive income (loss) amounted to $(18,599) and $(56,823) as at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.

 

(a) Deferred start-up costs:

 

Under Canadian GAAP, start-up costs of Avalon Risk Management, Inc. are deferred and amortized over a five year period commencing from the date the start-up period ended. Under U.S. GAAP, such costs are expensed in the periods in which the expenditures are incurred.

 

(b) Goodwill amortization:

 

Effective January 1, 2002, all existing goodwill which is currently included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets ceased to be amortized to income over time for both Canadian and U.S. GAAP, and is subject to a periodic impairment review to ensure that the fair value remains greater than, or equal to, book value. Any excess of book value over fair value will be charged to income in the period in which the impairment is determined. The Company adopted this new standard prospectively.

 

Under Canadian GAAP, guarantee fund assessment liabilities were estimated and accrued at the date of acquisition, which resulted in an increase in the amount of goodwill recorded. Under U.S. GAAP, such costs are expenses in the periods in which the liabilities are estimated.

 

(c) Equity accounting:

 

Under Canadian GAAP, the Company’s 25% equity investment in an investee is carried at cost as the Company did not have significant influence over the investee. Under U.S. GAAP the company is deemed to have significant influence because the Company’s equity investment exceeds 20%, and the equity method of accounting is used. This method recognizes the Company’s share of net income or loss of the investee. Also, under U.S. GAAP goodwill is recognized, and prior to December 31, 2001 was being amortized over a period of 10 years.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

The Company disposed of its equity investment in USA Group in November, 2003 and had to reverse a portion of the gain under U.S. GAAP due to the difference in the cost base of the investment under Canadian and U.S. GAAP.

 

(d) Portfolio investments:

 

Under Canadian GAAP, portfolio investments are carried at cost or amortized cost, and where a decline in value of an investment is considered to be other than temporary, a write-down of the investment to its estimated recoverable amount is recorded. Under U.S. GAAP, such investments would be classified as available for sale and are marked to market after write-downs for other than temporary declines in values, and the unrealized gain or loss, net of any future income taxes, is recorded as other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity.

 

(e) Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities:

 

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 133”), as amended by Statements No. 137 and 138, which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and for hedging activities. Under FAS 133, all derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their fair values, and changes in such fair values must be recognized immediately in earnings unless specific hedging criteria are met.

 

The Company adopted this statement effective January 1, 2001 for purposes of its U.S. GAAP reconciliation. The Company has purchased interest rate swap contracts that are designated as cash flow hedges against the amounts borrowed under the unsecured credit facility. The terms of the swaps match those of the unsecured credit facility, and were entered into to minimize the Company’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. The change in the fair value of interest rate swap contracts is reflected in other comprehensive income. These interest rate swap contracts expired on March 5, 2004 and were not renewed.

 

(f) Currency translation adjustments:

 

The Company reports its results in Canadian dollars. The operations of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United States and Barbados are self-sustaining. These subsidiaries hold all of their assets and liabilities and report their results in U.S. dollars. As a result, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the year-end rates of exchange. The unrealized gains and losses, which result from translation are deferred and included in shareholders’ equity under the caption “currency translation adjustment”. The currency translation account will change with fluctuations in the U.S. to Canadian dollar exchange rate.

 

(g) Future accounting pronouncements:

 

The Company does not expect the adoption of any known proposed accounting pronouncements to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

(Unaudited—tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

Financial Strength Indicators:

 

Some of the key indicators of the Company’s financial strength are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2004


    December 31,
2003


 

Rolling four quarter calculations:

            

Net Premiums Written to Estimated Statutory Surplus Ratio

   2.8 x   2.9 x

Interest Coverage Ratio

   5.0 x   5.2 x

Total Bank and Senior Debt to Capitalization Ratio

   23.8 %   22.1 %

 

Selected Financial Information expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for per share amounts

 

     Quarter to

     March 31,
2004


  

March 31,

2003


Gross Premiums Written

   $ 549,742    $ 463,409

Net Premiums Earned

     452,541      363,608

Net Income

     23,808      16,060

Earnings Per Share—diluted

   $ 0.42    $ 0.32

Underwriting Profit

   $ 8,053    $ 11,774

Book Value Per Share

   $ 10.22    $ 8.44

 

The selected financial information disclosed above has been translated using a foreign exchange rate for the income statement of Canadian $1 = U.S. $0.7738 and Canadian $1 = U.S. $0.6596 for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The book value per share was translated at the quarter end rate of Canadian $1 = U.S. $0.7631 and Canadian $1 = U.S. $0.6831 for March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Readers should be cautioned as to the limited usefulness of the selected financial information presented above.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 20.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under the Corporations Act (Ontario), Kingsway Financial may indemnify a present or former director or officer or a person who acts or acted at Kingsway Financial’s request as a director or officer of another corporation of which Kingsway Financial is or was a shareholder or creditor and his heirs and legal representatives against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been such a director or officer if the director or officer acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of Kingsway Financial, and, in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful. Such indemnification may be made in connection with a derivative action only with court approval. A director or officer is entitled to indemnification from Kingsway Financial as a matter of right if he was substantially successful on the merits and fulfilled the conditions set forth above.

 

In accordance with the Corporations Act (Ontario), Kingsway Financial’s by-laws provide that it shall indemnify a director or officer, a former director or officer, or a person who acts or acted at Kingsway Financial’s request as a director or officer of another corporation of which Kingsway Financial is or was a shareholder or creditor and his heirs and legal representatives against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of such body if he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of Kingsway Financial, and, in the case of a criminal action or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

Kingsway Financial has purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the directors and officers of Kingsway. The aggregate annual premium paid by Kingsway Financial is $672,314. The annual insurance coverage under the policy is limited to $50 million per policy year. There is a $1 million deductible provision for any claim made by Kingsway Financial, but no such deductible provision for claims made directly by any director or officer.

 

As permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, Kingsway America’s Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws eliminate the personal liability of a director to Kingsway America and its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty of care as a director. Liability is not eliminated or limited for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Kingsway America or its stockholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) unlawful payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Kingsway America’s Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws also provide for indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents of Kingsway America to the full extent allowed by Delaware law, provided that, in the event of an action or suit by or in the right of Kingsway America, the person shall be indemnified only to the extent of his expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit and not for judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement. The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes indemnification of officers, directors and persons serving other entities in certain capacities at the request of Kingsway America, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth therein, against all expenses and liabilities incurred by or imposed upon them as a result of actions, suits and proceedings brought against them in such capacity if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of Kingsway America.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The registration rights agreements and purchase agreements provide for indemnification by the initial purchaser of the Registrants and their officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

 

ITEM 21.    Exhibits and Financial Schedules

 

(A) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index.

 

(B) Financial Statement Schedules

 

The following Kingsway financial statement schedules are included as part of this registration statement immediately following the signature pages.

 

Schedule


   Page

Auditors’ Report—KPMG LLP

   S-1

I—Summary of Investments

   S-2

II—Condensed Financial Information of Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

   S-3

III—Supplementary Insurance Information

   S-7

IV—Reinsurance

   S-8

 

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or ir shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

ITEM 22.    Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of our annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liability (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of either registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that:

 

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) of 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the

 

II-2


Table of Contents

securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake: (i) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means; and (ii) to arrange or provide for a facility in the U.S. for the purpose of responding to such requests. The undertaking in subparagraph (i) above include information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Kingsway Financial Services Inc. certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mississauga, Province of Ontario, Country of Canada, on May 26, 2004.

 

K INGSWAY F INANCIAL S ERVICES I NC .

By:

 

/ S /    W ILLIAM G. S TAR        


    William G. Star,
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned, being a director or officer, or both, of Kingsway Financial Services Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Ontario, Canada, hereby constitutes and appoints William G. Star and W. Shaun Jackson, and each of them, with full power to act without the others, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments and registration statements permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite, necessary or advisable to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/ S /    W ILLIAM G. S TAR        


William G. Star

  

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    W. S HAUN J ACKSON        


W. Shaun Jackson

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    D AVID H. A TKINS


David H. Atkins

  

Director

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    J OHN L. B EAMISH


John L. Beamish

  

Director

 

May 26, 2004

/ S /    T HOMAS A. Di G IACOMO


Thomas A. Di Giacomo

  

Director

 

May 26, 2004

/ S /    B ERNARD G LUCKSTEIN


Bernard Gluckstein

  

Director

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    J. B RIAN R EEVE


J. Brian Reeve

  

Director

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    F. M ICHAEL W ALSH


F. Michael Walsh

  

Lead Director

 

May 26, 2004

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the undersigned as the duly authorized representative of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. in the United States.

 

By:

 

/ S /     B RIAN K. W ILLIAMSON        


    Brian K. Williamson

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Kingsway America Inc. certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Elk Grove Village, Illinois, on May 26, 2004.

 

K INGSWAY A MERICA I NC .

By:

 

/ S /    W. S HAUN J ACKSON        


   

W. Shaun Jackson

Vice President, Secretary and Director

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned, being a director or officer, or both, of Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby constitutes and appoints William G. Star, W. Shaun Jackson and Brian K. Williamson, and each of them, with full power to act without the others, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments and registration statements permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite, necessary or advisable to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/ S /    B RIAN K. W ILLIAMSON        


Brian K. Williamson

  

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    W. S HAUN J ACKSON        


W. Shaun Jackson

  

Vice President, Secretary and Director

  May 26, 2004

/ S /    W ILLIAM G. S TAR        


William G. Star

  

Director

  May 26, 2004

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Auditors’ Report

 

The Board of Directors,

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

 

Under date of February 10, 2004, we reported on the consolidated balance sheets of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, which are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement F-4. In connection with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedules in the Registration Statement. These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements schedule based on our audits.

 

In our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

KPMG LLP

 

Chartered Accountants

 

Toronto, Canada

February 10, 2004

 

S-1


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

 

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. (Consolidated)

Summary of Investments (other than investments in related parties)

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     December 31, 2003

     Cost/
Amortized
Cost


  

Fair

Value


   Carrying
Value


Type of Investment

                    

Fixed maturities:

                    

United States government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 270,335    $ 269,622    $ 270,335

States, municipalities and political subdivisions

     38,732      39,345      38,732

Canada and other foreign federal and provincial and government agencies and authorities

     390,646      393,604      390,646

Mortgaged-backed securities

     102,980      104,048      102,980

All other corporate bonds

     1,088,679      1,093,319      1,088,679
    

  

  

Total fixed maturities

   $ 1,891,372    $ 1,899,938    $ 1,891,372
    

  

  

Equity securities:

                    

Common stocks:

                    

Bank, trust and insurance companies

   $ 37,257    $ 42,648    $ 37,257

Industrial, miscellaneous and other

     216,294      255,077      216,294

Preferred stocks

     500      512      500
    

  

  

Total Equities

   $ 254,051    $ 298,237    $ 254,051
    

  

  

Short term investments:

     285,715      285,500      285,715
    

  

  

Total Investments

   $ 2,431,138    $ 2,483,675    $ 2,431,138
    

  

  

 

S-2


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statements of Operations

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2003

    2002

    2001

Revenues

                      

Investment income

   $ (790 )   $ (788 )   $ 53

Net realized gains

     (26 )     1,748       251

Management Fees*

     46,040       38,001       29,516
    


 


 

       45,224       38,961       29,820

Expenses

                      

Interest expense

     7,906       1,766       1,136

Other operating expenses

     40,975       32,369       25,297
    


 


 

       48,881       34,135       26,433

Income (loss) before taxes

     (3,657 )     4,826     $ 3,387

Income taxes

     (9,674 )     960       412

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries*

     79,266       75,666       41,956
    


 


 

Net Income

   $ 85,283     $ 79,532     $ 44,931
    


 


 


 

*   Eliminated in consolidated

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial information

 

S-3


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

December 31, 2003, with comparative figures for 2002

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     2003

    2002

Assets

              

Investments in subsidiaries

   $ 739,653     $ 619,192

Cash

     23,302       1,402

Investments

     2,523       5,139

Due from subsidiaries

     11,470       76,486

Income tax receivable

     —         253

Other assets

     23,958       11,017
    


 

     $ 800,906     $ 713,489
    


 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

              

Liabilities:

              

Bank loan

   $ 16,514     $ 20,532

Senior unsecured debentures

     78,000       78,000

Accrued liabilities

     1,283       2,032

Income tax payable

     150       —  
    


 

       95,947       100,564

Shareholders’ equity:

              

Share capital

     468,668       357,192

Contributed surplus

     678       —  

Currency translation adjustment

     (94,313 )     11,090

Retained earnings

     329,926       244,643
    


 

       704,959       612,925
    


 

     $ 800,906     $ 713,489
    


 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial information

 

S-4


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

     Year ended December 31

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (In thousands of Canadian dollars)  

Cash provided by (used in):

                        

Operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 85,283     $ 79,532     $ 44,931  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used by operating activities:

                        

Equity in undistributed earnings in subsidiaries

     (79,266 )     (75,666 )     (41,956 )

Net realized gains

     (26 )     1,748       251  

Due from subsidiaries

     65,016       (72,040 )     —    

Other operating assets and liabilities

     (8,017 )     (3,325 )     (10,683 )
    


 


 


       62,990       (69,751 )     (7,457 )

Financing activities:

                        

Increase in share capital, net

     111,476       960       207,751  

Increase/(decrease) in bank indebtedness

     (4,018 )     6,186       139  

Increase in senior unsecured debentures

     —         78,000       —    
    


 


 


       107,458       85,146       207,890  

Investing activities:

                        

Purchase of investments

     (29,692 )     (145,341 )     (129,274 )

Proceeds from sale of investments

     32,408       185,651       97,258  

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

     (150,156 )     (55,010 )     (173,745 )

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     200       —         8,000  

Additions to capital assets

     (1,308 )     (1,392 )     (2,027 )
    


 


 


       (148,548 )     (16,092 )     (199,788 )

Increase (decrease) in cash during the year

     21,900       (697 )     645  

Cash, beginning of year

     1,402       2,099       1,454  
    


 


 


Cash, end of year

   $ 23,302     $ 1,402     $ 2,099  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial information

 

S-5


Table of Contents

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)

Notes to the Condensed Financial Information

 

1. The condensed financial information of the registrant should be reviewed in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 which are incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement from our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

2. The condensed financial information of the registrant has been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

 

3. The consolidated financial statements have been reconciled with United States generally accepted accounting principles in the notes to the consolidated financial statements which are incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement from our Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

S-6


Table of Contents

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

 

Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information

 

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

Segment


  Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs


  Liability for
unpaid claims
and loss
expenses


  Unearned
Premiums


  Earned
Premiums


  Net
Investment
Income


    Claims
Incurred


  Commissions
& Premium
Taxes


 

Other

General &
Administrative
Expenses


    Net
Premiums
Written


2003

                                                         

United States

  $ 124,574   $ 1,136,836   $ 523,932   $ 1,827,650   $ 45,528     $ 1,305,980   $ 399,406   $ 90,804     $ 1,902,800

Canada

    43,386     532,898     252,549     554,334     33,631       464,157     103,752     56,872       615,911

Other

    0     0     0     0     (790 )     0     0     (5,065 )     0
   

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Total

  $ 167,960   $ 1,669,734   $ 776,481   $ 2,381,984   $ 78,369     $ 1,770,137   $ 503,158   $ 142,611     $ 2,518,711
   

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

2002

                                                         

United States

  $ 145,468   $ 870,206   $ 587,052   $ 1,322,527   $ 41,583     $ 915,279   $ 288,533   $ 81,201     $ 1,546,998

Canada

    33,106     330,348     189,271     415,227     24,059       325,050     83,518     47,192       462,965

Other

    0     0     0     0     (787 )     0     0     (5,631 )     0
   

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Total

  $ 178,574   $ 1,200,554   $ 776,323   $ 1,737,754   $ 64,855     $ 1,240,329   $ 372,051   $ 122,762     $ 2,009,963
   

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

2001

                                                         

United States

  $ 70,404   $ 335,626   $ 283,039   $ 550,904   $ 27,289     $ 379,484   $ 106,372   $ 47,586     $ 679,077

Canada

    25,313     254,337     141,081     321,926     25,035       236,595     60,804     38,573       335,883

Other

    0     0     0     0     229       0     0     (4,221 )     0
   

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Total

  $ 95,717   $ 589,963   $ 424,120   $ 872,830   $ 52,553     $ 616,079   $ 167,176   $ 81,938     $ 1,014,960
   

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

S-7


Table of Contents

Kingsway Financial Services Inc. (consolidated)

 

Schedule IV—Reinsurance

 

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

     Gross
Amount


   Ceded
to Other
Companies


   Assumed
From
Other
Companies


  

Net

Amount


   Percentage
of Amount
Assumed
to Net


 

Year ended December 31, 2003

                                  

Property and casualty premiums

   $ 2,176,640    $ 123,306    $ 328,650    $ 2,381,984    13.8 %
    

  

  

  

      

Year ended December 31, 2002

                                  

Property and casualty premiums

   $ 1,608,546    $ 86,582    $ 215,790    $ 1,737,754    12.4 %
    

  

  

  

      

Year ended December 31, 2001

                                  

Property and casualty premiums

   $ 781,169    $ 51,054    $ 142,715    $ 872,830    16.4 %
    

  

  

  

      

 

S-8


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


4.1   

Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2004, between Kingsway America Inc. and Kingsway Financial Inc. and BNY Midwest Trust Company

4.2   

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 28, 2004 among Kingsway America Inc. and Kingsway Financial Inc. and the initial purchasers named therein.

4.3   

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15, 2004 among Kingsway America Inc. and Kingsway Financial Inc. and the initial purchasers named therein.

5.1   

Opinion of Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP

5.2   

Opinion of Fogler, Rubinoff LLP

8.1   

Tax Opinion of Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

10.1   

Second Amended Credit Agreement dated March 5, 2004 among Kingsway Financial Services Inc., Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, Kingsway America Inc. as guarantor, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce as administrative agent, LaSalle Bank National Association as syndication agent, the Bank of Nova Scotia as documentation agent and the lenders named therein

10.2   

First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement dated as of March 11, 2004 to the Credit Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004.

23.1   

Consent of KPMG LLP Canada as Auditors

23.2   

Consent of KPMG LLP U.S. as Auditors

23.3   

Consent of KPMG LLP as Appointed Actuary

23.4   

Consent of Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.5   

Consent of Fogler, Rubinoff LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)

24.1   

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

25.1   

Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of BNY Midwest Trust Company as Trustee under the Indenture

99.1   

Form of Letter of Transmittal

99.2   

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

99.3   

Form of Exchange Agent Agreement

Exhibit 4.1

 


 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.,

 

as Issuer,

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

 

as Guarantor,

 

and

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

 

as Trustee

 

7.50% Senior Notes due 2014

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of January 28, 2004

 


 


 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section


       

Indenture

Section


310(a)(1)

        7.10

      (a)(2)

        7.10

      (a)(3)

        N.A.

      (a)(4)

        N.A.

      (b)

        7.08; 7.10

      (c)

        N.A.

311(a)

        7.11

      (b)

        7.11

      (c)

        N.A.

312(a)

        2.05

      (b)

        11.03

      (c)

        11.03

313(a)

        7.06

      (b)(1)

        N.A.

      (b)(2)

        7.06

      (c)

        7.06

      (d)

        7.06

314(a)

        3.02; 11.02

      (b)

        N.A.

      (c)(1)

        11.04

      (c)(2)

        11.04

      (c)(3)

        N.A.

      (d)

        N.A.

      (e)

        11.05

      (f)

        3.10

315(a)

        7.01

      (b)

        7.05; 11.02

      (c)

        7.01

      (d)

        7.01

      (e)

        6.11

316(a)(last

sentence)

        11.06

      (a)(1)(A)

        6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

        6.04

      (a)(2)

        N.A.

      (b)

        6.07

317(a)(1)

        6.08

      (a)(2)

        6.09

      (b)

        2.04

318(a)

        11.01

      N.A. means Not Applicable.

    

Note:   This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

  

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

   1

SECTION 1.01.

  

Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.02.

  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   10

SECTION 1.03.

  

Rules of Construction

   11

ARTICLE II

  

The Notes

   11

SECTION 2.01.

  

Form, Dating and Terms

   11

SECTION 2.02.

  

Execution and Authentication

   18

SECTION 2.03.

  

Registrar and Paying Agent

   19

SECTION 2.04.

  

Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust

   19

SECTION 2.05.

  

Holder Lists

   20

SECTION 2.06.

  

Transfer and Exchange

   20

SECTION 2.07.

  

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors

   23

SECTION 2.08.

  

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

   25

SECTION 2.09.

  

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

   26

SECTION 2.10.

  

Outstanding Notes

   26

SECTION 2.11.

  

Temporary Notes

   27

SECTION 2.12.

  

Cancellation

   27

SECTION 2.13.

  

Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

   28

SECTION 2.14.

  

Computation of Interest

   29

SECTION 2.15.

  

CUSIP Numbers

   29

SECTION 2.16.

  

Ranking of Notes

   29

ARTICLE III

  

Covenants

   29

SECTION 3.01.

  

Payment of Notes

   29

SECTION 3.02.

  

Commission Reports

   30

SECTION 3.03.

  

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness

   30

SECTION 3.04.

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

   31

SECTION 3.05.

  

Limitation on Liens

   31

SECTION 3.06.

  

Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Voting Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

   32

SECTION 3.07.

  

Ownership of the Issuer

   32

SECTION 3.08.

  

Payments for Consent

   32

SECTION 3.09.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

   32

SECTION 3.10.

  

Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust

   33

SECTION 3.11.

  

Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws

   34

SECTION 3.12.

  

Corporate Existence

   34

SECTION 3.13.

  

Compliance with Laws

   34

SECTION 3.14.

  

Compliance Certificate; Statement by Officers as to Default

   35

SECTION 3.15.

  

Further Instruments and Acts

   35

SECTION 3.16.

  

Special Interest Notice

   35

 

-i-


ARTICLE IV

  

Successor Issuer and Successor Guarantor

   35

SECTION 4.01.

  

Merger and Consolidation of the Issuer

   35

SECTION 4.02.

  

Merger and Consolidation of the Guarantor

   36

SECTION 4.03.

  

Transfer of Property or Assets of Subsidiaries

   37

ARTICLE V

  

Redemption of Notes

   38

SECTION 5.01.

  

Optional Redemption

   38

SECTION 5.02.

  

Applicability of Article

   38

SECTION 5.03.

  

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

   38

SECTION 5.04.

  

Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

   38

SECTION 5.05.

  

Notice of Redemption

   39

SECTION 5.06.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

   40

SECTION 5.07.

  

Notes Payable on Redemption Date

   40

SECTION 5.08.

  

Notes Redeemed in Part

   40

ARTICLE VI

  

Defaults and Remedies

   41

SECTION 6.01.

  

Events of Default

   41

SECTION 6.02.

  

Acceleration

   43

SECTION 6.03.

  

Other Remedies

   43

SECTION 6.04.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   43

SECTION 6.05.

  

Control by Majority

   44

SECTION 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits

   44

SECTION 6.07.

  

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

   44

SECTION 6.08.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   45

SECTION 6.09.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   45

SECTION 6.10.

  

Priorities

   45

SECTION 6.11.

  

Undertaking for Costs

   45

ARTICLE VII

  

Trustee

   46

SECTION 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee

   46

SECTION 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee

   47

SECTION 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   48

SECTION 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   48

SECTION 7.05.

  

Notice of Defaults

   49

SECTION 7.06.

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders

   49

SECTION 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   49

SECTION 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee

   50

SECTION 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Merger

   51

SECTION 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   51

SECTION 7.11.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

   51

ARTICLE VIII

  

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

   51

SECTION 8.01.

  

Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance

   51

SECTION 8.02.

  

Conditions to Defeasance

   53

SECTION 8.03.

  

Application of Trust Money

   54

SECTION 8.04.

  

Repayment to Issuer

   54

SECTION 8.05.

  

Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations

   54

 

-ii-


SECTION 8.06.

  

Reinstatement

   54

ARTICLE IX

  

Amendments

   55

SECTION 9.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders

   55

SECTION 9.02.

  

With Consent of Holders

   56

SECTION 9.03.

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

   57

SECTION 9.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

   57

SECTION 9.05.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   57

SECTION 9.06.

  

Trustee To Sign Amendments

   57

ARTICLE X

  

Parent Guarantee

   58

SECTION 10.01.

  

Guarantee

   58

SECTION 10.02.

  

Additional Amounts

   59

SECTION 10.03.

  

No Subrogation

   61

SECTION 10.04.

  

Release

   61

ARTICLE XI

  

Miscellaneous

   61

SECTION 11.01.

  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

   61

SECTION 11.02.

  

Notices

   61

SECTION 11.03.

  

Communication by Holders with other Holders

   62

SECTION 11.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   62

SECTION 11.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   63

SECTION 11.06.

  

When Notes Disregarded

   63

SECTION 11.07.

  

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

   63

SECTION 11.08.

  

Legal Holidays

   63

SECTION 11.09.

  

Governing Law

   64

SECTION 11.10.

  

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

   64

SECTION 11.11.

  

Waiver of Immunities

   64

SECTION 11.12.

  

No Recourse Against Others

   65

SECTION 11.13.

  

Successors

   65

SECTION 11.14.

  

Multiple Originals

   65

SECTION 11.15.

  

Variable Provisions

   65

SECTION 11.16.

  

Qualification of Indenture

   65

SECTION 11.17.

  

Table of Contents; Headings

   65

SECTION 11.18.

  

Force Majeure

   65

SECTION 11.19.

  

Severability

   65

SECTION 11.20.

  

Judgment Currency

   66

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A

  

Form of Initial Note

EXHIBIT B

  

Form of Exchange Note

 

-iii-


INDENTURE dated as of January 28, 2004 among Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Kingsway Financial Services Inc., an Ontario corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), and The BNY Midwest Trust Company, an Illinois trust company (the “ Trustee ”).

 

Recitals

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance, initially, of up to US$100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 issuable as provided in this Indenture. For value received, the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Parent Guarantee provided for herein. All actions necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been taken.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

 

“Additional Notes” means any additional Notes (other than Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes) issued by the Issuer (and authenticated by the Trustee) from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Applicable GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles which are in effect in the United States or Canada from time to time applied in a consistent manner from period to period, as followed by the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

“Applicable Law” means, at any time, with respect to any Person, property, transaction, event or other matter, as applicable, all laws, rules, statutes, regulations, treaties, orders, judgments and decrees, and all official requests, directives, rules, orders and other requirements of any Governmental Authority relating or applicable at such time to such Person, property, transaction, event or other matter, and shall also include any interpretation thereof by any Person having jurisdiction over it or charged with its administration or interpretation.

 


“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution of such Person’s Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or Chicago, Illinois are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Capital Lease” means any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by any Person as lessee that, in accordance with Applicable GAAP, either would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person or otherwise be disclosed as such in a note to such balance sheet.

 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest prior to conversion or exchange.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means monetary obligations under agreements for the lease or rental of real or personal property that in accordance with Applicable GAAP are required to be classified and accounted for as Capital Leases, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with Applicable GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of the date of determination thereof and as determined in accordance with Applicable GAAP on a consolidated basis, without duplication, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity” means the aggregate amount of shareholders’ equity of the Guarantor as shown on the most recent quarterly or annual balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, presented in accordance with Applicable GAAP on a consolidated basis.

 

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of the date of determination thereof and as determined in accordance with Applicable GAAP on a consolidated basis, without duplication, an amount equal to the total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

 

2


“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60602, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

 

“DBRS” means Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited, or any successor thereto.

 

“Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13 .

 

“Definitive Notes” means certificated securities in the form of Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, without the Global Note Legend and without the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note and references thereto as set forth in Exhibits A and B, respectively.

 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuer.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange Notes” means Notes that are issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for other Notes in any exchange offer pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (whether pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise) and which evidence the same continuing indebtedness of the Issuer as such other Notes.

 

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Guarantor ending on December 31 of each year or such other fiscal year as may be determined by the Guarantor and its Board of Directors.

 

“Governmental Authority” means, when used with respect to any Person, any government, parliament, legislature, regulatory authority, agency, tribunal, department, commission, board, instrumentality, court, arbitration board or arbitrator or other law, regulation or rule making entity having or purporting to have jurisdiction on behalf of, or pursuant to the laws of, the United States, Canada or any country in which such Person is incorporated, continued, amalgamated, merged or otherwise created or established or in which such Person has an undertaking, carries on business or holds property, or any province, territory, state, municipality, district or political subdivision of any such country or of any such province, territory or state of such country.

 

3


“Guarantee” means, with respect to a Person, and except as set out below, any absolute or contingent liability of that Person under any guarantee, agreement, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), discount with recourse or other obligation to pay, purchase, repurchase or otherwise be or become liable or obligated upon or in respect of any Indebtedness of any other Person and including any absolute or contingent obligation to:

 

(a) advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of any Indebtedness of any other Person;

 

(b) purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) any property, assets, goods, services, materials or supplies primarily for the purpose of enabling any other Person to make payment of Indebtedness; or

 

(c) indemnify, hold harmless or assure in any other way any other Person from or against any losses, liabilities or damages, in circumstances intended to enable such other Person to incur or pay any Indebtedness or to comply with any agreement relating thereto or otherwise to assure or protect creditors against loss in respect of such Indebtedness, other than any contract of reinsurance entered into by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary with any other Subsidiary or any other indemnity contract or agreement to hold harmless any Person entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

Each Guarantee shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which the Guarantee is given, unless the Guarantee is limited to a determinable amount in which case the amount of the Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lesser of the amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which the Guarantee is given and such determinable amount.

 

“Guarantor” means Kingsway Financial Services Inc., until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means such successor.

 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“IAI” or “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingent or otherwise, such Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Indebtedness” of a Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, or other similar instruments

 

4


(other than performance, surety and appeals bonds arising in the ordinary course of business, (c) all reimbursement, payment, or similar obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person under acceptance, letter of credit, or similar facilities, and (d) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, under any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of another Person of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Initial Notes” means the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date.

 

“Issue Date” means January 28, 2004.

 

“Issuer” means Kingsway America Inc., until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means such successor.

 

“Legal Holiday” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.08 .

 

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, encumbrance, lien or other security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

“Non-Operating Subsidiaries” means Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, Kingsway U.S. Tier II Finance Partnership, Kingsway Nova Scotia Finance, ULC and Metro Claim Services Inc. together with any Subsidiary of the Issuer that does not operate a business and does not hold shares of a company that operates a business.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means any Person that is not a “U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S.

 

“Notes” means the 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 of the Issuer issued pursuant to this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes.

 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Note Register” means the register of Notes, maintained by the Trustee, pursuant to Section 2.03 .

 

“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of such Person.

 

5


“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Guarantor.

 

“Parent Guarantee” means the Guarantee of the Obligations by the Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Permitted Liens” shall mean Liens on the property of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries which are:

 

  (1)   inchoate or statutory liens or trust claims for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent or the validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided that there shall have been set aside a reserve to the extent required by Applicable GAAP in an amount which is reasonably adequate with respect thereto;

 

  (2)   Liens securing Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations provided the Lien charges only the asset subject to the Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations and no other asset;

 

  (3)   Liens securing Indebtedness of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries which are Premium Finance Companies;

 

  (4)   Liens securing the Indebtedness under letters of credit issued upon the application of any Subsidiary in connection with reinsurance contracts; and

 

  (5)   Liens existing on the Issue Date.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

 

“Premium Finance Companies” means companies that exclusively offer premium financing to assist insureds in making their payments whereby the insured can pay a portion of the premium in monthly installments and pays an additional premium for this option, reflecting handling costs and the income that the insurer would have earned on such premium, had the total amount of the premium been paid at the beginning of the policy period, and, at the date of this Indenture, the Premium Finance Companies of the Guarantor include American Country

 

6


Financial Services Corp., AOA Payment Plan, Inc., Appco Finance Corporation, Funding Plus of America and Yorktowne Premium Finance Company.

 

“Private Exchange” means the offer by the Issuer, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchaser to issue and deliver to the Initial Purchaser, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by the Initial Purchaser as part of its initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes.

 

“Private Exchange Notes” means any 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 issued in connection with a Private Exchange.

 

“Proceeding” means any suit, action or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

 

“Purchase Money Obligations” means the outstanding balance of the purchase price of real and/or personal property (including shares), title to which has been acquired or will be acquired upon payment of such purchase price, or Indebtedness to non-vendor third parties incurred to finance the acquisition of such new and not replacement real and/or personal property or any refinancing of such Indebtedness or outstanding balance.

 

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act).

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as of the date of the Indenture by and among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the initial purchasers set forth therein.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as amended, and any successor regulation.

 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.

 

“Restricted Period” means, in relation to the Initial Notes, the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which the Initial Notes are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (B) the Issue Date and, in relation to any Additional Notes that are Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.

 

7


“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Guarantor in which (a) the Guarantor’s and its other Subsidiaries’ aggregate investments in and advances to such Subsidiary exceed 10% of the total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed Fiscal Year; or (b) the Guarantor’s and its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets of such Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed Fiscal Year; or (c) the Guarantor’s and its other Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of such Subsidiary exceeds 10% of such income of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed Fiscal Year.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means: (i) the credit agreement dated February 23, 1999, as amended, with respect to a US$100,000,000 credit facility, among the Guarantor, Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, The Bank of Nova Scotia, LaSalle National Bank and First Union National Bank and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency; and (ii) the amended credit agreement dated May 27, 2003, as amended, with respect to a Cdn$66.5 million credit facility, among the Guarantor, Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, HSBC Bank Canada and LaSalle Bank National Association and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency, each in force as at the date hereof.

 

“Senior Debentures” means the Unsecured 8.25% Debentures due December 31, 2007 of Kingsway Financial Services Inc., as issuer, under Trust Indenture dated as of December 6, 2002.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Special Interest” means the additional interest, if any, to be paid on the Notes as described in the Notes as a result of any registration default as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subsidiary” of a Person means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any

 

8


contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate, is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries, and a Subsidiary means any one of them.

 

“Successor Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.02 .

 

“Successor Issuer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.01 .

 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect from time to time.

 

“Total Consolidated Capitalization” means at any date, without duplication, the sum of (a) Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity and (b) Consolidated Indebtedness.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

“Voting Stock” means securities or other ownership interest of any Person having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to vote in the election of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such Person (without regarding to the occurrence of any contingency).

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of a Person means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or estate of which (or in which) 100% of (a) the issued and outstanding Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of

 

9


such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate, is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary means any one of them.

 

Other Definitions

 

Term


   Defined in
Section


 

“Additional Amounts”

   10.02  

“Agent Members”

   2.01 (e)

“Authenticating Agent”

   2.02  

“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.01  

“Covenant Defeasance Option”

   8.01 (b)

“Custodian”

   6.01  

“Defaulted Interest Payment Date”

   2.13 (a)

“Defaulted Interest”

   2.13  

“Event of Default”

   6.01  

“Exchange Global Note”

   2.01 (b)

“Global Notes”

   2.01 (b)

“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”

   2.01 (b)

“Issuer Order”

   2.02  

“Judgment Conversion Date”

   11.20  

“Judgment Currency”

   11.20  

“Legal defeasance option”

   8.01 (b)

“Note Registrar”

   2.03  

“Obligations”

   10.01  

“Paying Agent”

   2.03  

“Purchase Agreement”

   2.01 (b)

“Registrar”

   2.03  

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.01 (b)

“Required Currency”

   11.20  

“Restricted Note Legend”

   2.01 (d)

“Restricted Payment”

   3.04  

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.01 (b)

“Special Interest Notice”

   3.15  

“Special Record Date”

   2.13 (a)

“Taxes”

   10.01  

 

SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

 

10


“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (1)   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

  (2)   an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with Applicable GAAP;

 

  (3)   “or” is not exclusive;

 

  (4)   “including” means including without limitation;

 

  (5)   words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

  (6)   the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with Applicable GAAP.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Notes

 

SECTION 2.01. Form, Dating and Terms . (a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of US$100,000,000. In addition, the Issuer may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.06 , 2.09 , 2.11 or 9.05 .

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution and (b)(i) an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

 

(i) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

11


(ii) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes; and

 

(iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

 

(b) Except as set forth below, Notes (other than Exchange Global Notes) issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Restricted Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A , which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), deposited on behalf of the purchasers of Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Notes resold outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A , including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”), deposited on behalf of the purchasers of Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from

 

12


time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Notes resold to IAIs in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A , including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “ Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in any Note (other than Exchange Notes and Additional Notes, if any, that are issued pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend, if any, set forth in Section 2.01(d) hereof (the “ Exchange Global Note ”). The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 ; provided, however, that, at the option of the Issuer, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth in Exhibit A , Exhibit B and Section 2.01(d) .

 

13


The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

 

(c) Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

(d) Restrictive Legends . (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restricted Note Legend”):

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATED PERSON OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTOR OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY) (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO

 

14


THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR. THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS ANY OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF PLANS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS OR ARRANGEMENTS, OR (II) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

 

The Global Notes shall bear the following depositary legend (the “Global Note Legend”) on the face thereof and shall include a Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note as set forth at the end of Exhibits A and B, respectively:

 

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

15


THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR INDIVIDUAL SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE.

 

(ii) At any time after the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange an interest in a Regulation S Global Note that bears the Restricted Note Legend for an interest in a Regulation S Global Note that does not bear the Restricted Note Legend (and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Regulation S Global Note).

 

(iii) Upon any sale or transfer, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of a Note (including any Global Note) bearing the Restricted Note Legend, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Note for an interest in a Global Note that does not bear the Restricted Note Legend (and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Note), if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

 

(iv) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Note Legends on such Initial Notes or such Private Exchange Notes will cease to apply, and an interest in a Global Note or an Exchange Global Note, respectively, in each case that does not bear the Restricted Note Legend, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable.

 

(v) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and an interest in Exchange Global Notes that does not bear the Restricted Note Legend will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Exchange Offer.

 

(vi) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and an interest in Exchange Global Notes bearing the Global

 

16


Note Legend and the Restricted Note Legend will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Private Exchange.

 

(e) Book-Entry Provisions . (i) This Section 2.01(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary.

 

(ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) .

 

(iii) Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a Note.

 

(iv) The Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(v) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.01 to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Trustee shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

 

(vi) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.01 , such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(vii) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

(f) Definitive Notes . Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to Applicable Law, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial

 

17


interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when the Depositary is required to be so registered in order to act as Depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or cessation or, (ii) the Issuer executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary.

 

(g) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e)(v) or (vi) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (c) of Section 2.06 , bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(d) .

 

(h) In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

 

SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication . Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee upon a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer (the “ Issuer Order ”), authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order. Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes.

 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.

 

In case the Issuer, pursuant to Article IV , shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and

 

18


assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV , any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

 

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Issuer shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Note Register ”). The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07 . The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust . By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in

 

19


immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. Any funds provided by the Issuer or the Guarantor to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the purpose of making any payments on the Notes or the Parent Guarantee (as the case may be), whether pursuant to the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, must be held in an account maintained by the Trustee or such Paying Agent in the State of New York. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer or the Guarantor in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuer, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Guarantor, shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing within 15 days, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

 

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Restricted Note:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made to a QIB upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer and the Guarantor as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made to an IAI upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.07 hereof from the proposed

 

20


transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

(iii) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.08 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 

(b) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made to a QIB upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made to an IAI upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.07 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

(iii) the Registrar shall register the transfer is such transfer is being made to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.08 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.08 or any additional certification.

 

21


(c) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II , execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange pursuant to Section 9.05 ).

 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 5.04 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall be valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(d) No Obligation of the Trustee . (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully

 

22


protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(e) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 or this Section 2.06 . The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

SECTION 2.07. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors .

 

[Date]

 

Kingsway America Inc.

c/o BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

Dear Sirs:

 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $              principal amount of the 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) of Kingsway America Inc. (the “Issuer”).

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name: _______________________________

 

Address: _____________________________

 

Taxpayer ID Number: ____________________

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least

 

23


$250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States in offshore transactions in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act (if available), (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer relating to the Notes, (f) pursuant to the exemptions from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (g) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e), (f) or (g) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee. As used herein, the terms “Offshore Transaction,” “United States” and “U.S. Person” have the meanings given to them by Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

TRANSFEREE:

   
     

BY

       
   

 

24


SECTION 2.08. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S .

 

[Date]

 

Kingsway America Inc.

c/o BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

  Re:   Kingsway America Inc.
         7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $              aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

 

You and the Issuer are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]

By:

   
   
   

Authorized Signature

 

25


SECTION 2.09. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon Issuer Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met such that the Holder (a) notifies the Issuer and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer prior to the Issuer having notice that the Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Issuer and the Trustee. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, the Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those paid pursuant to Section 2.09 ,

 

26


those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note except that the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall not obtain voting rights with respect to such Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 , it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes maturing and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes . In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and return to the Issuer all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the Global Note and on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

27


SECTION 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest . Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 .

 

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 

(a) The Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Defaulted Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Defaulted Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Defaulted Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 9.02 , not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Defaulted Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Defaulted Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

 

(b) The Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer or the Guarantor,

 

28


as the case may be, to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

SECTION 2.14. Computation of Interest . Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 2.15. CUSIP Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP numbers, and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

SECTION 2.16. Ranking of Notes . All Notes shall rank pari passu and ratably with all other Notes without discrimination, preference or priority among such Notes. All Notes shall rank pari passu with the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Debentures, and at least pari passu with all other current and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer, except to the extent of any mandatory preferences prescribed by Applicable Law. Each Holder by accepting a Note irrevocably authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action (including the execution and delivery of documents of subordination) as may be necessary or appropriate to further assure the priority arrangements provided for in this Indenture with respect to any Notes, including regarding application of payments, the provision of security and the effecting of subordination arrangements, and each Holder appoints the Trustee as its agent for any and all such purposes. A Holder may at any time extend any time of payment applicable to its Notes, including waiver of any Event of Default applicable to such Notes, without notice to or consent from any creditor of the Issuer (including any other Holder) which is subordinate in right of payment to such Holder.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 3.01. Payment of Notes . The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Reference in this Indenture and the Notes to “interest” with respect to the Notes shall include any interest payable under the terms of the Notes, including any Special Interest that accrues on the Notes as a result of the provisions of the

 

29


Registration Rights Agreement, which Special Interest on the Notes shall be due and payable as provided by the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.02. Commission Reports .

 

(a) Notwithstanding that the Guarantor may not be required to report on an annual and quarterly basis pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and, upon request to any Holder, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, or within 15 days after filing with the Commission, as applicable:

 

(i) all annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Form 40-F if the Guarantor were required to file this Form, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Guarantor’s independent accountants; and

 

(ii) reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing quarterly financial reports prescribed by applicable Canadian regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Issuer is required to file such forms under Canadian law or stock exchange requirements); and

 

(iii) such other reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) as are required to be filed by the Commission.

 

In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the Commission, the Guarantor shall file a copy of all of the information and periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

 

(b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding and the Guarantor does not have or shall cease to have a class of equity securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act or is not or shall cease to be subject to Section 15 (d) of the Exchange Act, the Guarantor shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 3.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness . The Issuer and the Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any

 

30


Indebtedness, provided, however, that the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof:

 

  (a)   the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a pro forma basis after the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and application of the proceeds thereof, does not exceed 50% of the Total Consolidated Capitalization; and

 

  (b)   the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries ranking pari passu with or senior to the Notes (including the Bank Credit Facilities and the Senior Debentures), calculated on a pro forma basis after the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and application of the proceeds thereof, does not exceed 35% of the Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

SECTION 3.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Guarantor will not, directly or indirectly:

 

  (a)   declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution (in cash, property or other assets) in respect of any Capital Stock of the Guarantor;

 

  (b)   cause or allow any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution (in cash, property or other assets) in respect of any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary unless such payment or distribution is to the Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor; or

 

  (c)   make or permit the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, except (a) a payment of interest or principal at the stated maturity thereof or (b) a purchase or other acquisition for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization obligation or principal payment obligation, in each case, due within one year of the date of such purchase or other acquisition

 

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement referred to in subparagraphs (a) through (c) shall be referred to herein as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if, at the time the Guarantor, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

 

(1) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or

 

(2) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a pro forma basis, would exceed 50% of Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

SECTION 3.05. Limitation on Liens . The Guarantor and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist

 

31


any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or upon any evidence of Indebtedness issued by any Restricted Subsidiary and owned by the Guarantor, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether owned on the date of this Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Lien effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Indenture and the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured, unless, after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), to the extent that the Notes were not required to be secured pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05, does not exceed 2% of Consolidated Total Assets.

 

SECTION 3.06. Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Voting Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries . The Issuer and the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Voting Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor), unless, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, the aggregate principal amount of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a pro forma basis after such issuance, transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, as the case may be, and application of the proceeds thereof, does not exceed 50% of the Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

SECTION 3.07. Ownership of the Issuer . The Guarantor will not permit or cause the Capital Stock of the Issuer to be owned, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly by any Person other than the Guarantor or any Non-Operating Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

 

SECTION 3.08. Payments for Consent . None of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

 

SECTION 3.09. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer will maintain in the Burough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The office of the Trustee, at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, shall be such office or agency of the Issuer in the City of New York for payment and surrender, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency; provided that such office or agency shall at all times be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be

 

32


made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

SECTION 3.10. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Issuer shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to so act.

 

Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with any Paying Agent a sum in same day funds (or New York Clearing House funds if such deposit is made prior to the date on which such deposit is required to be made) that shall be available to the Trustee by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on such due date sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such action or any failure to so act.

 

The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

 

(a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

 

(b) give the Trustee prompt written notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and

 

(c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums

 

33


to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Order, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment to the Issuer, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a leading daily newspaper (if practicable, The Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition)) printed in the English language and of general circulation in New York City, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication nor shall it be later than two years after such principal (or premium, if any) or interest shall have become due and payable, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 3.11. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . Each of the Company and the Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so), hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

SECTION 3.12. Corporate Existence . Subject to Article IV, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the corporate rights (charter and statutory) licenses and franchises of the Issuer, the Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that the Issuer and the Guarantor shall not be required to preserve any such existence (except the Issuer), right, license or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the Guarantor shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or the Guarantor and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 3.13. Compliance with Laws . The Issuer and the Guarantor shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the Canada, the United States of America, all provinces, states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental regulatory authority, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliance as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial

 

34


condition or results of operations of the Guarantor, the Issuer and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

SECTION 3.14. Compliance Certificate; Statement by Officers as to Default . (a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Issuer a certificate executed by the Issuer’s principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as such officer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). An Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the then current Fiscal Year be changed to end on any date other than on the date as herein defined.

 

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within fifteen days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 3.15. Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.16. Special Interest Notice . In the event that the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will provide written notice ( Special Interest Notice ”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the proposed payment date for the Special Interest, and the Special Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Special Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Special Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Special Interest.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Successor Issuer and Successor Guarantor

 

SECTION 4.01. Merger and Consolidation of the Issuer . The Issuer will not in a single transaction or a series of related transactions consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to, any Person, unless:

 

  (i)  

either (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation, or (b) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Issuer ”) will be a corporation, partnership, trust

 

35


 

or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province thereof, and the Successor Issuer (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture;

 

  (ii)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such entity at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (iii)   the ratings on the Notes will not be lowered by either of S&P or DBRS as a result of such transaction, after giving effect to such transaction;

 

  (iv)   such transaction shall, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, acting reasonably, be upon such terms as substantially to preserve and not to impair in any material respect the rights and power of the Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture;

 

  (v)   the Issuer shall have delivered, and caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; and

 

  (vi)   the Surviving Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal or Canadian tax purposes as a result of such assumption and will be subject to U.S. federal and Canadian taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as if such assumption had not occurred.

 

The Successor Issuer will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Issuer will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding clause (ii): (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer and (y) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

SECTION 4.02. Merger and Consolidation of the Guarantor . The Guarantor will not in a single transaction or a series of related transactions consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to, any Person, unless:

 

  (i)   either (a) the Guarantor is the surviving corporation, or (b) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) will be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province thereof, and the Successor Guarantor (if not the Guarantor) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture;

 

36


  (ii)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such entity at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (iii)   the ratings on the Notes will not be lowered by either of S&P or DBRS as a result of such transaction, after giving effect to such transaction;

 

  (iv)   such transaction shall, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, acting reasonably, be upon such terms as substantially to preserve and not to impair in any material respect the rights and power of the Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture;

 

  (v)   the Guarantor shall have delivered, and caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; and

 

  (vi)   the Surviving Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal or Canadian tax purposes as a result of such assumption and will be subject to U.S. federal and Canadian taxes (including withhholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as if such assumption had not occurred.

 

The Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Guarantor will not be released from the obligation under the Parent Guarantee.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding clause (ii): (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Guarantor and (y) the Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

SECTION 4.03. Transfer of Property or Assets of Subsidiaries . For purposes of this Article IV , the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or

 

37


substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer the Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer or the Guarantor, respectively.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Redemption of Notes

 

SECTION 5.01. Optional Redemption . The Notes may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part at any time on or after February 1, 2009, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) to the Redemption Date.

 

SECTION 5.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

 

SECTION 5.03. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . The election of the Issuer to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.01 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer, the Issuer shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Issuer or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided in Section 5.05 or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.04 . Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

 

SECTION 5.04. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected less than 30 nor not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis among the classes of Notes, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than $1,000.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the method it has chosen for the selection of Notes and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

38


For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 5.05. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice at the Issuer’s expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

  (i)   the Redemption Date,

 

  (ii)   the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 , if any,

 

  (iii)   the aggregate principal amount of Notes being redeemed,

 

  (iv)   if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

 

  (v)   in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

  (vi)   that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 ) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

  (vii)   the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any,

 

  (viii)   the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent,

 

  (ix)   that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price,

 

39


  (x)   the CUSIP number, provided, however, that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in such CUSIP numbers, and

 

  (xi)   the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 5.06. Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date, other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that are beneficially owned by the Issuer and have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

SECTION 5.07. Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes or portions of Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

SECTION 5.08. Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.09 (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiple thereof.

 

40


ARTICLE VI

 

Defaults and Remedies

 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . An “Event of Default” occurs upon:

 

(1) default by the Issuer in making payment of any principal or premium (if any) with respect to the Notes when due; or

 

(2) default by the Issuer in making payment of any interest (including Special Interest, if any) or the Guarantor making payment of any Additional Amounts (if any) with respect to the Notes when due, which default continues for a period of 30 days; or

 

(3) default by the Issuer or the Guarantor in the performance or observance of, or a breach of, any other covenant or agreement of the Issuer or the Guarantor, respectively, under this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto or the Notes, which default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof to the Issuer by the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.02 specified below (which notice must specify the default and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”); or

 

(4) default by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries in making payment to any Person of any Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount equal to or exceeding $25,000,000 when due and payable (and such default (or defaults) has (or have) not been waived by such Person within the applicable cure period); or

 

(5) default by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries in performing or observing any term, covenant, condition or provision applicable to any Indebtedness with the result that Indebtedness in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000,000 is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to the date on which it was otherwise due and payable; or

 

(6) the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (as defined below):

 

(A) commences a voluntary case;

 

(B) consents to the entry of a judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian (as defined below) of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

 

41


(F) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

 

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A) is for relief against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its or their property; or

 

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, and such order or decree described in clauses (A), (B) or (C) above or such similar relief under any foreign laws remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(8) a final judgment (not subject to appeal) is rendered against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000 by a court of competent jurisdiction which judgment remains undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired; or

 

(9) any representation or warranty made by the Issuer or the Guarantor in this Indenture is proved to be incorrect in any material respect, unless such representation or warranty is capable of being corrected and the Issuer or the Guarantor shall fail to make such correction within a period of 60 days following written notice in accordance with Section 11.02 from the Trustee to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be (which notice must specify the incorrect representation or warranty and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”); or

 

(10) the Issuer or the Guarantor fails to comply with Article IV ; or

 

(11) Parent Guarantee shall be held on any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with this Indenture) or the Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under the Parent Guarantee.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the

 

42


Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada) or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors in any jurisdiction. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) ) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable specifying the respective Event of Default. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in Section 6.01(4) or (5) above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(4) or (5) shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer, the Guarantor and/or the relevant Subsidiaries or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except for nonpayment of principal, premium, or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind an acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely because of such acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (i) a Default or

 

43


Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

 

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits . A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal aggregate amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Additional Amounts (if any) on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

44


SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07 .

 

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements, and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or the Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim and to distribute the same, and any custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements, and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI , it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 ;

 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid for principal of and any premium, interest (including Special Interest, if any) and Additional Amounts on the Notes ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable for principal of and any premium, interest (including Special Interest, if any) and Additional Amounts on the Notes, respectively; and

 

Third: to the Issuer.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party

 

45


litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer or the Guarantor, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Trustee

 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee . (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 .

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

 

46


(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

 

(h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee . (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document; but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer at reasonable times and in a reasonable

 

47


manner, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except (i) during any period it is serving as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes, any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification or obtained “actual knowledge.” “Actual knowledge” shall mean the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Responsible Officer without independent investigation with respect thereto.

 

(h) Delivery of the reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.02 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

(i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(k) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 . In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s

 

48


certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its board of directors, a committee of its board of directors or a committee of its Responsible Officers and/or a Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders . As promptly as practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a), if and to the extent such report may be required by the TIA. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee in connection with the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee, and each of its officers, directors, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07 ) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantor or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith, subject to the exceptions contained in Section 7.01(c) hereof.

 

49


To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy or similar law, as applicable.

 

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:

 

  (1)   the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 ;

 

  (2)   the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

  (3)   a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

  (4)   the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 .

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 , unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

50


Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this S ection 7.08 , the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b).

 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer . If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuer, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

 

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance . (a) Subject to Section 8.01(c) , when (i)(x) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 ) for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable at maturity, whether at maturity or upon redemption or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption pursuant to Article V hereof and the Issuer or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or

 

51


the Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or the Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Issuer or the Guarantor has paid or cause to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Issuer or the Guarantor has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Issuer (accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) at the cost and expense of the Issuer or the Guarantor.

 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02 , the Issuer or the Guarantor at its option and at any time may terminate (i) all the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes (“ legal defeasance option ”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under Sections 3.03 , 3.04 , 3.05 , 3.06 , 3.07 , 3.08 , 3.13 and 4.01(iii) and 4.02(iii) and the Issuer or the Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply with such covenants or provisions shall no longer constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01(3) , 6.01(4) , 6.01(5) , 6.01(6) (but only with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary), 6.01(7) (but only with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary), 6.01(8) , 6.01(9) and 6.01(10) (“ covenant defeasance option ”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. The Issuer or the Guarantor may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

 

If the Issuer or the Guarantor exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(3) (as such Section relates to Sections 3.02 , 3.03 , 3.04 , 3.05, 3.06 , 3.07, 3.08 , and 3.13 , 6.01(4) , 6.01(5) , 6.01(6) (but only with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary), 6.01(7) (but only with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary), 6.01(8), 6 .01(9) , 6.01(10) or because of the failure to comply with clause (iii) of Sections 4.01 and 4.02 .

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.01(a) and (b) , (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust described in Section 8.02 , (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article II and Section 3.09 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s and Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith, and (iv) this Article VIII shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07 , 8.04 and 8.05 shall survive.

 

52


SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance . The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 

(1) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof the principal of and interest (without reinvestment) on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes;

 

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as so specified by the Issuer;

 

(3) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Notes concurrently with such incurrence);

 

(4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the Notes and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder of the Notes is an insider of the Issuer, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ right generally;

 

(6) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Issuer or the Guarantor;

 

(7) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(8) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that (i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to federal

 

53


income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(9) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(10) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII . It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Order any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any U.S. Government Obligations in order to comply with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors.

 

SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

 

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII ; provided, however , that, if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any

 

54


Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders . The Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2) to comply with Article IV in respect of the assumption by a Successor Issuer of an obligation of the Issuer or a Successor Guarantor of an obligation of the Guarantor under this Indenture;

 

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

 

(4) to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5) to secure the Notes;

 

(6) to add additional Events of Default with respect to the Notes;

 

(7) to evidence and provide for successor trustees;

 

(8) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

 

(9) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(10) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; or

 

(11) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes, which will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, in the Exchange Notes), in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all

 

55


Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

 

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders . The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment may not:

 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

 

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, on any Note;

 

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

 

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Section 5.01 , whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

 

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Parent Guarantee;

 

(7) subordinate the Notes or the Parent Guarantee to any other obligation of the Issuer or the Guarantor;

 

(8) make any change to this Indenture or the Notes that would result in the Issuer or the Guarantor being required to make any withholding or deductions from payments made under or with respect to the Notes (including payments made pursuant to the Parent Guarantee);

 

(9) release the Guarantor from any of its obligations under this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms hereof, or make any change in the Parent Guarantee that would adversely affect the rights of holders to receive payments under the Parent Guarantee;

 

(10) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

 

(11) make any changes to Section 10.02 that adversely affect the right of any Holder or amend the terms of the Notes of the Indenture in a manner that would result in the loss to any Holder of an exemption from any Taxes as contemplated by Section 10.02 .

 

56


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

 

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver made pursuant to Section 9.02 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

 

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

 

SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01 ) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

57


ARTICLE X

 

Parent Guarantee

 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee . The Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis and as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest) on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under this Indenture (including without limitation interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or the Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Obligations ”). The Obligations of the Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of the Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the obligations arising under the Parent Guarantee. The Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.

 

The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; (e) any invalidity, irregularity or any unenforceability of any Note or this Indenture; or (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuer.

 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Parent Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other

 

58


act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

The Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Obligations or the Guarantor is released from its Guarantee upon the merger or the sale of all the Capital Stock or assets of the Guarantor in compliance with Section 4.02 . The Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

 

The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

 

The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

SECTION 10.02. Additional Amounts . All payments in respect of Obligations and all payments made pursuant to Article VIII shall be made by the Guarantor without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or any province or territory thereof or by any local, provincial or federal authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (collectively, such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges are herein referred to as “ Taxes ”), unless such Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by (i) the laws (or any regulations or ruling promulgated thereunder) of Canada or any province, territory, political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings (including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in Canada or any province, territory or political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction for Taxes is required with respect to any payment of any Obligation made to a Holder of a Note, the Guarantor shall, subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below, pay to the Holder of any such Note such additional

 

59


amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of any Obligation made to such Holder, after such withholding or deduction, shall not be less than the amount provided for in such Note and this Indenture to be then due and payable if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not be required to make payment of such Additional Amounts for or on account of a Holder:

 

(1) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere holding of the Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder;

 

(2) which failed to comply with a timely request of the Issuer or the Guarantor to provide information concerning such Holder’s nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity or connection with Canada or any political subdivision or authority thereof, if and to the extent that due and timely compliance with such request would have reduced or eliminated any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to such Holder but for this clause; or

 

(3) as to which any combination of the above clauses (1) and (2) is applicable.

 

nor shall any Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment of Obligations to any Holder who is, for Canadian income tax purposes, a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such Note to the extent such payment would be required by the laws of Canada (or any province, territory or political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein) to be included in the income for tax purposes of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, or a partner of such partnership, or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the Holder of the Note.

 

Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium, interest (including Special Interest) or any other amounts (including Additional Amounts) on, or in respect of, any Note or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of any Additional Amounts pursuant hereto to the extent that, in such context, any Additional Amount is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms, and express mention of the payment of any Additional Amount (if applicable) in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding the payment of any Additional Amount in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date, and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Guarantor Officers’ Certificate, the Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, if other than the Trustee, a Guarantor Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and the Paying Agent whether such payment of principal of and premium, if any, interest or any other amounts on the Notes shall be made to Holders of the Notes without withholding for or on account of any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge described in this Section 10.02 . If any such withholding shall be required, then such Guarantor Officer’s Certificate shall specify the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments

 

60


to such Holders of the Notes, and the Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee or the Paying Agent the Additional Amount required by this Section 10.02 . The Guarantor covenants to indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Guarantor Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 10.02 .

 

SECTION 10.03. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

 

SECTION 10.04. Release . The Guarantor will be deemed released from all its obligations under this Indenture, the Parent Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement and the Parent Guarantee will terminate upon the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control.

 

SECTION 11.02. Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuer:

 

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

With a copy to:

 

Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP

115 South LaSalle Street

 

61


Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Janet O. Love, Esq.

 

if to the Guarantor:

 

Kingsway Financial Services, Inc.

5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200

Mississauga, Ontario

L4W 5H8

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

With a copy to:

 

Fogler, Rubinoff LLP

P.O. Box 95

Royal Trust Tower

Toronto-Dominion Center

Toronto, Ontario

M5K 1G8

 

if to the Trustee:

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Facsimile No.: (312) 827-8542

 

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 11.03. Communication by Holders with other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this

 

62


Indenture, except upon the initial issuance of Notes hereunder, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

SECTION 11.06. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays . A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New

 

63


York City or Chicago, Illinois. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 11.09. Governing Law . This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

SECTION 11.10. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the Untied States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Guarantor waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.

 

(b) The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP, 885 Third Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10022, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to the Guarantor, by the person serving the same as provided in Section 11.02 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding. The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of 10 years from the date of this Indenture.

 

(c) EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 11.11. Waiver of Immunities . To the extent that the Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations or liabilities under, or any other matter arising out of or in connection

 

64


with, this Indenture, the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

SECTION 11.12. No Recourse Against Others . An incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Issuer or the Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantor under the Notes or the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.13. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 11.14. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.15. Variable Provisions . The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect to any Global Notes.

 

SECTION 11.16. Qualification of Indenture . The Issuer shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of the Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

SECTION 11.17. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 11.18. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

SECTION 11.19. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining

 

65


provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and a Holder shall have no claim therefor against any party hereto.

 

SECTION 11.20. Judgment Currency . (a) The Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that if for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against the Guarantor in any court it is or becomes necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York, the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day immediately preceding:

 

(i) the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of the Province of Ontario or in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date; or

 

(ii) the date on which the final unappealable judgment is given, in case the courts referred to in clause (i) above do not give effect to the conversion being made on the date of actual payment

 

(the date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) being hereinafter in this Section 11.20 referred to as the “ Judgment Conversion Date ”).

 

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in clause (ii) of Section 11.20(a) above, there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the amount due, the Guarantor shall pay such additional amount (or, as the case may be, such lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of U.S. Dollars which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date.

 

(c) The Guarantor also agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment, in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the effective receipt by the payee of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such effective receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under this Indenture.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

66


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC., as Issuer

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson


Name:

 

     W. Shaun Jackson

Title:

 

     Vice President and Secretary

 

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star


Name:

 

     William G. Star

Title:

 

     Director

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as Guarantor

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star


Name:

 

     William G. Star

Title:

 

     President and Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson


Name:

 

     W. Shaun Jackson

Title:

 

     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

By:

 

/S/ J. Bartolini


Name:

 

     J. Bartolini

Title:

 

     Vice President

 

67


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]

 

[Restricted Note Legend, if applicable]

[Global Note Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [          ] Principal Amount US$[                          ]

[To be included in Global Notes: “as revised by the Schedule of Increases

and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto”]

 

CUSIP NO.                     

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

 

7.50% Senior Note due 2014

 

Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                      ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                      ] Dollars [To be included in Global Notes: “, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto,”] on February 1, 2014.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note, which additional provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Kingsway America Inc. has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly qualified officers.

 

Dated:

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

By:

   
   
   

Name:

Title:

By:

   
   
   

Name:

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

 

Dated:

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Notes referred

to in the Indenture.

By:

   
   
    Authorized Signatory

 

A-2


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

7.50% Senior Note due 2014

 

1.   Interest.

 

Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.50% per annum and Special Interest, if any, as provided in Section 2(e) of the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).

 

The Issuer will pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”) of each year, or if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from January 28, 2004; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2004. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.   Method of Payment.

 

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuer will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 and July 15 (each, a “Record Date”) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled or repurchased after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof as such address shall appear on the Note Register; provided , however , that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least US$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

A-3


3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.

 

Initially, BNY Midwest Trust Company, an Illinois trust company (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder, as provided in the Indenture (defined below). The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4.   Indenture.

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Kingsway Financial Services Inc., as guarantor (the “Guarantor”), and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect from time to time (the “Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

5.   Parent Guarantee.

 

The Obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantor pursuant to Article X of the Indenture. The obligations of the Guarantor are set forth in further detail in the Indenture.

 

6.   Redemption.

 

Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to February 1, 2009. On and after such date, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years as set forth below and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:

 

Year


   Percentage

 

2009

   103.500 %

2010

   102.333 %

2011

   101.167 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

If the optional redemption date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no

 

A-4


additional interest will be payable to holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than US$1,000. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

 

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes through open market purchases, negotiated purchases, tender offers or otherwise.

 

7.   Registration Rights.

 

In addition to rights provided to the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2004, between the Company, the Guarantor and the initial purchasers named therein (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Holders of the Notes will, subject to certain exceptions and on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, have the right to exchange their Notes for a like principal amount of Exchange Notes issued under the Indenture and evidencing the same continuing indebtedness of the Company as the Notes, which Exchange Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act. The Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive Special Interest on the Notes in the event such Exchange Offer is not consummated or upon certain other conditions, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

8.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

 

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of principal amount of US$1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 5.04 of the Indenture and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the

 

A-5


unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

9.   Persons Deemed Owners.

 

The registered holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

10.   Unclaimed Money.

 

If money for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

11.   Defeasance.

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to maturity.

 

12.   Amendment, Waiver.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, (ii) comply with Article IV of the Indenture in respect of the assumption by a Successor Issuer of an obligation of the Issuer or a Successor Guarantor of an obligation of the Guarantor under the Indenture, (iii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (iv) add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes (v) secure the Notes, (vi) add additional Events of Default with respect to the Notes, (vii) evidence and provide for successor trustees, (viii) add additional covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuer, (ix) comply with any request of the Commission in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, (x) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or (xi) provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

13.   Defaults and Remedies.

 

Events of Default are as set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default related to certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer, the

 

A-6


Guarantor or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security that is reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of Holders.

 

14.   Trustee Dealings with the Issuer.

 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantor or their respective Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15.   No Recourse Against Others.

 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or the Parent Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes and the Parent Guarantee.

 

16.   Authentication.

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

17.   Abbreviations.

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

18.   CUSIP Numbers.

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the

 

A-7


Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

19.   Governing Law.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

 

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

A-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

                    
   
   
                    
   
   
                    
   
   
    (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)     
                    
       
       
         (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. no.)          

 

and irrevocably appoint                      as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:           Your Signature:    
   
         
                (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:

   
   
   

    (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-9


TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

1

 

¨

   acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

2

 

¨

   transferred to the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof; or

3

 

¨

   transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

4

 

¨

   transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

5

 

¨

   transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

6

 

¨

   transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.07 of the Indenture); or

7

 

¨

   transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or.

8

 

¨

   transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Issuer may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

             
       
       

Signature

Signature Guarantee:

       
             

     

(Signature must be guaranteed)

     

Signature

 

A-10


The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

To be completed by transferee if

(1) or (3) above is checked:

 

The undersigned transferee represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer and the Guarantor as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:            
   
     
           

(Insert name of transferee)

By:            
   
       

 

Executive Officer

 

A-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is                      DOLLARS (US$              ). The following increases or decreases in the principal amount of this Global Note have been made:

 

Date made


 

Amount of increase in
principal amount of
this Global Note


 

Amount of decrease
in principal amount

of this Global Note


   Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase


   Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee


                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

[Restricted Note Legend, if Private Exchange Note]

[Global Note Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [                  ]    Principal Amount $[                              ]

[To be included in Global Notes: “as revised by the Schedule of Increases

and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto”]

     CUSIP NO. __________

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

 

7.5% Senior Notes due 2014

 

Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [              ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [              ] Dollars [To be included in Global Notes: “, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto,”] on February 1, 2014.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note, which additional provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Kingsway America Inc. has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly qualified officers.

 

Dated:

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

By:

   
   
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

By:

   
   
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

 

Dated:

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Notes referred

to in the Indenture.

 

By:

   
   
   

Authorized Signatory

 

B-2


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

7.50% Senior Note due 2014

 

1.   Interest.

 

Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.50% per annum and Special Interest, if any, as provided in Section 2(e) of the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).

 

The Issuer will pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”) of each year, or if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from January 28, 2004; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2004. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.   Method of Payment.

 

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuer will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 and July 15 (each, a “Record Date”) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled or repurchased after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof as such address shall appear on the Note Register; provided , however , that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least US$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

B-3


3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.

 

Initially, BNY Midwest Trust Company, an Illinois trust company (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder, as provided in the Indenture (defined below). The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4.   Indenture.

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Kingsway Financial Services Inc., as guarantor (the “Guarantor”), and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect from time to time (the “Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

5.   Parent Guarantee.

 

The Obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantor pursuant to Article X of the Indenture. The obligations of the Guarantor are set forth in further detail in the Indenture.

 

6.   Redemption.

 

Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to February 1, 2009. On and after such date, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years as set forth below and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:

 

Year


   Percentage

 

2009

   103.500 %

2010

   102.333 %

2011

   101.167 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

If the optional redemption date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no

 

B-4


additional interest will be payable to holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than US$1,000. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

 

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes through open market purchases, negotiated purchases, tender offers or otherwise.

 

7.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

 

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of principal amount of US$1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 5.04 of the Indenture and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

8.   Persons Deemed Owners.

 

The registered holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

9.   Unclaimed Money.

 

If money for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

B-5


10.   Defeasance.

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to maturity.

 

11.   Amendment, Waiver.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, (ii) comply with Article IV of the Indenture in respect of the assumption by a Successor Issuer of an obligation of the Issuer or a Successor Guarantor of an obligation of the Guarantor under the Indenture, (iii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (iv) add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes (v) secure the Notes, (vi) add additional Events of Default with respect to the Notes, (vii) evidence and provide for successor trustees, (viii) add additional covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuer, (ix) comply with any request of the Commission in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, (x) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or (xi) provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

12.   Defaults and Remedies.

 

Events of Default are as set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default related to certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security that is reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of Holders.

 

B-6


13.   Trustee Dealings with the Issuer.

 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantor or their respective Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

14.   No Recourse Against Others.

 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or the Parent Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes and the Parent Guarantee.

 

15.   Authentication.

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

16.   Abbreviations.

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

17.   CUSIP Numbers.

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

18.   Governing Law.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

 

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

B-7


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

_______________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. no.)

 

and irrevocably appoint              as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

         

Your Signature:

   
   
         
               

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the

other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:

               
   
         
    (Signature must be guaranteed)            

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-8


TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

1    ¨    acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
2    ¨    transferred to the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof; or
3    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
4    ¨    transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
          Securities Act; or
5    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
6    ¨    transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.07 of the Indenture); or
7    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
8    ¨    transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Issuer may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

             
       
        Signature
Signature Guarantee:        

 

             

     
(Signature must be guaranteed)       Signature

 

B-9



 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

To be completed by transferee if

(1) or (3) above is checked:

 

The undersigned transferee represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer and the Guarantor as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:

               
   
         
                (Insert name of transferee)

 

            By:    
               
               

Executive Officer

 

B-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is              DOLLARS (US$              ). The following increases or decreases in the principal amount of this Global Note have been made:

 

Date made


 

Amount of increase in
principal amount of
this Global Note


 

Amount of decrease in
principal amount of this
Global Note


   Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase


   Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee


                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

                   

 

B-12

Exhibit 4.2

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of January 28, 2004

 

among

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.,

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as Guarantor

 

and

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

as Initial Purchaser

 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of January 28, 2004 among Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Kingsway Financial Services Inc., a company organized under the laws of Ontario, Canada (the “Guarantor”), Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (the “Representative”) and the other parties referred to in Annex A hereto, if any (each, an “Initial Purchaser” and collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”).

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated January 23, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of US$100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to principal, premium, if any, and interest pursuant to the Indenture by the Guarantor (the “Guarantee”). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligations thereunder, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their respective direct and indirect transferees and assigns the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“1933 Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

“Closing Time” shall mean January 28, 2004.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company, including any agent thereof; provided, however, that any such depositary must at all times have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

“Event Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 


“Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantor of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean any exchange offer registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) covering the Registrable Securities, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Exchange Securities” shall mean the notes and the guarantee in respect thereof, issued by the Company and the Guarantor under the Indenture with terms identical to the Securities and the Guarantee (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Securities or, if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for, from the Interest Accrual Date, (ii) provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon upon the occurrence of a Registration Default shall be eliminated and (iii) the transfer restrictions and legends relating to restrictions on ownership and transfer thereof as a result of the issuance of the Securities without registration under the 1933 Act shall be eliminated, to be offered to Holders of Registrable Securities in exchange for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

“Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Guarantor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Holders” shall mean (i) the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their respective successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture and (ii) each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of January28, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantor and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may be further amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Interest Accrual Date” means January 28, 2004.

 

3


“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities outstanding, excluding Exchange Securities referred to in clause (ii) of the definition of “Holders” above; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities held by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

“NASD” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

“Notifying Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(f) hereof.

 

“Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(f) hereof.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Private Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that any Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, (iv) such Securities have been exchanged for Exchange Securities which have been

 

4


registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement upon consummation of the Exchange Offer unless, in the case of any Exchange Securities referred to in this clause (iv), such Exchange Securities are held by Participating Broker-Dealers or otherwise are not freely tradable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act (in which case such Exchange Securities will be deemed to be Registrable Securities until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of the Exchange Offer and (B) such time as such Exchange Securities are sold to a purchaser in whose hands such Exchange Securities are freely tradeable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act) or (v) such Securities have been exchanged for Private Exchange Securities pursuant to this Agreement (in which case such Private Exchange Securities will be deemed to be Registrable Securities until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of the Exchange Offer and (B) such time as such Private Exchange Securities are sold to a purchaser in whose hands such Private Exchange Securities are freely tradeable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act).

 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees; (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state or other securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the NASD (including fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities under state or other securities or blue sky laws and any filing with and review by the NASD); (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, and certificates representing the Securities, Private Exchange Securities (if any) or Exchange Securities and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement; (iv) all rating agency fees; (v) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Securities, Private Exchange Securities (if any) or Exchange Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges or on any quotation system; (vi) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws; (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor and the fees and expenses of independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantor or for any other Person, business or assets whose financial statements are included in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance; (viii) the fees and expenses of a “qualified independent underwriter” as defined by Conduct Rule 2720 of the NASD (if required by the NASD rules) and the fees and disbursements of its counsel; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, any registrar, any depositary,

 

5


any paying agent, any escrow agent or any custodian, in each case including fees and disbursements of their respective counsel; (x) the fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, including the fees and disbursements of one counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith; (xi) the fees and disbursements, if any, of special counsel representing the Holders of Registrable Securities; and (xii) in the case of an underwritten offering, any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily paid by issuers and sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company and the Guarantor in connection with any Registration Statement but excluding (except as otherwise provided herein) fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters and the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor relating to any offering of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement), and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Representative” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

“Securities” shall mean the Notes and the Guarantee in respect thereof.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities or Private Exchange Securities (if any), as the case may be, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

6


“Trustee” shall mean The Bank of New York, the trustee with respect to the Securities, the Private Exchange Securities (if any) and the Exchange Securities under the Indenture.

 

For purposes of this Agreement: (i) all references in this Agreement to any Registration Statement, Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the SEC pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”); (ii) all references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained,” “included,” “disclosed” or “stated” in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as the case may be; (iii) all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or Prospectus shall be deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under the 1934 Act which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as the case may be; (iv) all references in this Agreement to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, and all references to any sections or subsections thereof or terms defined therein, shall in each case include any successor provisions thereto; and (v) all references in this Agreement to days (but not to business days) shall mean calendar days.

 

2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

 

(a) Exchange Offer Registration . The Company and the Guarantor shall (A) file with the SEC on or prior to the 120th day after the Closing Time an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering the offer by the Company to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities, (B) use their best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC no later than the 180th day after the Closing Time, (C) use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (D) use their best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer no later than 45 days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing such Exchange Securities) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act or under the securities or blue sky laws of the states of the United States.

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i) promptly mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

7


(ii) keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders and, during the Exchange Offer, offer to all Holders who are legally eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer the opportunity to exchange their Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities;

 

(iii) use the services of a depositary with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for the Exchange Offer;

 

(iv) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open, by sending to the institution specified in the Prospectus or the related letter of transmittal or related documents a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged;

 

(v) notify each Holder that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and

 

(vi) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

 

If, at or prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any of the Initial Purchasers holds any Securities acquired by it and having the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Company shall, upon the request of any such Initial Purchaser, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange for such Securities a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company that are identical (except that such debt securities shall be subject to transfer restrictions and shall bear a legend relating to restrictions on ownership and transfer, identical to those applicable to the Notes as a result of the issuance thereof without registration under the 1933 Act and shall provide for the payment of Special Interest) to the Exchange Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Company and the Guarantor shall use their best efforts to have the Private Exchange Securities bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities and, if unable to do so, the Company and the Guarantor will, at such time as any Private Exchange Security may be sold publicly pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act, permit any such Private Exchange Security to be exchanged for a like principal amount of Exchange Securities. The Company shall not have any liability under this Agreement solely as a result of any such Private Exchange Securities not bearing the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.

 

The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities (if any) shall be issued under the Indenture, which shall be qualified under the TIA. The Indenture shall provide that the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities (if any) and the Notes shall vote

 

8


and consent together on all matters as a single class and shall constitute a single series of debt securities issued under the Indenture.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal which is an exhibit thereto;

 

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange by the Company and the Guarantor; and

 

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Securities to each Holder of Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

Interest on each Exchange Security and each Private Exchange Security (if any) will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for on the Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Securities, from the Interest Accrual Date. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer which, in the Company’s or the Guarantor’s reasonable judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company and the Guarantor to proceed with the Exchange Offer, and (iii) that the Holders tender the Registrable Securities to the Company in accordance with the Exchange Offer. Each Holder of Registrable Securities (other than Participating Broker-Dealers) who wishes to exchange such Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) of the Company or the Guarantor, (ii) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of business and (iii) it has no arrangement with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities, and shall be required to make such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form F-4 or another appropriate form under the 1933 Act available. To the extent permitted by law, the Company and the Guarantor shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities to whom the Exchange Offer is made and, to the extent such information is available to the Company or the Guarantor, the names and addresses of the beneficial owners of such Securities, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and beneficial owners and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

 

9


(b) Shelf Registration . (i) If, because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the SEC, the Company or the Guarantor is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, or (ii) if for any other reason (A) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days following the Closing Time or (B) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 45 days after effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (provided that if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be declared effective after such 180-day period or if the Exchange Offer shall be consummated after such 45-day period, then each of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under this clause (ii) arising from the failure of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective within such 180-day period or the failure of the Exchange Offer to be consummated within such 45-day period, respectively, shall terminate), or (iii) if any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser holding Securities acquired directly from the Company) is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or who elects to participate in the Exchange Offer but does not receive Exchange Securities which are freely tradeable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act or (iv) upon the request of any of the Initial Purchasers within 90 days following the consummation of the Exchange Offer (provided that, in the case of this clause (iv), such Initial Purchaser shall hold Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, Private Exchange Securities) that it acquired directly from the Company), the Company and the Guarantor shall, at their cost:

 

(A) as promptly as practicable, but no later than (a) the 180th day after the Closing Time or (b) the 60th day after any such filing obligation arises, whichever is later, file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(B) use their best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the 240th day after the Closing Time (or, in the case of a request by any of the Initial Purchasers pursuant to clause (iv) above, within 90 days after such request). In the event that the Company and the Guarantor are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv) above, the Company and the Guarantor shall file and use their best efforts to have declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by such Holder or such Initial Purchaser, as applicable;

 

(C) use their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years after the latest date on which any Securities are originally issued by the Company and the Guarantor (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 3) (or, solely in the case of clause (iv) above of this Section 2(b), 180 days after completion of the Exchange Offer) or, if earlier, when all of the

 

10


Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereunder, (ii) become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act or (iii) cease to be Registrable Securities; and

 

(D) notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use their best efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplements thereto comply in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall permit any securities other than Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement without the prior written consent of the Representative. The Company and the Guarantor further agree, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Majority Holders with respect to information relating to the Holders and otherwise as required by Section 3(b) below, to use their best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as practicable thereafter and to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

 

(c) Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and 2(b) hereof and, in the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders or the Initial Purchasers for the fees and disbursements of one counsel (in addition to local counsel) designated in writing by the Majority Holders (or, if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed solely pursuant to clause (iv) of the first paragraph of Section 2(b), designated by the Initial Purchasers) to act as counsel for the Holders of the Registrable Securities in connection therewith. Each Holder shall pay all fees and disbursements of its counsel other than as set forth in the preceding sentence or in the definition of Registration Expenses and all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(d) Effective Registration Statement .

 

(i) The Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed not to have used their best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite periods set forth herein if the Company or the Guarantor voluntarily takes any action or fails to take action that could reasonably be

 

11


expected to result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective or remaining effective or in the Holders of Registrable Securities (including, under the circumstances contemplated by Section 3(f) hereof, Exchange Securities) covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Registrable Securities during that period unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action is taken by the Company or the Guarantor in good faith and for valid business reasons (but not including avoidance of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or a material corporate transaction or event so long as the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, promptly complies with the notification requirements of Section 3(k) hereof, if applicable. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the accrual of Special Interest on any Securities or Exchange Securities.

 

(ii) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof shall not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement shall be deemed not to have been effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

(iii) During any 365-day period, the Company and the Guarantor may, by notice as described in Section 3(e) hereof, suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement (and, if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is being used in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(f), the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) and the use of the related Prospectus for up to two periods of up to 45 consecutive days each (except for the consecutive 45-day period immediately prior to final maturity of the Securities), but no more than an aggregate of 90 days during any 365-day period, upon the happening of any event or the discovery of any fact or the taking of any action referred to in Section 3(e)(vi), but subject to compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with their respective obligations under the last paragraph of Section 3.

 

(e) Increase in Interest Rate . In the event that:

 

(i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to the 120th day following the Closing Time, or

 

(ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the 180th day following the Closing Time, or

 

12


(iii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 45th day following the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or

 

(iv) if required, a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to (A) the 180th day following the Closing Time or (B) the 60th day after the filing obligation arises, whichever is later, or

 

(v) if required, a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 225th day following the Closing Time (or, if a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed upon the request of any Initial Purchaser, within 90 days after such request), or

 

(vi) a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC but such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or such Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Registrable Securities for any reason and (A) the aggregate number of days in any consecutive 365-day period for which the Shelf Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable exceeds 90 days, (B) the Shelf Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for more than two periods (regardless of duration) in any consecutive 365-day period or (C) the Shelf Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for a period of more than 45 consecutive days, or

 

(vii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC but, if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is being used in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 3(f)(ii) of this Agreement, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for any reason during the 180-day period referred to in Section 3(f)(ii) of this Agreement (as such period may be extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement) and (x) the aggregate number of days in any consecutive 365-day period for which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable exceeds 90 days, (y) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for more than two periods (regardless of duration) in any consecutive 365-day period or (z) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for a period of more than 45 consecutive days, (each of the events referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) above being hereinafter called a “Registration Default”), the per annum interest rate borne by the Registrable Securities shall be increased (“Special Interest”) by one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum

 

(A) immediately following such 120-day period in the case of clause (i) above,

 

13


(B) immediately following such 180-day period in the case of clause (ii) above,

 

(C) immediately following such 45-day period in the case of clause (iii) above,

 

(D) immediately following any such 180-day period or 60-day period, whichever ends later, in the case of clause (iv) above,

 

(E) immediately following any such 240-day period or 90-day period, whichever ends first, in the case of clause (v) above,

 

(F) immediately following the 90th day in any consecutive 365-day period, as of the first day of the third period in any consecutive 365-day period or immediately following the 45th consecutive day, whichever occurs first, that a Shelf Registration Statement shall not be effective or a Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein shall not be usable as contemplated by clause (vi) above, or

 

(G) immediately following the 90th day in any consecutive 365-day period, as of the first day of the third period in any consecutive 365-day period or immediately following the 45th consecutive day, whichever occurs first, that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall not be effective or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein shall not be usable as contemplated by clause (vii) above,

 

which rate will be increased by an additional one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum immediately following each 90-day period that any Special Interest continues to accrue under any circumstances; provided that the aggregate increase in such annual interest rate under this Section 2(e) may in no event exceed one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum. Upon the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the 120-day period described in clause (i) above, the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the 180-day period described in clause (ii) above, the consummation of the Exchange Offer after the 45-day period described in clause (iii) above, the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement after the 180-day period or 60-day period day, as the case may be, described in clause (iv) above, the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement after the 240-day period or 90-day period, as the case may be, described in clause (v) above, the Shelf Registration Statement once again being effective or the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein becoming usable in connection with resales of Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in the case of clause (vi) above, or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement once again becoming effective or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein becoming usable in connection with resales of Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in the case of clause (vii) thereof, the interest rate borne by the Securities from the date of such filing,

 

14


effectiveness, consummation or resumption of effectiveness or usability, as the case may be, shall be reduced to the original interest rate so long as no other Registration Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at such time and the Company and the Guarantor are otherwise in compliance with this paragraph; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, one or more Registration Defaults shall again occur, the interest rate shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

 

The Company shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs or fails to occur in respect of which Special Interest is required to be paid (an “Event Date”). Special Interest shall be paid by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Registrable Securities, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Special Interest then due. The Special Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Securities entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture. Each obligation to pay Special Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any Holder who was, at the time the Exchange Offer was pending and consummated, eligible to exchange, and did not validly tender, its Securities for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer will not be entitled to receive any Special Interest. For purposes of clarity, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, under current interpretations of law by the SEC, Initial Purchasers holding unsold allotments of Securities acquired from the Company are not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer.

 

(f) Specific Enforcement . Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply with their respective obligations under Sections 2(a) through 2(d) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers, the Holders or the Participating Broker-Dealers for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers, any Holder and any Participating Broker-Dealer may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantor’s respective obligations under Sections 2(a) through 2(d) hereof.

 

3. Registration Procedures . In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or, if required, Registration Statements, within the time periods specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantor, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

 

15


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act with respect to the disposition of all Securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

 

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, at least ten business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Securities is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of Registrable Securities will be made in accordance with the method elected by the Majority Holders; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for the Holders, if any, and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder, counsel or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if such Holder, counsel or underwriter so requests, all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and (iii) subject to the penultimate paragraph of this Section 3, the Company and the Guarantor hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Holders and underwriters of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by any Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(d) use their best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request, to cooperate with the Holders and the underwriters of any Registrable Securities in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD, to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be effective and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d) or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not then so subject;

 

(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders promptly and, if requested by such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after a

 

16


Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to such offering cease to be true and correct, (v) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantor of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (vi) of the suspension of use of the Prospectus as a result of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts or the taking of any action during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which is contemplated in Section 2(d)(i)(A) or 2(d)(i)(B) or which makes any statement made in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which constitutes an omission to state a material fact in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus and (vii) of any determination by the Company or the Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate. Without limitation to any other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor agree that this Section 3(e) shall also be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein to the extent that such Prospectus is being used by Participating Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(f);

 

(f) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, (A) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (x) a “Plan of Distribution” section substantially in the form set forth in Annex B hereto or other such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Representative covering the use of the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by broker-dealers who have exchanged their Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities for the resale of such Exchange Securities and (y) a statement to the effect that any such broker-dealers who wish to use the related Prospectus in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities will be required to notify the Company and the Guarantor to that effect, together with instructions for giving such notice (which instructions shall include a provision for giving such notice by checking a box or making another appropriate notation on the related letter of transmittal) (each such broker-dealer who gives notice to the Company and the Guarantor as aforesaid being hereinafter called a “Notifying Broker-Dealer”), (B) furnish to each Notifying Broker-Dealer who desires to participate in the Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such broker-dealer may reasonably request, (C) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a statement that any broker-dealer who holds Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), and who receives Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, may be a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, (D) subject to the penultimate paragraph of this Section 3, the Company and the Guarantor hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Notifying Broker-Dealer in connection with the sale or transfer of Exchange Securities, and (E) include in the transmittal

 

17


letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer the following provision:

 

“If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities, it represents that the Registrable Securities to be exchanged for Exchange Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the 1933 Act;”

 

(ii) to the extent any Notifying Broker-Dealer participates in the Exchange Offer, (A) the Company and the Guarantor shall use their best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of 180 days (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of this Section 3) following the last date on which exchanges are accepted pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and (B) the Company and the Guarantor will comply, insofar as relates to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Prospectus included therein and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities pursuant thereto, with its obligations under Section 2(b)(D), the last paragraph of Section 2(b), Section 3(c), 3(d), 3(e), 3(i), 3(j), 3(k), 3(o) and 3(p), and the last two paragraphs of this Section 3 as if all references therein to a Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus included therein and the Holders of Registrable Securities referred, mutatis mutandis , to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Prospectus included therein and the applicable Notifying Broker-Dealers and, for purposes of this Section 3(f), all references in any such paragraphs or sections to the “Majority Holders” shall be deemed to mean, solely insofar as relates to this Section 3(f), the Notifying Broker-Dealers who are the Holders of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Securities which are Registrable Securities; and

 

(iii) neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(b) or 3(k) hereof, or take any other action as a result of this Section 3(f), at any time after the 180th day (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of this Section 3) after the last date on which exchanges are accepted pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and neither Notifying Broker-Dealers nor any other Person shall be authorized by the Company or the Guarantor to, and shall not, deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection with resales contemplated by this Section 3.

 

(g) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish counsel for the Initial Purchasers and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities and counsel for any underwriters of Registrable Securities copies of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information;

 

18


(h) use their best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement as soon as practicable and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

 

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto (without documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested), if such documents are not available via the SEC EDGAR database;

 

(j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and cause such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request in writing at least two business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

 

(k) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts as contemplated by Section 3(e)(vi) hereof, use their best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Guarantor agree to notify each Holder to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and each Holder hereby agrees to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantor have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company and the Guarantor determine that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company and the Guarantor agree to promptly notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;

 

(l) obtain CUSIP numbers for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed or word-processed certificates for the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

 

(m) (i) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes, if any, to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use their best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be

 

19


required to effect such changes, if any, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

 

(n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement shall have the right to direct the Company and the Guarantor to effect not more than one underwritten registration and, in connection with such underwritten registration, the Company and the Guarantor shall enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements or similar agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in such connection, in a manner that is reasonable and customary:

 

(i) make representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters in such form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and the managing underwriter(s);

 

(ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantor (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter(s), and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of debt securities or underwritten offerings of debt securities and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and the managing underwriter(s);

 

(iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto and all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein from the Company’s and the Guarantor’s independent certified public accountants and from the independent certified public accountants for any other Person or any business or assets whose financial statements are included or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement, each addressed to the underwriters, and use their best efforts to have such letters addressed to the selling Holders of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings and such letters to be delivered at the time of the pricing of such underwritten registration with an update to such letter to be delivered at the time of closing of such underwritten registration;

 

(iv) if an underwriting agreement or other similar agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification and contributions provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification and contributions provisions and procedures set forth in Section 5 hereof with respect to the

 

20


underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 5 hereof or such other indemnification and contributions as shall be satisfactory to the Company and the Guarantor, the managing underwriter(s) and the Holders of the majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold; and

 

(v) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar underwritten offerings of debt securities.

 

The documents referred to in Sections 3(n)(ii) and 3(n)(v) shall be delivered at the closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. In the case of any such underwritten offering, the Company and the Guarantor shall provide written notice to the Holders of all Registrable Securities of such underwritten offering at least 30 days prior to the filing of a prospectus supplement for such underwritten offering. Such notice shall (x) offer each such Holder the right to participate in such underwritten offering, (y) specify a date, which shall be no earlier than 15 days following the date of such notice, by which such Holder must inform the Company and the Guarantor of its intent to participate in such underwritten offering and (z) include the instructions such Holder must follow in order to participate in such underwritten offering;

 

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Registrable Securities and any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and any counsel or accountant retained by such Holders or underwriters, all financial statements and other records, documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantor reasonably requested by any such Persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company and the Guarantor to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Persons in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(p) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the Initial Purchasers, and make such changes in any such documents prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers or their counsel may reasonably request; (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Registrable Securities, to the Initial Purchasers, to the underwriter or underwriters, of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, and to counsel for any such Holders, Initial Purchasers or underwriters, and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers, any such underwriter or underwriters or any of their respective counsel may reasonably request; and (iii) cause the representatives of the Company and the Guarantor to be available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders or the underwriters, and shall not at any time make any filing of any such document of which such Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, their counsel or any underwriter shall not have previously

 

21


been advised and furnished a copy or to which such Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, their counsel or any underwriter shall reasonably object within a reasonable time period;

 

(q) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders or by the underwriters of an underwritten offering, unless the Registrable Securities are already so rated;

 

(r) otherwise use their best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and, with respect to each Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment, if any, thereto and each filing by the Guarantor of an Annual Report on Form 40-F, make available to security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(s) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel;

 

(t) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after the initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Company and the Guarantor, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document; and

 

(u) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or quotation system on which similar debt securities issued by the Company and the Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders or by the underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any.

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company and the Guarantor such information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantor may from time to time reasonably request in writing and require such Holder to agree in writing to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees and, in the event that any Participating Broker-Dealer is using the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the sale of Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 3(f), each such Participating Broker-Dealer agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantor of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the

 

22


kind described in Section 3(e)(ii), 3(e)(iii) or 3(e)(v) through 3(e)(vii) hereof, such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until receipt by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, of (i) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof or (ii) written notice from the Company and the Guarantor that the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, respectively, are once again effective or that no supplement or amendment is required. If so directed by the Company and the Guarantor, such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, will deliver to the Company and the Guarantor (at the Company’s expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in its possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the accrual of Special Interest on any Securities or Exchange Securities.

 

If the Company and the Guarantor shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their best efforts to file and have declared effective (if an amendment) as soon as practicable thereafter an amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or both, as the case may be, or the Prospectus included therein and shall extend the period during which the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or both, as the case may be, shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement (and, if applicable, the period during which Participating Broker-Dealers may use the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the earlier of the date when the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers, respectively, shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions and the effective date of written notice from the Company and the Guarantor to the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers, respectively, that the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, respectively, are once again effective or that no supplement or amendment is required.

 

4. Underwritten Registrations . In the event that the Company and the Guarantor fail to effect the Exchange Offer or file any Shelf Registration Statement and maintain the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement as provided herein, the Company and the Guarantor shall not file any Registration Statement with respect to any securities (within the meaning of Section 2(l) of the 1933 Act) of the Company other than Registrable Securities.

 

If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company and the Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled

 

23


hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantor jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each underwriter who participates in an offering of Registrable Securities (each, an “Underwriter”), and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (and any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (and any amendment thereto) or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantor; and

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantor by any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter with respect to such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder,

 

24


Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or made in reliance upon the Statements of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustees (Form T-1) under the 1939 Act filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer and each Underwriter severally but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantor, each director and officer of the Company and the Guarantor, each other Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer and Underwriter, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantor or any Initial Purchaser, other selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 5(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in any Registration Statement pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter furnished to the Company by such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter, respectively, expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties and such indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to defend such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, unless (i) the indemnifying party does not promptly retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. Each

 

25


indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 5(a) and 5(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 5 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in this Section 5 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or parties or such indemnified party or parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e) The Company, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers, the selling Holders, the Participating Broker-Dealers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities sold by it were offered exceeds the amount of any damages that such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

26


No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 5, each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter, as the case may be, and each director and officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantor. The respective obligations of the Initial Purchasers, selling Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers and Underwriters to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Securities purchased by them and not joint.

 

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, Underwriter, or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor, their respective officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantor, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

6. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Rule 144 and Rule 144A . For so long as the Guarantor is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Guarantor covenants that it will file all reports required to be filed by it under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, that if it ceases to be so required to file such reports, it will upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (i) make publicly available such information (including, without limitation, the information specified in Rule 144(c)(2) under the 1933 Act) as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered, promptly following a request by any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities or any prospective purchaser or transferee designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, such information (including, without limitation, the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act) as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, and (iii) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (y) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (z) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, the Guarantor will deliver to such Holder or beneficial owner a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

27


(b) No Inconsistent Agreements . Neither the Company nor the Guarantor has entered into nor will the Company or the Guarantor on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, without the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not in any way conflict with and are not and will not be inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any of the Company’s or Guarantor’s other issued and outstanding securities under any other agreements entered into by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries.

 

(c) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantor have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

 

(d) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer (other than an Initial Purchaser), at the most current address set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, (ii) if to an Initial Purchaser, at the most current address given by such Initial Purchaser to the Company and the Guarantor by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d), which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (iii) if to the Company, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d); (iv) if to the Guarantor, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d); and (v) if to any underwriter, at the most current address given by such underwriter to the Company and the Guarantor by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d), which address initially shall be the address set forth in the applicable underwriting agreement.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, first class, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to a courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of

 

28


Registrable Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities, such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

 

(f) Third Party Beneficiary . Each Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer and Underwriter shall be a third party beneficiary of the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder. Each Holder, by its acquisition of Securities, shall be deemed to have agreed to the provisions of Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(h) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(i) Restriction on Resales . If (i) the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the 1933 Act) shall redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Registrable Security or any Exchange Security which is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, the Company and the Guarantor will deliver or cause to be delivered such Registrable Security or Exchange Security, as the case may be, to the Trustee for cancellation and neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates will hold or resell such Registrable Security or Exchange Security or issue any new Security or Exchange Security to replace the same.

 

(j) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(k) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(l) Appointment of Agent . The Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP, 885 Third Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10022, as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and its properties, assets and revenues, service of any and all legal process,

 

29


summons, notices and documents which may be served in any action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations or liabilities under, or any other matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement that is brought in any United States federal court or New York state court, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent shall cease to be available to act as such, the Guarantor hereby agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in The City of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section. The Guarantor hereby further irrevocably agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding by serving a copy thereof upon the relevant agent for service of process referred to in this Section (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or acknowledge such service) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or certified air mail, first class, postage prepaid, to the Guarantor at 5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 5H8, Attention: W. Shaun Jackson. The Guarantor hereby further agrees that service of process as aforementioned shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such action, suit or proceeding and that the failure of any such designee, appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action, suit or proceeding based thereon. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of any person to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the Guarantor or bring actions, suits or proceedings against the Guarantor in any jurisdiction, and in such manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

(m) Additional Amounts . All payments required to be made by the Guarantor under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present and future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges of whatever nature (collectively, “Foreign Taxes”) now or hereinafter imposed or levied by or on behalf of Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required under applicable law. If such a withholding or deduction is required under applicable law, the Guarantor shall pay such additional amounts to the party entitled to receive the related payment under this Agreement as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by such party, after paying all Foreign Taxes, will be equal to the amounts that such party would have received and retained had no Foreign Taxes been imposed.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson


   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   

Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star


Name: William G. Star

   

Title: Director

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,
as Guarantor

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star


   

Name: William G. Star

   

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson


Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   

Title: Executive Vice President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

This Registration Rights Agreement is confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written by the undersigned for itself and on behalf of the other Initial Purchasers named in Annex A hereto.

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin McMurchy


   

Name: Kevin McMurchy

   

Title: Managing Director

 

31


ANNEX A

 

INITIAL PURCHASERS

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 


ANNEX B

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account under the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer for resales of new notes received in exchange for original notes that had been acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. Any broker-dealers required to use this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus for resales of the new notes must notify us of this fact by checking the box on the letter of transmittal requesting additional copies of these documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are entitled under the registration rights agreement to suspend the use of this prospectus by broker-dealers under specified circumstances. For example, we may suspend the use of this prospectus if:

 

    the SEC or any state securities authority requests an amendment or supplement to this prospectus or the related registration statement or additional information;

 

    the SEC or any state securities authority issues any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or initiates proceedings for that purpose;

 

    we receive notification of the suspension of the qualification of the new notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;

 

    the suspension is required by law; or

 

    an event occurs which makes any statement in this prospectus untrue in any material respect or which constitutes an omission to state a material fact in this prospectus.

 

If we suspend the use of this prospectus, the 180-day period referred to above will be extended by a number of days equal to the period of the suspension.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account under the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on those notes or a combination of those methods, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resales may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from the selling broker-dealer or the purchasers of the new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes received by it for its own account under the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that

 


participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

We have agreed to pay all expenses incidental to the exchange offer other than commissions and concessions of any broker or dealer and will indemnify holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

34

Exhibit 4.3

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of March 15, 2004

 

among

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.,

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as Guarantor

 

and

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

as Initial Purchaser


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of March 15, 2004 among Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Kingsway Financial Services Inc., a company organized under the laws of Ontario, Canada (the “Guarantor”), Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (the “Representative”) and the other parties referred to in Annex A hereto, if any (each, an “Initial Purchaser” and collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”).

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 8, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of US$25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to principal, premium, if any, and interest pursuant to the Indenture by the Guarantor (the “Guarantee”). The Notes constitute an additional issuance of the Company’s 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014, US$100,000,000 of which were issued by the Company on January 28, 2004 and are outstanding on the date hereof. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligations thereunder, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their respective direct and indirect transferees and assigns the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“1933 Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company, including any agent thereof; provided, however, that any such depositary must at all times have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

 

“Event Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 


“Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantor of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean any exchange offer registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) covering the Registrable Securities, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Exchange Securities” shall mean the notes and the guarantee in respect thereof, issued by the Company and the Guarantor under the Indenture with terms identical to the Securities and the Guarantee (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Securities or, if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for, from the Interest Accrual Date, (ii) provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon upon the occurrence of a Registration Default shall be eliminated and (iii) the transfer restrictions and legends relating to restrictions on ownership and transfer thereof as a result of the issuance of the Securities without registration under the 1933 Act shall be eliminated, to be offered to Holders of Registrable Securities in exchange for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

“Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Guarantor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Holders” shall mean (i) the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their respective successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture and (ii) each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantor and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may be further amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Initial Closing Time” shall mean January 28, 2004.

 

3


“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“Interest Accrual Date” means January 28, 2004.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities outstanding, excluding Exchange Securities referred to in clause (ii) of the definition of “Holders” above; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities held by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

“NASD” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

“Notifying Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(f) hereof.

 

“Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(f) hereof.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Private Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that any Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A)

 

4


under the 1933 Act, (iii) such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, (iv) such Securities have been exchanged for Exchange Securities which have been registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement upon consummation of the Exchange Offer unless, in the case of any Exchange Securities referred to in this clause (iv), such Exchange Securities are held by Participating Broker-Dealers or otherwise are not freely tradable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act (in which case such Exchange Securities will be deemed to be Registrable Securities until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of the Exchange Offer and (B) such time as such Exchange Securities are sold to a purchaser in whose hands such Exchange Securities are freely tradeable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act) or (v) such Securities have been exchanged for Private Exchange Securities pursuant to this Agreement (in which case such Private Exchange Securities will be deemed to be Registrable Securities until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of the Exchange Offer and (B) such time as such Private Exchange Securities are sold to a purchaser in whose hands such Private Exchange Securities are freely tradeable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act).

 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees; (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state or other securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the NASD (including fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities under state or other securities or blue sky laws and any filing with and review by the NASD); (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, and certificates representing the Securities, Private Exchange Securities (if any) or Exchange Securities and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement; (iv) all rating agency fees; (v) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Securities, Private Exchange Securities (if any) or Exchange Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges or on any quotation system; (vi) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws; (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor and the fees and expenses of independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantor or for any other Person, business or assets whose financial statements are included in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance; (viii) the fees and expenses of a “qualified independent underwriter” as defined by Conduct Rule 2720 of the

 

5


NASD (if required by the NASD rules) and the fees and disbursements of its counsel; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, any registrar, any depositary, any paying agent, any escrow agent or any custodian, in each case including fees and disbursements of their respective counsel; (x) the fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, including the fees and disbursements of one counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith; (xi) the fees and disbursements, if any, of special counsel representing the Holders of Registrable Securities; and (xii) in the case of an underwritten offering, any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily paid by issuers and sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company and the Guarantor in connection with any Registration Statement but excluding (except as otherwise provided herein) fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters and the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor relating to any offering of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement), and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Representative” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

“Securities” shall mean the Notes and the Guarantee in respect thereof.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities or Private Exchange Securities (if any), as the case may be, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

6


“TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Trustee” shall mean The Bank of New York, the trustee with respect to the Securities, the Private Exchange Securities (if any) and the Exchange Securities under the Indenture.

 

For purposes of this Agreement: (i) all references in this Agreement to any Registration Statement, Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the SEC pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”); (ii) all references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained,” “included,” “disclosed” or “stated” in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as the case may be; (iii) all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or Prospectus shall be deemed to mean and include the filing of any document under the 1934 Act which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as the case may be; (iv) all references in this Agreement to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, and all references to any sections or subsections thereof or terms defined therein, shall in each case include any successor provisions thereto; and (v) all references in this Agreement to days (but not to business days) shall mean calendar days.

 

2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

 

(a) Exchange Offer Registration . The Company and the Guarantor shall (A) file with the SEC on or prior to the 120th day after the Initial Closing Time an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering the offer by the Company to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities, (B) use their best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC no later than the 180th day after the Initial Closing Time, (C) use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (D) use their best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer no later than 45 days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing such Exchange Securities) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act or under the securities or blue sky laws of the states of the United States.

 

7


In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i) promptly mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(ii) keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders and, during the Exchange Offer, offer to all Holders who are legally eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer the opportunity to exchange their Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities;

 

(iii) use the services of a depositary with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for the Exchange Offer;

 

(iv) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open, by sending to the institution specified in the Prospectus or the related letter of transmittal or related documents a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged;

 

(v) notify each Holder that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and

 

(vi) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

 

If, at or prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any of the Initial Purchasers holds any Securities acquired by it and having the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Company shall, upon the request of any such Initial Purchaser, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange for such Securities a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company that are identical (except that such debt securities shall be subject to transfer restrictions and shall bear a legend relating to restrictions on ownership and transfer, identical to those applicable to the Notes as a result of the issuance thereof without registration under the 1933 Act and shall provide for the payment of Special Interest) to the Exchange Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Company and the Guarantor shall use their best efforts to have the Private Exchange Securities bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities and, if unable to do so, the Company and the Guarantor will, at such time as any Private Exchange Security may be sold publicly pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act, permit any such Private Exchange Security to be exchanged for a like principal amount of Exchange Securities. The Company shall not have any liability under this Agreement solely as a result of any such Private Exchange Securities not bearing the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.

 

8


The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities (if any) shall be issued under the Indenture, which shall be qualified under the TIA. The Indenture shall provide that the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities (if any) and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as a single class and shall constitute a single series of debt securities issued under the Indenture.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal which is an exhibit thereto;

 

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange by the Company and the Guarantor; and

 

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Securities to each Holder of Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

Interest on each Exchange Security and each Private Exchange Security (if any) will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for on the Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Securities, from the Interest Accrual Date. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer which, in the Company’s or the Guarantor’s reasonable judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company and the Guarantor to proceed with the Exchange Offer, and (iii) that the Holders tender the Registrable Securities to the Company in accordance with the Exchange Offer. Each Holder of Registrable Securities (other than Participating Broker-Dealers) who wishes to exchange such Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that (i) it is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) of the Company or the Guarantor, (ii) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of business and (iii) it has no arrangement with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities, and shall be required to make such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form F-4 or another appropriate form under the 1933 Act available. To the extent permitted by law, the Company and the Guarantor shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities to whom the Exchange Offer is made and, to the extent such information is available to the Company or the Guarantor, the names and addresses of the beneficial owners of such

 

9


Securities, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and beneficial owners and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

 

(b) Shelf Registration . (i) If, because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the SEC, the Company or the Guarantor is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, or (ii) if for any other reason (A) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days following the Initial Closing Time or (B) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 45 days after effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (provided that if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be declared effective after such 180-day period or if the Exchange Offer shall be consummated after such 45-day period, then each of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under this clause (ii) arising from the failure of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective within such 180-day period or the failure of the Exchange Offer to be consummated within such 45-day period, respectively, shall terminate), or (iii) if any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser holding Securities acquired directly from the Company) is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or who elects to participate in the Exchange Offer but does not receive Exchange Securities which are freely tradeable without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act or (iv) upon the request of any of the Initial Purchasers within 90 days following the consummation of the Exchange Offer (provided that, in the case of this clause (iv), such Initial Purchaser shall hold Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, Private Exchange Securities) that it acquired directly from the Company), the Company and the Guarantor shall, at their cost:

 

(A) as promptly as practicable, but no later than (a) the 180th day after the Initial Closing Time or (b) the 60th day after any such filing obligation arises, whichever is later, file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(B) use their best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the 240th day after the Initial Closing Time (or, in the case of a request by any of the Initial Purchasers pursuant to clause (iv) above, within 90 days after such request). In the event that the Company and the Guarantor are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv) above, the Company and the Guarantor shall file and use their best efforts to have declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by such Holder or such Initial Purchaser, as applicable;

 

(C) use their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years after the latest date on which any Securities are originally issued by the

 

10


Company and the Guarantor (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 3) (or, solely in the case of clause (iv) above of this Section 2(b), 180 days after completion of the Exchange Offer) or, if earlier, when all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereunder, (ii) become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act or (iii) cease to be Registrable Securities; and

 

(D) notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use their best efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplements thereto comply in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall permit any securities other than Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement without the prior written consent of the Representative. The Company and the Guarantor further agree, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Majority Holders with respect to information relating to the Holders and otherwise as required by Section 3(b) below, to use their best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as practicable thereafter and to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

 

(c) Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and 2(b) hereof and, in the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders or the Initial Purchasers for the fees and disbursements of one counsel (in addition to local counsel) designated in writing by the Majority Holders (or, if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed solely pursuant to clause (iv) of the first paragraph of Section 2(b), designated by the Initial Purchasers) to act as counsel for the Holders of the Registrable Securities in connection therewith. Each Holder shall pay all fees and disbursements of its counsel other than as set forth in the preceding sentence or in the definition of Registration Expenses and all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(d) Effective Registration Statement .

 

(i) The Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed not to have used their best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf

 

11


 

Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite periods set forth herein if the Company or the Guarantor voluntarily takes any action or fails to take action that could reasonably be expected to result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective or remaining effective or in the Holders of Registrable Securities (including, under the circumstances contemplated by Section 3(f) hereof, Exchange Securities) covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Registrable Securities during that period unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action is taken by the Company or the Guarantor in good faith and for valid business reasons (but not including avoidance of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or a material corporate transaction or event so long as the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, promptly complies with the notification requirements of Section 3(k) hereof, if applicable. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the accrual of Special Interest on any Securities or Exchange Securities.

 

(ii) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof shall not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement shall be deemed not to have been effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

(iii) During any 365-day period, the Company and the Guarantor may, by notice as described in Section 3(e) hereof, suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement (and, if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is being used in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(f), the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) and the use of the related Prospectus for up to two periods of up to 45 consecutive days each (except for the consecutive 45-day period immediately prior to final maturity of the Securities), but no more than an aggregate of 90 days during any 365-day period, upon the happening of any event or the discovery of any fact or the taking of any action referred to in Section 3(e)(vi), but subject to compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with their respective obligations under the last paragraph of Section 3.

 

(e) Increase in Interest Rate . In the event that:

 

(i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to the 120th day following the Initial Closing Time, or

 

12


(ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the 180th day following the Initial Closing Time, or

 

(iii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 45th day following the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or

 

(iv) if required, a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to (A) the 180th day following the Initial Closing Time or (B) the 60th day after the filing obligation arises, whichever is later, or

 

(v) if required, a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 225th day following the Initial Closing Time (or, if a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed upon the request of any Initial Purchaser, within 90 days after such request), or

 

(vi) a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC but such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or such Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Registrable Securities for any reason and (A) the aggregate number of days in any consecutive 365-day period for which the Shelf Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable exceeds 90 days, (B) the Shelf Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for more than two periods (regardless of duration) in any consecutive 365-day period or (C) the Shelf Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for a period of more than 45 consecutive days, or

 

(vii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC but, if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is being used in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 3(f)(ii) of this Agreement, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for any reason during the 180-day period referred to in Section 3(f)(ii) of this Agreement (as such period may be extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement) and (x) the aggregate number of days in any consecutive 365-day period for which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable exceeds 90 days, (y) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or such Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for more than two periods (regardless of duration) in any consecutive 365-day period or (z) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall not be effective or usable for a period of more than 45 consecutive days, (each of the events referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) being hereinafter called a “Registration Default”), the per annum interest rate borne by the Registrable Securities shall be increased (“Special Interest”) by one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum

 

(A) immediately following such 120-day period in the case of clause (i) above,

 

13


(B) immediately following such 180-day period in the case of clause (ii) above,

 

(C) immediately following such 45-day period in the case of clause (iii) above,

 

(D) immediately following any such 180-day period or 60-day period, whichever ends later, in the case of clause (iv) above,

 

(E) immediately following any such 240-day period or 90-day period, whichever ends first, in the case of clause (v) above,

 

(F) immediately following the 90th day in any consecutive 365-day period, as of the first day of the third period in any consecutive 365-day period or immediately following the 45th consecutive day, whichever occurs first, that a Shelf Registration Statement shall not be effective or a Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein shall not be usable as contemplated by clause (vi) above, or

 

(G) immediately following the 90th day in any consecutive 365-day period, as of the first day of the third period in any consecutive 365-day period or immediately following the 45th consecutive day, whichever occurs first, that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall not be effective or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein shall not be usable as contemplated by clause (vii) above,

 

which rate will be increased by an additional one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum immediately following each 90-day period that any Special Interest continues to accrue under any circumstances; provided that the aggregate increase in such annual interest rate under this Section 2(e) may in no event exceed one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum. Upon the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the 120-day period described in clause (i) above, the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the 180-day period described in clause (ii) above, the consummation of the Exchange Offer after the 45-day period described in clause (iii) above, the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement after the 180-day period or 60-day period day, as the case may be, described in clause (iv) above, the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement after the 240-day period or 90-day period, as the case may be, described in clause (v) above, the Shelf Registration Statement once again being effective or the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein becoming usable in connection with resales of Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in the case of clause (vi) above, or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement once again becoming effective or the Exchange Offer Registration

 

14


Statement and the Prospectus included therein becoming usable in connection with resales of Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in the case of clause (vii) thereof, the interest rate borne by the Securities from the date of such filing, effectiveness, consummation or resumption of effectiveness or usability, as the case may be, shall be reduced to the original interest rate so long as no other Registration Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at such time and the Company and the Guarantor are otherwise in compliance with this paragraph; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, one or more Registration Defaults shall again occur, the interest rate shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

 

The Company shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs or fails to occur in respect of which Special Interest is required to be paid (an “Event Date”). Special Interest shall be paid by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Registrable Securities, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Special Interest then due. The Special Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Securities entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture. Each obligation to pay Special Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any Holder who was, at the time the Exchange Offer was pending and consummated, eligible to exchange, and did not validly tender, its Securities for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer will not be entitled to receive any Special Interest. For purposes of clarity, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, under current interpretations of law by the SEC, Initial Purchasers holding unsold allotments of Securities acquired from the Company are not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer.

 

(f) Specific Enforcement . Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply with their respective obligations under Sections 2(a) through 2(d) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers, the Holders or the Participating Broker-Dealers for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers, any Holder and any Participating Broker-Dealer may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantor’s respective obligations under Sections 2(a) through 2(d) hereof.

 

3. Registration Procedures . In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or, if required, Registration Statements, within the time periods specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantor, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial

 

15


statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

 

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act with respect to the disposition of all Securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

 

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, at least ten business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Securities is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of Registrable Securities will be made in accordance with the method elected by the Majority Holders; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for the Holders, if any, and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder, counsel or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if such Holder, counsel or underwriter so requests, all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and (iii) subject to the penultimate paragraph of this Section 3, the Company and the Guarantor hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Holders and underwriters of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by any Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(d) use their best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request, to cooperate with the Holders and the underwriters of any Registrable Securities in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD, to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be effective and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d) or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not then so subject;

 

(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders promptly and, if requested by such Holder or counsel,

 

16


confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information after a Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to such offering cease to be true and correct, (v) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantor of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (vi) of the suspension of use of the Prospectus as a result of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts or the taking of any action during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which is contemplated in Section 2(d)(i)(A) or 2(d)(i)(B) or which makes any statement made in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which constitutes an omission to state a material fact in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus and (vii) of any determination by the Company or the Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate. Without limitation to any other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor agree that this Section 3(e) shall also be applicable, mutatis mutandis , with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein to the extent that such Prospectus is being used by Participating Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(f);

 

(f) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, (A) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (x) a “Plan of Distribution” section substantially in the form set forth in Annex B hereto or other such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Representative covering the use of the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by broker-dealers who have exchanged their Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities for the resale of such Exchange Securities and (y) a statement to the effect that any such broker-dealers who wish to use the related Prospectus in connection with the resale of Exchange Securities acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities will be required to notify the Company and the Guarantor to that effect, together with instructions for giving such notice (which instructions shall include a provision for giving such notice by checking a box or making another appropriate notation on the related letter of transmittal) (each such broker-dealer who gives notice to the Company and the Guarantor as aforesaid being hereinafter called a “Notifying Broker-Dealer”), (B) furnish to each Notifying Broker-Dealer who desires to participate in the Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such broker-dealer may reasonably request, (C) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a statement that any broker-dealer who holds Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), and who receives Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, may be a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, (D) subject to the penultimate paragraph of this Section 3, the Company and the Guarantor

 

17


hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Notifying Broker-Dealer in connection with the sale or transfer of Exchange Securities, and (E) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer the following provision:

 

“If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities, it represents that the Registrable Securities to be exchanged for Exchange Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the 1933 Act;”

 

(ii) to the extent any Notifying Broker-Dealer participates in the Exchange Offer, (A) the Company and the Guarantor shall use their best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of 180 days (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of this Section 3) following the last date on which exchanges are accepted pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and (B) the Company and the Guarantor will comply, insofar as relates to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Prospectus included therein and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities pursuant thereto, with its obligations under Section 2(b)(D), the last paragraph of Section 2(b), Section 3(c), 3(d), 3(e), 3(i), 3(j), 3(k), 3(o) and 3(p), and the last two paragraphs of this Section 3 as if all references therein to a Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus included therein and the Holders of Registrable Securities referred, mutatis mutandis , to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Prospectus included therein and the applicable Notifying Broker-Dealers and, for purposes of this Section 3(f), all references in any such paragraphs or sections to the “Majority Holders” shall be deemed to mean, solely insofar as relates to this Section 3(f), the Notifying Broker-Dealers who are the Holders of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Securities which are Registrable Securities; and

 

(iii) neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(b) or 3(k) hereof, or take any other action as a result of this Section 3(f), at any time after the 180th day (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of this Section 3) after the last date on which exchanges are accepted pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and neither Notifying Broker-Dealers nor any other Person shall be authorized by the Company or the Guarantor to, and shall not, deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection with resales contemplated by this Section 3.

 

(g) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish counsel for the Initial Purchasers and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish counsel for the Holders of

 

18


Registrable Securities and counsel for any underwriters of Registrable Securities copies of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information;

 

(h) use their best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement as soon as practicable and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

 

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto (without documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested), if such documents are not available via the SEC EDGAR database;

 

(j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and cause such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request in writing at least two business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

 

(k) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts as contemplated by Section 3(e)(vi) hereof, use their best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Guarantor agree to notify each Holder to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and each Holder hereby agrees to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantor have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company and the Guarantor determine that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company and the Guarantor agree to promptly notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;

 

(l) obtain CUSIP numbers for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed or word-processed certificates for the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

 

(m) (i) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, (ii)

 

19


cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes, if any, to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use their best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, if any, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

 

(n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement shall have the right to direct the Company and the Guarantor to effect not more than one underwritten registration and, in connection with such underwritten registration, the Company and the Guarantor shall enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements or similar agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in such connection, in a manner that is reasonable and customary:

 

(i) make representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters in such form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and the managing underwriter(s);

 

(ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantor (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter(s), and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of debt securities or underwritten offerings of debt securities and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and the managing underwriter(s);

 

(iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto and all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein from the Company’s and the Guarantor’s independent certified public accountants and from the independent certified public accountants for any other Person or any business or assets whose financial statements are included or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement, each addressed to the underwriters, and use their best efforts to have such letters addressed to the selling Holders of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings and such letters to be delivered at the time of the pricing of such underwritten registration with an update to such letter to be delivered at the time of closing of such underwritten registration;

 

20


(iv) if an underwriting agreement or other similar agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification and contributions provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification and contributions provisions and procedures set forth in Section 5 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 5 hereof or such other indemnification and contributions as shall be satisfactory to the Company and the Guarantor, the managing underwriter(s) and the Holders of the majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold; and

 

(v) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar underwritten offerings of debt securities.

 

The documents referred to in Sections 3(n)(ii) and 3(n)(v) shall be delivered at the closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. In the case of any such underwritten offering, the Company and the Guarantor shall provide written notice to the Holders of all Registrable Securities of such underwritten offering at least 30 days prior to the filing of a prospectus supplement for such underwritten offering. Such notice shall (x) offer each such Holder the right to participate in such underwritten offering, (y) specify a date, which shall be no earlier than 15 days following the date of such notice, by which such Holder must inform the Company and the Guarantor of its intent to participate in such underwritten offering and (z) include the instructions such Holder must follow in order to participate in such underwritten offering;

 

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Registrable Securities and any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and any counsel or accountant retained by such Holders or underwriters, all financial statements and other records, documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantor reasonably requested by any such Persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company and the Guarantor to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Persons in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(p) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the Initial Purchasers, and make such changes in any such documents prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers or their counsel may reasonably request; (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Registrable Securities, to the Initial Purchasers, to the underwriter or underwriters, of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, and to counsel for any such Holders, Initial Purchasers or underwriters, and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers, any such underwriter or underwriters or any of their respective counsel may reasonably request; and (iii) cause the representatives of the Company and the Guarantor to be

 

21


available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders or the underwriters, and shall not at any time make any filing of any such document of which such Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, their counsel or any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which such Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, their counsel or any underwriter shall reasonably object within a reasonable time period;

 

(q) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders or by the underwriters of an underwritten offering, unless the Registrable Securities are already so rated;

 

(r) otherwise use their best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and, with respect to each Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment, if any, thereto and each filing by the Guarantor of an Annual Report on Form 40-F, make available to security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(s) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel;

 

(t) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after the initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Company and the Guarantor, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document; and

 

(u) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or quotation system on which similar debt securities issued by the Company and the Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders or by the underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any.

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company and the Guarantor such information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantor may from time to time reasonably request in writing and require such Holder to agree in writing to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

 

22


In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees and, in the event that any Participating Broker-Dealer is using the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the sale of Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 3(f), each such Participating Broker-Dealer agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantor of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the kind described in Section 3(e)(ii), 3(e)(iii) or 3(e)(v) through 3(e)(vii) hereof, such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until receipt by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, of (i) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof or (ii) written notice from the Company and the Guarantor that the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, respectively, are once again effective or that no supplement or amendment is required. If so directed by the Company and the Guarantor, such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, will deliver to the Company and the Guarantor (at the Company’s expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in its possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the accrual of Special Interest on any Securities or Exchange Securities.

 

If the Company and the Guarantor shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their best efforts to file and have declared effective (if an amendment) as soon as practicable thereafter an amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or both, as the case may be, or the Prospectus included therein and shall extend the period during which the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or both, as the case may be, shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement (and, if applicable, the period during which Participating Broker-Dealers may use the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the earlier of the date when the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers, respectively, shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions and the effective date of written notice from the Company and the Guarantor to the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers, respectively, that the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, respectively, are once again effective or that no supplement or amendment is required.

 

4. Underwritten Registrations . In the event that the Company and the Guarantor fail to effect the Exchange Offer or file any Shelf Registration Statement and maintain the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement as provided herein, the Company and the Guarantor shall not file any Registration Statement with respect to any securities (within the meaning of Section 2(l) of the 1933 Act) of the Company other than Registrable Securities.

 

If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such

 

23


Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company and the Guarantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantor jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each underwriter who participates in an offering of Registrable Securities (each, an “Underwriter”), and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (and any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (and any amendment thereto) or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantor; and

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

24


provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantor by any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter with respect to such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or made in reliance upon the Statements of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustees (Form T-1) under the 1939 Act filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer and each Underwriter severally but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantor, each director and officer of the Company and the Guarantor, each other Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer and Underwriter, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantor or any Initial Purchaser, other selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 5(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in any Registration Statement pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter furnished to the Company by such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter, respectively, expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties and such indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to defend such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel)

 

25


separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, unless (i) the indemnifying party does not promptly retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 5(a) and 5(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 5 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in this Section 5 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or parties or such indemnified party or parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e) The Company, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers, the selling Holders, the Participating Broker-Dealers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities sold by it were offered exceeds the amount of any damages that such

 

26


Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 5, each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter, as the case may be, and each director and officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantor. The respective obligations of the Initial Purchasers, selling Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers and Underwriters to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Securities purchased by them and not joint.

 

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, Underwriter, or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser, selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or Underwriter, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor, their respective officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantor, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

6. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Rule 144 and Rule 144A. For so long as the Guarantor is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Guarantor covenants that it will file all reports required to be filed by it under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, that if it ceases to be so required to file such reports, it will upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (i) make publicly available such information (including, without limitation, the information specified in Rule 144(c)(2) under the 1933 Act) as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered, promptly following a request by any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities or any prospective purchaser or transferee designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, such information (including, without limitation, the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act) as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, and (iii) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (y) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended

 

27


from time to time, or (z) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, the Guarantor will deliver to such Holder or beneficial owner a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements . Neither the Company nor the Guarantor has entered into nor will the Company or the Guarantor on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, without the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not in any way conflict with and are not and will not be inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any of the Company’s or Guarantor’s other issued and outstanding securities under any other agreements entered into by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries.

 

(c) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantor have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

 

(d) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer (other than an Initial Purchaser), at the most current address set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, (ii) if to an Initial Purchaser, at the most current address given by such Initial Purchaser to the Company and the Guarantor by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d), which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (iii) if to the Company, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d); (iv) if to the Guarantor, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d); and (v) if to any underwriter, at the most current address given by such underwriter to the Company and the Guarantor by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d), which address initially shall be the address set forth in the applicable underwriting agreement.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, first class, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to a courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

28


(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities, such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

 

(f) Third Party Beneficiary . Each Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer and Underwriter shall be a third party beneficiary of the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder. Each Holder, by its acquisition of Securities, shall be deemed to have agreed to the provisions of Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(h) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(i) Restriction on Resales . If (i) the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the 1933 Act) shall redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Registrable Security or any Exchange Security which is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, the Company and the Guarantor will deliver or cause to be delivered such Registrable Security or Exchange Security, as the case may be, to the Trustee for cancellation and neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates will hold or resell such Registrable Security or Exchange Security or issue any new Security or Exchange Security to replace the same.

 

(j) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(k) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

29


(l) Appointment of Agent . The Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP, 885 Third Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10022, as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and its properties, assets and revenues, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be served in any action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations or liabilities under, or any other matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement that is brought in any United States federal court or New York state court, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent shall cease to be available to act as such, the Guarantor hereby agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in The City of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section. The Guarantor hereby further irrevocably agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding by serving a copy thereof upon the relevant agent for service of process referred to in this Section (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or acknowledge such service) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or certified air mail, first class, postage prepaid, to the Guarantor at 5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 5H8, Attention: W. Shaun Jackson. The Guarantor hereby further agrees that service of process as aforementioned shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such action, suit or proceeding and that the failure of any such designee, appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action, suit or proceeding based thereon. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of any person to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the Guarantor or bring actions, suits or proceedings against the Guarantor in any jurisdiction, and in such manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

(m) Additional Amounts . All payments required to be made by the Guarantor under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present and future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges of whatever nature (collectively, “Foreign Taxes”) now or hereinafter imposed or levied by or on behalf of Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required under applicable law. If such a withholding or deduction is required under applicable law, the Guarantor shall pay such additional amounts to the party entitled to receive the related payment under this Agreement as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by such party, after paying all Foreign Taxes, will be equal to the amounts that such party would have received and retained had no Foreign Taxes been imposed.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson


   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star


   

Name: William G. Star

Title: Director

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as Guarantor

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star


   

Name: William G. Star

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson


   

Name:

  W. Shaun Jackson
   

Title:

  Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer

 

This Registration Rights Agreement is confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written by the undersigned for itself and on behalf of the other Initial Purchasers named in Annex A hereto.

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Kevin McMurchy


   

Name: Kevin McMurchy

Title: Managing Director

 

31


ANNEX A

 

INITIAL PURCHASERS

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 


ANNEX B

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account under the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer for resales of new notes received in exchange for original notes that had been acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. Any broker-dealers required to use this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus for resales of the new notes must notify us of this fact by checking the box on the letter of transmittal requesting additional copies of these documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are entitled under the registration rights agreement to suspend the use of this prospectus by broker-dealers under specified circumstances. For example, we may suspend the use of this prospectus if:

 

    the SEC or any state securities authority requests an amendment or supplement to this prospectus or the related registration statement or additional information;

 

    the SEC or any state securities authority issues any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or initiates proceedings for that purpose;

 

    we receive notification of the suspension of the qualification of the new notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;

 

    the suspension is required by law; or

 

    an event occurs which makes any statement in this prospectus untrue in any material respect or which constitutes an omission to state a material fact in this prospectus.

 

If we suspend the use of this prospectus, the 180-day period referred to above will be extended by a number of days equal to the period of the suspension.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account under the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on those notes or a combination of those methods, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resales may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from the selling broker-dealer or the purchasers of the new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes received by it for its own account under the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that

 


participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

We have agreed to pay all expenses incidental to the exchange offer other than commissions and concessions of any broker or dealer and will indemnify holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

34

Exhibit 5.1

 

[Lord Bissell & Brook Letterhead]

 

May 27, 2004

 

 

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard

Sixth Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

 

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200

Mississauga, Ontario

L4W 5HB CANADA

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and as special U.S. counsel to Kingsway Financial Services Inc., an Ontario corporation (the “Guarantor”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on or about the date hereof with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) for the registration of (i) up to US$125,000,000 of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) by the Company and (ii) the guarantee by the Guarantor of the full and punctual payment when due of the principal of, premiums, if any, interest and any other amounts with respect to the Exchange Notes, such guarantee being set forth in Article X of the Indenture defined below (the “Guarantee”). The Registration Statement relates to the offer to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) up to US$125,000,000 of the Company’s Exchange Notes for a like amount of its outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”). The Exchange Notes are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between the Company, the Guarantor and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”).


May 27, 2004

Page 2

 

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. With respect to each document to which the Guarantor is a party, we have assumed that the Guarantor has all requisite power and authority to authorize, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each such document, and that each such document has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor. In addition, with respect to documents to which parties other than the Company or the Guarantor are a party, we have assumed that each such other party has all requisite power and authority to authorize, execute, deliver and perform its respective obligations under each such document to which it is a party, that each such document has been duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto (other than the Company or the Guarantor) and is valid and binding on, and enforceable in accordance with its terms against, the parties thereto (other than the Company or the Guarantor).

 

In such capacity, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed, including the Registration Statement, the Indenture (including the Guarantee), the Original Notes and a form of the Exchange Notes.

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations stated herein, and having such due regard for such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that as of the date hereof:

 

(i) The Company is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Delaware.

 

(ii) The Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and when executed, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture against the due tender and delivery to the Trustee of Original Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as described in the Registration Statement and Letter of Transmittal included as an exhibit thereto, will constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

(iii) Assuming the Indenture (including the Guarantee) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantor, upon the execution, authentication and delivery of the Exchange Notes as described in paragraph (ii) above, the Guarantee with respect to the Exchange Notes will be a valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

 

(iv) The statements in the Registration Statement under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” (insofar as they relate to provisions of United States federal tax laws therein


May 27, 2004

Page 3

 

described, and subject to the limitations set forth therein) constitute our opinions and are accurate in all material respects.

 

The opinions rendered in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above relating to the enforceability of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantee are, in each case, subject to the following: (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation, voidable preference, moratorium or other laws (including the laws of fraudulent conveyance and transfer) or judicial decisions affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) such enforceability is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and to the effect of certain laws and judicial decisions upon the availability and enforceability of certain remedies, including the remedies of specific performance and self-help.

 

We assume for purposes of this opinion that the Trustee is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction or organization; that the Trustee is duly qualified to engage in the activities contemplated by the Indenture; that the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee and constitutes the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Trustee enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms; that the Trustee is in compliance, generally and with respect to acting as a trustee under the Indenture, with all applicable laws and regulations; and that the Trustee has the requisite organizational and legal power and authority to perform its obligations under the Indenture.

 

Our opinions on the enforceability of certain documents are limited by the fact that certain rights, remedies, waivers and other provisions contained therein may be limited or rendered ineffective by applicable laws or judicial decisions governing such provisions or holding their enforcement to be unreasonable under then existing conditions, but such laws and decisions do not in our opinion render such documents invalid as a whole or leave the parties thereto without remedies for a realization of the principal benefits purported to be provided thereby.

 

The law covered by the opinions expressed herein is limited to the federal laws of the United States of America, the State of Illinois, the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Further, we are not experts on, and are not qualified to render opinions on, the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof, and accordingly advise you that no opinion is rendered herein regarding the laws of Canada, including the enforceability of any document to the extent that the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof may limit or restrict the enforceability thereof.

 

This opinion is limited to the present laws and to the facts as they presently exist. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should present laws be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise. We shall have no, and hereby disclaim any, continuing obligations to inform you of changes in law or fact subsequent to the date hereof or of facts of which we become aware after the date hereof. This opinion is limited to the matters set forth herein and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly contained herein.


May 27, 2004

Page 4

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the section entitled “Legal Matters” in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Lord, Bissell & Brook LLP

Exhibit 5.2

 

[Letterhead of Fogler, Rubinoff LLP]

 

File No. 04/1030

 

May 27, 2004

 

 

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200

Mississauga, Ontario

L4W 5HB

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Re: Kingsway America Inc. (“KAI”)

 

We have acted as counsel to Kingsway Financial Services Inc. (the “Company” or the “Guarantor” ), an Ontario Corporation, in connection with the registration statement on Form F-4 filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on or about May 27, 2004 (the “Registration Statement” ) relating to the registration of (i) up to US$125,000,000 of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes” ) by KAI, and (ii) the guarantee by the Guarantor of the full and punctual payment when due of the principal of, premiums, if any, interest and any other amounts with respect to the Exchange Notes, such guarantee being set forth in Article X of the Indenture defined below (the “Guarantee” ). The Registration Statement relates to the offer to exchange (the “Exchange Offer” ) up to US$125,000,000 of the Company’s Exchange Notes for a like amount of its outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes” ). The Exchange Notes are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2004 (the “Indenture” ), between KAI, the Guarantor and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee” ).

 

In connection herewith, we have examined the following documents: (A) the proposed form of (i) the Indenture (including the Guarantee) relating to the issuance of the Exchange Notes to be issued upon consummation of the Exchange Offer (the “Closing Date” ), (ii) the Registration Statement, (iii) the Original Notes, (iv) a form of the Exchange Notes; and (B) such other documents as we have deemed necessary in order to enable us to render the opinion set forth below. It has been assumed by us that those documents that we have examined in proposed form will be, in all respects relevant to this opinion, the same as the documents to be executed and delivered on the Closing Date.

 

The law covered by the opinions expressed herein is limited to the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

We have made such investigations of law as, in our judgment, were necessary to render the following opinions. We have also reviewed (a) the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and its By-Laws, as amended; and (b) such corporate documents, records, information and certificates of the Company, certificates of public officials or government authorities and other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In addition, with respect to documents to which parties other than the Company will be a party, we have assumed that each such other party has all requisite power and authority to authorize, execute, deliver and perform its respective obligations under each such document to which it is a party, that each such document has been duly authorized, and will be duly executed and delivered by each such other party thereto and will be valid and binding on, and enforceable in accordance with its terms against, such parties.


As to matters of fact material to our opinion expressed herein, we have relied upon such statements, certificates and representations, including those delivered or made in connection with the above-referenced transactions, as we have deemed appropriate.

 

As to certain facts material to our opinions, we have relied, with your permission, upon statements, certificates or representations, including those delivered or made in connection with the above-referenced transaction, of officers and other representatives of the Company.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the further qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion as of the date hereof that:

 

1.   The Company is duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

2.   The execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Exchange Notes (the “KFSI Documents” ) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of the Company.

 

3.   The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the KFSI Documents, and when the Exchange Notes have been executed and delivered as contemplated by the Exchange Offer on the Closing Date, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture against the due tender and delivery to the Trustee of Original Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as described in the Registration Statement and Letter of Transmittal included as an exhibit thereto, the Exchange Notes will have been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

The opinions expressed in the numbered paragraph 1 of this letter are based, to the extent deemed proper, upon certain certificates and confirmations issued by the applicable governmental officer or authority.

 

This opinion is limited to the present laws and to the facts as they presently exist. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should present laws be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

 

This opinion is provided to you as a legal opinion only, and not as a guarantee or warranty of the matters discussed herein. We express no opinion with respect to the financial status or ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the KFSI Documents. No opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly stated herein.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the section titled “Enforceability of Judgments” and the section titled “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Fogler, Rubinoff LLP

Exhibit 10.1

 

CDN $150,000,000 SECOND AMENDED

CREDIT AGREEMENT AMONG

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

AND KINGSWAY U.S. FINANCE PARTNERSHIP

As Borrowers

 

AND

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

As a Guarantor

 

AND

 

The Lenders named herein as Lenders

 

AND

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE

As Administrative Agent, Co-Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

AND

 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As Syndication Agent and Co-Lead Arranger

 

AND

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

As Documentation Agent

 

GOWLING LAFLEUR HENDERSON LLP

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE ONE INTERPRETATION

   2

S ECTION  1.01

   D EFINITIONS    2

S ECTION 1.02

   A UDITED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS    20

S ECTION 1.03

   C ANADIAN C URRENCY    20

S ECTION 1.04

   I NTEREST A CT    20

S ECTION 1.05

   C HANGE IN R ATES    20

S ECTION 1.06

   M AXIMUM I NTEREST R ATE    21

S ECTION 1.07

   H EADINGS AND T ABLE OF C ONTENTS    21

S ECTION 1.08

   R EFERENCES    21

S ECTION 1.09

   N UMBER AND G ENDER    21

S ECTION 1.10

   C OPIES    22

S ECTION 1.11

   S CHEDULES    22

ARTICLE TWO CREDIT FACILITIES

   22

S ECTION 2.01

   C REDIT F ACILITIES    22

S ECTION 2.02

   R EVOLVING F EATURE OF C REDIT F ACILITIES    23

S ECTION 2.03

   A LLOCATION OF B ORROWINGS    23

S ECTION 2.04

   P URPOSES OF C REDIT F ACILITIES    24

S ECTION 2.05

   E VIDENCE OF I NDEBTEDNESS    24

S ECTION 2.06

   I LLEGALITY    24

ARTICLE THREE PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO BORROWINGS

   24

S ECTION 3.01

   N OTICES OF B ORROWING    24

S ECTION 3.02

   C ONVERSIONS    25

S ECTION 3.03

   P ROVISIONS RELATING TO B ANKERS ’ A CCEPTANCES    25

S ECTION 3.04

   P ROVISIONS RELATING TO LIBOR L OANS    26

S ECTION 3.05

   R ELIANCE ON O RAL I NSTRUCTIONS    27

ARTICLE FOUR PAYMENTS

   27

S ECTION 4.01

   R EPAYMENT    27

S ECTION 4.02

   M ANDATORY R EPAYMENTS    28

S ECTION 4.03

   P ERMANENT P REPAYMENT    28

S ECTION 4.04

   P AYMENTS G ENERALLY    28

S ECTION 4.05

   N O C REDIT FOR T RUST F UNDS    28

S ECTION 4.06

   N O W ITHHOLDING    28

ARTICLE FIVE INTEREST, FEES AND EXPENSES

   29

S ECTION 5.01

   P AYMENT OF I NTEREST    29

S ECTION 5.02

   S TAMPING F EES    29

S ECTION 5.03

   S TANDBY F EES    29

S ECTION 5.04

   C OMMITMENT F EE    29

S ECTION 5.05

   A RRANGEMENT AND A DMINISTRATION F EES    29

S ECTION 5.06

   C HANGE IN C IRCUMSTANCES    30

S ECTION 5.07

   R EIMBURSEMENT OF E XPENSES    31

S ECTION 5.08

   D ETERMINATION C ONCLUSIVE    31

S ECTION 5.09

   D EFAULT I NTEREST    31

ARTICLE SIX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   31

S ECTION 6.01

   C ONDITIONS - I NITIAL B ORROWING    31

S ECTION 6.02

   C ONDITIONS - A LL B ORROWINGS    33

S ECTION 6.03

   W AIVER    34

ARTICLE SEVEN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   34

 

i


S ECTION  7.01

   R EPRESENTATION AND W ARRANTIES    34

S ECTION 7.02

   S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES    43

ARTICLE EIGHT

   43

COVENANTS

   43

S ECTION 8.01

   P OSITIVE C OVENANTS    43

S ECTION 8.02

   F INANCIAL C OVENANTS    49

S ECTION 8.03

   R ESTRICTIVE C OVENANTS    50

ARTICLE NINE EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   55

S ECTION 9.01

   E VENTS OF D EFAULT    55

S ECTION 9.02

   L ENDERS M AY W AIVE    59

S ECTION 9.03

   R EMEDIES ARE C UMULATIVE    59

S ECTION 9.04

   S ET -O FF    59

S ECTION 9.05

   C ASH C OLLATERAL A CCOUNTS    59

ARTICLE TEN GENERAL

   59

S ECTION 10.01

   R EDISTRIBUTION OF P AYMENTS    59

S ECTION 10.02

   E NFORCEMENT    60

S ECTION 10.03

   R EADJUSTMENT OF O BLIGATIONS A MONG L ENDERS    60

S ECTION 10.04

   N OTICES    61

S ECTION 10.05

   P ERFORMANCE OF C OVENANTS BY THE L ENDERS    61

S ECTION 10.06

   I NDEMNITY    62

S ECTION 10.07

   T HE C ANADIAN B ORROWER L IABILITY FOR THE U.S. B ORROWER O BLIGATIONS ; W AIVERS , ETC    62

S ECTION 10.08

   N O S ET -O FF OR C OUNTERCLAIM    63

S ECTION 10.09

   S EVERABILITY    63

S ECTION 10.10

   T IME OF E SSENCE    63

S ECTION 10.11

   A SSIGNMENT    63

S ECTION 10.12

   E NTIRE A GREEMENT    63

S ECTION 10.13

   A MENDMENTS    63

S ECTION 10.14

   L AW G OVERNING    64

S ECTION 10.15

   F ORUM S ELECTION AND C ONSENT TO J URISDICTION    64

S ECTION 10.16

   W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL , ETC    64

S ECTION 10.17

   C ONFLICT    64

S ECTION 10.18

   L OAN S YNDICATION    64

S ECTION 10.19

   A SSIGNMENT AND A CCEPTANCE    65

S ECTION 10.20

   J UDGMENT C URRENCY    65

S ECTION 10.21

   S UCCESSORS AND A SSIGNS    66

S ECTION 10.22

   S URVIVAL    66

S ECTION 10.23

   N ON -U.S. L ENDERS    66

ARTICLE ELEVEN THE AGENTS

   66

S ECTION 11.01

   A PPOINTMENT AND A UTHORIZATION    66

S ECTION 11.02

   I NTEREST H OLDERS    67

S ECTION 11.03

   D OCUMENTS    67

S ECTION 11.04

   A GENTS , A FFILIATES AND S UBSIDIARIES    67

S ECTION 11.05

   R ESPONSIBILITY OF A GENTS    67

S ECTION 11.06

   A CTION BY A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT    67

S ECTION 11.07

   N OTICE OF E VENTS OF D EFAULT    68

S ECTION 11.08

   R ESPONSIBILITY D ISCLAIMED    68

S ECTION 11.09

   I NDEMNIFICATION    69

S ECTION 11.10

   C REDIT D ECISION    69

S ECTION 11.11

   S UCCESSOR A GENTS    69

S ECTION 11.12

   D ELEGATION BY A GENTS    70

 

ii


S ECTION  11.13

   D ETERMINATIONS BY A GENTS    70

S ECTION 11.14

   R ELIANCE U PON A GENTS    70

S ECTION 11.15

   P AYMENT P ROTECTION    70

S ECTION 11.16

   R EMITTANCE OF P AYMENTS    70

S ECTION 11.17

   P ROMPT N OTICE TO THE L ENDERS    71

S ECTION 11.18

   C OUNTERPARTS    71

 

iii


SECOND AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This second amended credit agreement dated as of the 5th day of March, 2004

 

AMONG:

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., an Ontario corporation (the “ Canadian Borrower ”), and KINGSWAY U.S. FINANCE PARTNERSHIP , a Delaware partnership (the “ U.S. Borrower ”),

 

(collectively referred to herein as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”)

 

- and -

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Kingsway America ”)

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, a division of ABN AMRO BANK N.V., CANADA BRANCH, LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, NEW YORK AGENCY, THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, ATLANTA AGENCY

 

(collectively referred to herein as the “ Lenders ” and each individually as a “ Lender ”)

 

- and -

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, as administrative agent, co-lead arranger and bookrunner (the “ Administrative Agent ”)

 

- and -

 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as syndication agent and co-lead arranger

(the “ Syndication Agent ”)

 

- and -

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as documentation agent

(the “ Documentation Agent ”)

 

WHEREAS the Borrowers, certain of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent are parties to an amended credit agreement dated as of the 27 th day of May 2003, as amended, revised and supplemented (the “ Prior Credit Agreement ”) and wish to amend and restate the Prior Credit Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein;

 


AND WHEREAS the Borrowers wish, among other things, to repay loans advanced pursuant to and cancel the 1999 Facility and extend the maturity dates in respect of currently existing credit facilities;

 

AND WHEREAS effective on the Closing Date: (i) the Prior Credit Agreement is to be amended and restated pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) Commitments, under and as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement, shall continue as Commitments under this Agreement, as adjusted in accordance with this Agreement; and (iii) all Outstanding Obligations, under and as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement, shall continue as Outstanding Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as adjusted in accordance with this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.01 Definitions.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement and where the context does not otherwise require, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1) “1999 Facility” means the credit agreement, dated February 23, 1999, as amended, replaced, extended, renewed, restated, revised, supplemented or otherwise modified, with respect to U.S. $100,000,000 credit facilities, among the Borrowers and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, The Bank of Nova Scotia, LaSalle Bank National Association and First Union National Bank, as Lenders, and The Bank of Nova Scotia and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Co-Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent and Co-Syndication Agent, and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency.

 

(2) “Additional Compensation” has the meaning given that term in Section 5.06.

 

(3) “Affiliate” of a Person means any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the first Person (excluding any trustee under, or any committee with responsibility for administering, any Plan), and for purposes of this definition, “ controls ” (including with correlative meanings the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the direct or indirect possession by a Person of:

 

  (a) power to vote 10% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) or other equity or membership interests of another Person having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managing general partners or members;

 

  (b) power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of another Person whether by contract or otherwise; or

 

  (c) beneficial ownership of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of another Person or 10% or more of all outstanding equity interests or other interests of such other Person.

 

(4) “Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent and “ Agent ” means any one of them.

 

- 2 -


(5) “Agreement” means this agreement and the schedules hereto as may be amended, replaced, extended, renewed, restated, revised, supplemented or otherwise modified in whole or in part at any time and from time to time.

 

(6) “Alternate Base Rate” means for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of:

 

  (a) the U.S. Prime Rate in effect on such day; and

 

  (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 3/4 of 1% per annum.

 

For purposes of this definition:

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average quotations, for the day, of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

“U.S. Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by CIBC as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. The U.S. Prime Rate is not intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by CIBC in connection with extensions of credit to debtors.

 

(7) “Alternate Base Rate Loans” means loans in U.S. Dollars made by a U.S. Lender to the U.S. Borrower on which the interest rate is calculated with reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

(8) “Applicable Law” means, at any time, with respect to any Person, property, transaction or event, all present and future applicable laws, statutes, regulations, treaties, judgments and decrees and (whether or not having the force of law) all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, by-laws, permits, authorizations, guidelines, orders and policies of any governmental or regulatory body or Persons having authority over any of the parties hereto including, without limitation, applicable regulatory financial ratio guidelines.

 

(9) “BA Equivalent Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(7) hereof.

 

(10) “Bankers’ Acceptance” means a bill of exchange or draft which is drawn by the Canadian Borrower and:

 

  (a) is issued initially in an amount of not less than Cdn $1,000,000 and in whole multiples of Cdn $100,000 thereafter;

 

  (b) is for a term of approximately one month, two months, three months or six months as stipulated by the Canadian Borrower;

 

  (c) matures on a Business Day not later than the Maturity Date; and

 

  (d) is payable only in Canada.

 

(11) “Borrowers” means, collectively, the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrower, and “ Borrower ” means either one of them.

 

(12)

“Borrowing” means a use of the Credit Facilities by way of, in the case of the Canadian Borrower, a Prime Rate Loan, a U.S. Base Rate Loan, a LIBOR Loan, a Bankers’ Acceptance or

 

- 3 -


 

a BA Equivalent Loan, and in the case of the U.S. Borrower, an Alternate Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan.

 

(13) “Borrowing Date” means a Business Day on which a Borrowing is made.

 

(14) “Branch of Account” means: (i) in respect of the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Lenders, the main branch of CIBC located at Commerce Court West, Toronto, Ontario, M5L 1A2, or such other place as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time; and (ii) in respect of the U.S. Borrower and the U.S. Lenders, means such place as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

 

(15) “Business Day” means: (i) when used otherwise than in connection with the funding or repayment of an Alternate Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan, a day of the year (other than Saturdays or Sundays) on which the Branch of Account for the Canadian Borrower is open to the public for the transaction of banking business in the ordinary course; and (ii) when used in connection with the funding or repayment of: (A) an Alternate Base Rate Loan, a day of the year (other than Saturdays or Sundays) on which the Branch of Account for each of the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrower is open to the public for the transaction of banking business in the ordinary course, and (B) a LIBOR Loan, a day of the year (other than Saturdays or Sundays) on which the Branch of Account for each of the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrower is, and banks in London, England are, open to the public for the transaction of banking business in the ordinary course.

 

(16) “Canadian Borrower” means Kingsway Financial Services Inc., an Ontario corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(17) “Canadian Commitment” means the commitment of each Canadian Lender to permit Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower under the Canadian Facility in the aggregate amount of Canadian Dollars or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars set forth opposite such Canadian Lender’s name on Schedule “A”, as such commitment may be reduced from time to time and as such Schedule “A” may be amended or deemed to be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(18) “Canadian Dollars” and “Cdn $” each means lawful money of Canada.

 

(19) “Canadian Facility” means the credit facility made available by the Canadian Lenders to the Canadian Borrower under Section 2.01(1).

 

(20) “Canadian Lenders” means, on the Closing Date, CIBC, LaSalle Business Credit, a division of ABN AMRO N.V., Canada Branch and The Bank of Nova Scotia, and thereafter means all financial institutions then participating in the Canadian Facility.

 

(21) “Canadian Property and Casualty Industry Average Combined Ratio” means such ratio as established on a quarterly and annual basis by the Insurance Bureau of Canada.

 

(22) “Canadian Rateable Portion” means, in respect of a Canadian Lender, the quotient obtained by dividing that Canadian Lender’s Canadian Commitment by the Total Canadian Commitment as set forth on Schedule “A”, as such Canadian Commitment or Total Canadian Commitment may be reduced from time to time and as such Schedule “A” may be amended or deemed to be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(23) “Capital Expenditures” means expenditures for the purchase, lease or acquisition of assets required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, fixed assets and real property.

 

- 4 -


(24) “Capital Lease” means any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by any Person as lessee that, in accordance with GAAP, either would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person or otherwise be disclosed as such in a note to such balance sheet.

 

(25) “Capital Surplus Ratio” means the aggregate of Net Written Premiums as a percentage of Statutory Capital and Surplus.

 

(26) “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means monetary obligations under agreements for the lease or rental of real or personal property that in accordance with GAAP are required to be classified and accounted for as Capital Leases, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

(27) “CDOR Rate” means on any date, in respect of any Bankers’ Acceptance, the per annum rate of interest which is the rate based on the average of the discount rates applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances, for a term equivalent to the term of the relevant Bankers’ Acceptances, appearing on the “Reuters Screen CDOR Page” (as defined in the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. definitions as modified and amended from time to time) for acceptances of Schedule I banks under the Bank Act (Canada) as of 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such date, or if such date is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, however, that if no such average rate appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page as contemplated, the CDOR Rate on any date shall be calculated as the arithmetic mean of the rates for the term referred to above applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances quoted by CIBC as at 10:00 a.m. Toronto time, on such date, or if such date is not a Business Day, than on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

(28) “Change of Voting Control” means any Person or group of Persons acting in concert that, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of such term under Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of securities of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors.

 

(29) “CIBC” means Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, a Canadian chartered bank, and its successors and assigns.

 

(30) “Claims Incurred” means the aggregate of all claims paid during an accounting period adjusted by the change in claims reserved for that accounting period together with: (i) the related loss adjustment expense, and (ii) expenses of claims handling customarily recognized by the Canadian Borrower in its calculation of Claims Ratio in its quarterly reporting.

 

(31) “Claims Ratio” or “Loss Ratio” means Claims Incurred, net of reinsurance, expressed as a percentage of Net Earned Premiums.

 

(32) “Closing Date” means March 5, 2004.

 

(33) “COBRA” means continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Title 1 of ERISA.

 

(34) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

- 5 -


(35) “Combined Ratio” means the sum of the Claims Ratio plus the Expense Ratio.

 

(36) “Commitment” means the aggregate commitment of each Lender to permit Borrowings by the Borrowers under the Credit Facilities in the aggregate amount of Canadian Dollars or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule “A”, as such aggregate commitment may be reduced from time to time and as such Schedule “A” may be amended or deemed to be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(37) “Commonly Controlled Entity” means an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with a Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes a Borrower and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

(38) “Consolidated” means consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

 

(39) “Contract Period” means the term of a Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

(40) “Contractual Currency” has the meaning set out in Section 10.20.

 

(41) “Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all members of a controlled group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with a Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.

 

(42) “Conversion” means the conversion of one manner of Borrowing permitted hereunder into another manner of Borrowing permitted hereunder.

 

(43) “Conversion Date” means the date upon which a Conversion is effected.

 

(44) “Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility.

 

(45) “Default” means any of the events described in Section 9.01 regardless of whether any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or the happening of any further condition, event or act has been satisfied or met.

 

(46) “Discount Proceeds” means in respect of any Bankers’ Acceptance an amount which is calculated by: (i) dividing the face amount thereof by the sum of one plus the product of the: (a) Discount Rate expressed in a decimal fraction, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Contract Period of such Bankers’ Acceptance and the denominator of which is 365; and (ii) deducting from the result obtained the Stamping Fee for such Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

(47) “Discount Rate” means:

 

  (a) on any date in respect of a Bankers’ Acceptance to be accepted by: (i) a Canadian Lender that is listed in Schedule I to the Bank Act (Canada), the CDOR Rate at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such Borrowing Date for Bankers’ Acceptances having a comparable maturity date as the maturity date of such Bankers’ Acceptance; and (ii) for a Canadian Lender that is not listed in Schedule I to the Bank Act , the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the lesser of: (A) the CDOR Rate plus 0.10%, and (B) the discount rate (expressed as a percentage calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days) quoted by such Canadian Lender at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such date as the discount rate at which it would, in the normal course of its business, purchase on such date bankers’ acceptances having an aggregate face amount equal to, and with a term to maturity the same as, the Bankers’ Acceptance to be accepted by such Canadian Lender on such date; and

 

- 6 -


  (b) on any date in respect of a BA Equivalent Loan to be advanced by a Canadian Lender, the CDOR Rate at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such Borrowing Date for Bankers’ Acceptances having a comparable maturity date as the maturity date of the BA Equivalent Loan to be advanced on such date, plus 0.10%.

 

(48) “EBITDA” means, during any period, Net Income for such period adding back amounts deducted in such period for Interest Expense, income taxes (whether paid or deferred), depreciation, amortization, and extraordinary losses (or deducting amounts included for extraordinary gains during such period) all of which shall be determined in respect of the Canadian Borrower on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

(49) “Equivalent Amount” means, on any date, the equivalent amount in Canadian Dollars of an amount in U.S. Dollars, or the equivalent amount in U.S. Dollars of an amount in Canadian Dollars, as applicable, after giving effect to a conversion of such currencies at the noon rate as published by the Bank of Canada on any given day as quoted for wholesale transactions by the Administrative Agent.

 

(50) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the United States of America, as amended from time to time together with the regulations thereunder having the force of law, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to Sections of ERISA also refer to any successor Section.

 

(51) “Event of Default” means any of the events specified in Section 9.01, provided that any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any further condition, event or act has been satisfied or met.

 

(52) “Expense Ratio” means the commission expense, premium tax expense and all general and administrative expenses (other than amounts included in general and administrative expenses on account of the amortization and/or impairment expense of goodwill) incurred by the Borrowers during an accounting period calculated on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and expressed as a percentage of Net Earned Premiums.

 

(53) “Financial Year” means, with respect to any Person, the 12 month period ending on the fiscal-year end of such Person in each year.

 

(54) “F.R.S. Board” means the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

 

(55) “Funded Debt” means the aggregate Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Canadian Borrower on a Consolidated basis including, without limitation: (i) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) Purchase Money Obligations, (iii) contingent liabilities under outstanding letters of credit and guarantees (excluding undrawn letters of credit and guarantees the beneficiary of which is a Borrower, Kingsway America, any Subsidiary of a Borrower, or the beneficiaries described in Section 8.03(5)), and (iv) all principal, interest and fees incurred in respect of such Indebtedness; and, for greater certainty, for the purposes of calculating the ratio of Funded Debt to Total Capitalization pursuant to sub-section 8.02(1), “Funded Debt” shall exclude the gross proceeds of the offerings of the Trust Pool Debentures, Second Round Trust Pool Debentures, Third Round Trust Pool Debentures and Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures (each as defined in Section 1.01(92) below).

 

(56) “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles which are in effect in Canada from time to time applied in a consistent manner from period to period.

 

(57)

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any province, state, municipality, local or other political subdivision thereof and any agency, instrumentality or other entity thereof

 

- 7 -


 

exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

(58) “Guarantee” means, with respect to a Person, any absolute or contingent liability of that Person under any guarantee, agreement, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), discount with recourse or other obligation to pay, purchase, repurchase or otherwise be or become liable or obligated upon or in respect of any Indebtedness of any other Person and including any absolute or contingent obligations to:

 

  (a) advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of any Indebtedness of any other Person,

 

  (b) purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) any property, assets, goods, services, materials or supplies primarily for the purpose of enabling any other Person to make payment of Indebtedness or to assure the holder thereof against loss, or

 

  (c) indemnify or hold harmless any other Person from or against any losses, liabilities or damages, in circumstances intended to enable such other Person to incur or pay any Indebtedness or to comply with any agreement relating thereto or otherwise to assure or protect creditors against loss in respect of such Indebtedness,

 

but shall not include any contract of reinsurance entered into by any Subsidiary of such Person with any other Subsidiary of such Person.

 

Each Guarantee shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which the Guarantee is given, unless the Guarantee is limited to a determinable amount in which case the amount of the Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lesser of the amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which the Guarantee is given and such determinable amount.

 

(59) “Guaranteed Pension Plan” means any pension plan maintained by a Borrower or Kingsway America, or to which a Borrower or Kingsway America contributes some or all of the benefits under which are guaranteed by PBGC.

 

(60) “Indebtedness” of a Person means, without duplication,

 

  (a) all debts, liabilities and obligations, direct, indirect, liquidated, unliquidated, contingent and other, including principal, interest, charges and fees, which in accordance with GAAP would be classified upon such Person’s balance sheet as liabilities including, without limitation, liabilities under currency and interest rate hedging agreements and similar agreements, all Capitalized Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations and all Guarantees of such debts, liabilities and obligations; and

 

  (b) all obligations secured by any Security Interest, including principal, interest, charges and fees, existing on property owned or acquired by the Person subject to such Security Interest whether or not the Person has assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment of such obligations.

 

(61) “Insurance Regulatory Authority” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the insurance department or similar governmental authority charged with regulating insurance companies or insurance holding companies, in its jurisdiction of domicile and, to the extent that it has regulatory authority over such Insurance Subsidiary, in each other jurisdiction in which such Insurance Subsidiary conducts business or is licensed to conduct business.

 

- 8 -


(62) “Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of a Borrower the ability of which to pay dividends is regulated by an Insurance Regulatory Authority or that is otherwise required to be regulated thereby in accordance with the Applicable Law of its jurisdiction of domicile.

 

(63) “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and industrial property, including all patents, industrial designs, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, computer software and options and rights to use any of the foregoing and, when the context permits, all registrations and applications that have been made or shall be made or filed in any office in any jurisdiction in respect of the foregoing, and all reissues, extensions and renewals thereof.

 

(64) “Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense.

 

(65) “Interest Expense” means, during any period, the aggregate amount of interest expenses in respect of Indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness) including, without limitation, all but the principal component of expenses in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period, all of which shall be determined in respect of the Canadian Borrower on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For the purposes of this definition, interest expense on Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be calculated at the interest rate specified in the relevant leases, or if no such rate is specified therein, an interest rate reasonably determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

(66) “Interest Payment Date” means in respect of: (i) a Prime Rate Loan, U.S. Base Rate Loan and Alternate Base Rate Loan, the first Business Day of each month; and (ii) a LIBOR Loan, the last day of the applicable LIBOR Period; save in respect of a LIBOR Loan with a LIBOR Period which exceeds ninety (90) days, in which case “Interest Payment Date” means the first Business Day following the 90th day of such LIBOR Period and the last day of such LIBOR Period.

 

(67) “Kingsway America” means Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(68) “Kingsway America Guarantee” means the unlimited and unconditional amended guaranty issued by Kingsway America in favour of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Agents and the Lenders) in respect of the Outstanding Obligations dated as of March 5, 2004, as such guaranty may be amended, replaced, extended, renewed, restated, revised, supplemented or otherwise modified in whole or in part.

 

(69) “Lenders” means, collectively, the Canadian Lenders and the U.S. Lenders, and “ Lender ” means any one of them.

 

(70) “LIBO Rate” means, in respect of any LIBOR Loan:

 

  (a) the rate of interest per annum of the offered quotations for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal or comparable to the LIBOR Period in respect of such LIBOR Loan in an amount comparable to the amount of such LIBOR Loan as such rate is reported on the display designated as “page 3750” or “page 3740”, as applicable (or any replacement pages) by “Telerate - The Financial Information Network” published by Telerate Systems, Inc. at or about 10:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the applicable Rate Fixing Day; or

 

  (b)

if a rate cannot be determined under paragraph (a) above, the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic average (rounded up if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) of such rates as reported on the display page designated as the page (or any replacement page) for the offering of deposits in U.S. Dollars (for example, the LIBO page in the case of U.S. Dollars) by Reuters Money Market Service (or its successor) for a period equal to or comparable to the LIBOR Period in respect of such LIBOR Loan and in an amount comparable to the amount of such LIBOR Loan at or

 

- 9 -


 

about 10:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the applicable Rate Fixing Day provided that at least two such rates are reported on such page; or

 

  (c) if a rate cannot be determined under either of paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the rate determined by the Administrative Agent for a particular LIBOR Period to be the arithmetic average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the LIBOR Loan is requested in immediately available funds are offered to the Lenders in the London interbank market for a period equal to or comparable to the LIBOR Period in respect of such LIBOR Loan and in an amount comparable to the amount of such LIBOR Loan at or about 10:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the applicable Rate Fixing Day;

 

For the purposes of this definition, “Rate Fixing Day” means in respect of each LIBOR Period, the second Business Day before the first day of such LIBOR Period.

 

(71) “LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted)” means, relative to any Borrowing in U.S. Dollars to be made, continued or maintained as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan for any LIBOR Period, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) =    LIBO Rate
 
   1.00 - LIBOR Reserve Percentage

 

The LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) for any LIBOR Period will be determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of the LIBOR Reserve Percentage in effect two Business Days before the first day of such LIBOR Period.

 

(72) “LIBOR Loan” means a loan in U.S. Dollars made by a Lender to a Borrower on which the interest rate is calculated with reference to the LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted).

 

(73) “LIBOR Margin” means the applicable percentage as set out in Schedule “E”. For greater certainty, the LIBOR Margin varies based upon the senior unsecured debt rating of the Canadian Borrower at the time of determination as set out in Schedule “E”.

 

(74) “LIBOR Period” means the period for computing interest from time to time on a LIBOR Loan as stated herein.

 

(75) “LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means, relative to any LIBOR Period, the reserve percentage, if any (expressed as a decimal) equal to the maximum aggregate reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) specified under regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board and then applicable to assets or liabilities consisting of and including “Eurocurrency Liabilities”, as currently defined in Regulation D of the F.R.S. Board, having a term approximately equal or comparable to such LIBOR Period.

 

(76) “Lines of Business” means the lines of business comprising property and casualty insurance, property and casualty reinsurance, surety, premium financing, claims adjusting, insurance agency, and any ancillary business in which Kingsway America and its Subsidiaries are engaged as of the date hereof and any other business substantially similar to such lines of business.

 

(77) “Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee, the Acknowledgement of Senior Indebtedness dated December 4, 2002 from Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I, Kingsway America and the Canadian Borrower, and any other document, agreement, instrument or certificate in connection herewith or therewith, including, without limitation, any currency or interest rate hedging agreements or any agreements of similar effect.

 

- 10 -


(78) “Majority of the Lenders” means Lenders with Commitments hereunder of not less than 66.67% of the Total Commitment, provided that the “Majority of the Lenders” means 100% of the Lenders for the purpose of voting in respect of any of the following matters:

 

  (a) any increase in the Total Commitment or any Commitment or the amount of Borrowings permitted to be outstanding hereunder;

 

  (b) any decrease in any interest or other rate payable hereunder or in any fee payable hereunder;

 

  (c) any reduction or forgiveness of principal of, or interest on, any Borrowing;

 

  (d) any amendment to this definition or to Section 10.13;

 

  (e) the release of the Kingsway America Guarantee;

 

  (f) any change to the types of Borrowing other than as contemplated hereunder;

 

  (g) any postponement of any Interest Payment Date;

 

  (h) any waiver of any Event of Default under Sections 9.01(8), (11), (12) or (14);

 

  (i) any amendment to this Agreement providing for permanent prepayment or repayment of all or any portion of the Credit Facilities; or

 

  (j) any amendment to Section 4.01 of this Agreement.

 

(79) “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the business, assets, prospects or financial or other condition of a Borrower or Kingsway America, (ii) the Borrowers’ ability to pay or perform the Outstanding Obligations in whole or in part in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the rights and remedies of an Agent or a Lender under the Loan Documents, or (iv) the business, assets or financial or other condition of a Subsidiary of a Borrower or Kingsway America which results in a material adverse effect on a Borrower or Kingsway America.

 

(80) “Material Subsidiary” means all those Subsidiaries marked as a Material Subsidiary on Schedule “B” and any other Subsidiary of either of the Borrowers or Kingsway America which beneficially own assets of more than U.S. $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

(81) “Maturity Date” means March 4, 2005.

 

(82) “Multiemployer Plan” means a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

(83) “Net Earned Premiums” means with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary at any time, the Net Written Premiums written by such Insurance Subsidiary relating to that portion of the term of its insurance policies which fall within a given period as shown in the case of an Insurance Subsidiary domiciled in the United States, Part 1, line 34, column 4 (as at the Closing Date) of the Annual Statement in respect of such Insurance Subsidiary or on the equivalent line (as at the Closing Date) of the Annual Statement in respect of Insurance Subsidiaries not domiciled in the United States, or the amount determined in a consistent manner for any date other than a date as of which an Annual Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary is prepared.

 

(84) “Net Income” means earnings of the Borrowers after deducting all expenses and taxes in accordance with GAAP, calculated on a Consolidated basis.

 

- 11 -


(85) “Net Written Premiums” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary at any time, the amount of premiums written (after deducting or adding premiums on business ceded to or assumed from others) as shown in the case of an Insurance Subsidiary domiciled in the United States on line 34, page 8, Part 1B, column 6 (as at the Closing Date) of the Annual Statement in respect of such Insurance Subsidiary or on the equivalent line of the Annual Statement (as at the Closing Date) in respect of Insurance Subsidiaries not domiciled in the United States, or the amount determined in a consistent manner for any date other than a date as of which an Annual Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary is prepared.

 

(86) “Outstanding Borrowings” means the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Borrowings advanced under the Credit Facilities.

 

(87) “Outstanding Obligations” means without duplication the aggregate of: (i) Outstanding Borrowings, (ii) all unpaid interest and fees in respect of Outstanding Borrowings as herein provided, (iii) all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations (including without limitation under any indemnities) herein and under the Loan Documents, and (iv) all other fees, charges and expenses required to be paid by a Borrower to the Agents or the Lenders or any of them, hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents.

 

(88) “Participants” has the meaning set out in Section 10.18.

 

(89) “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

 

(90) “Permitted Acquisition” means:

 

  (a) any acquisition by any of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries with respect to which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (i) each business acquired shall be within the Lines of Business in all material respects,

 

  (ii) any capital stock given as consideration in connection therewith shall be the capital stock of the Canadian Borrower,

 

  (iii) in the case of an acquisition involving the acquisition of control of capital stock of any Person immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, the Person who shall have acquired such control (or the surviving Person if the acquisition is effected through a merger or consolidation) shall be the Canadian Borrower or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower, and

 

  (iv) all of the conditions and requirements of Section 8.03(6) applicable to such acquisition are satisfied; or

 

  (b) any other acquisition to which the Majority of the Lenders (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) shall have given their prior written consent (which consent may be in their sole discretion and may be given subject to such additional terms and conditions as the Majority of the Lenders shall establish) and with respect to which all of the conditions and requirements set forth in this definition and in Section 8.03(6), and in or pursuant to any such consent, have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Majority of the Lenders (or the Agent on their behalf).

 

- 12 -


(91) “Permitted Encumbrances” means:

 

  (a) inchoate or statutory liens or trust claims for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent or the validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided that there shall have been set aside a reserve to the extent required by GAAP in an amount which is reasonably adequate with respect thereto;

 

  (b) Security Interests securing Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations provided any such Security Interest charges only the asset which is the subject of the Purchase Money Obligation or Capitalized Lease Obligation, as the case may be, and no other asset;

 

  (c) Security Interests securing the indebtedness described in Section 1.01(92)(e);

 

  (d) Security Interests described in Schedule “C”;

 

  (e) a first mortgage issued by Hamilton Investments, Inc. and Auto Body Tech Inc. in favour of Republic National Bank of Miami (or such other parties as may refinance the Indebtedness described in Section 1.01(92)(h)) supporting the Indebtedness described in Section 1.01(92)(h) and charging the premises municipally known as 8686 Northwest 68 th Street, Miami, Florida, 33166;

 

  (f) Security Interests securing the Indebtedness described in Section 1.01(92)(i);

 

  (g) Security Interests securing the indebtedness under the letters of credit described in Section 1.01(92)(j); and

 

  (h) a first mortgage in favour of Lincoln General Insurance Company, American Service Insurance Company, American Country Insurance Company and Universal Casualty Company supporting the Indebtedness described in Section 1.01(92)(p) (or such other parties as may refinance the Indebtedness described in Section 1.01(92)(p)) charging the premises municipally known as 150 Northwest Point, Elk Grove Village, Illinois, US, 60007.

 

(92) “Permitted Indebtedness” means the following Indebtedness:

 

  (a) the Outstanding Obligations;

 

  (b) current accounts payable of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business from the purchase of goods and services;

 

  (c) Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Indebtedness to non-vendor third parties incurred to finance the acquisition of new assets);

 

  (d) Indebtedness of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries in respect of which a Majority of the Lenders have given their prior written consent as to existence and ranking;

 

  (e) any other Indebtedness of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries not exceeding U.S. $25,000,000 in the aggregate (or such greater amount with the consent of a Majority of the Lenders) for borrowed money not otherwise permitted hereunder which is incurred by any Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower that is a premium finance company;

 

- 13 -


  (f) intercompany Indebtedness among the Borrowers, Kingsway America and any of their Subsidiaries, provided that: (A) such Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated in right of collection and payment to the Outstanding Obligations pursuant to subordination agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Agents and the Lenders; (B) Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower domiciled in the United States of America are permitted to make intercompany advances only to: (x) the Canadian Borrower or (y) Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower domiciled outside of the United States of America and Canada only to the extent that all such advances to Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower domiciled outside of the United States of America and Canada do not exceed U.S. $5,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

  (g) Indebtedness of the Borrowers under currency and interest rate hedging agreements entered into in the normal course of business;

 

  (h) Indebtedness arising from a mortgage note in the principal amount of U.S. $615,691 as at December 31, 2003 of Hamilton Investments, Inc. and Auto Body Tech Inc. to Republic National Bank of Miami dated July 28, 1997 bearing interest at 10% until August 2, 2007 and then adjusting to 1.5% over the prime rate in effect as of such date and fixed at such rate until maturity on August 2, 2017, and supported by the first mortgage described in Section 1.01(91)(e);

 

  (i) Indebtedness under the syndicated letter of credit facility established by Royal Bank of Canada Europe Limited as facility agent in favour of Kingsway Reinsurance Corporation not exceeding U.S. $350,000,000 in respect of letters of credit to be issued on the application of Kingsway Reinsurance Corporation for the benefit of certain Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower, State National Specialty Insurance Company, State and County Mutual Insurance Company or General Reinsurance Corporation;

 

  (j) Indebtedness under letters of credit issued in favour of Mutual Service Insurance or Fairfield Insurance Company on the application of American Country Insurance Company in the ordinary course of business in the aggregate amount not to exceed U.S. $2,299,000;

 

  (k) Indebtedness (the “ Debenture Indebtedness ”) of the Canadian Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding Cdn $78,000,000 comprised of 8.25% debentures maturing December 31, 2007 (the “ Debenture Offering ”) and issued pursuant to a trust indenture dated December 6, 2002 between the Canadian Borrower and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as indenture trustee;

 

  (l) Indebtedness of Kingsway America consisting of the issuance (“ U.S. Unsecured Note Offering ”) of US$100,000,000 of 7.50% unsecured senior notes due February 1, 2014 (“ U.S. Unsecured Notes ”) pursuant to an Indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 among Kingsway America, as issuer, the Canadian Borrower, as guarantor, and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee, together with Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower pursuant to an unsecured Guarantee of the Canadian Borrower in support of such U.S. Unsecured Notes, provided such Indebtedness of Kingsway America and the Canadian Borrower rank subordinate to or pari passu with, but not senior in any respect to, any of the Outstanding Obligations;

 

  (m) Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America in connection with preferred securities issued by Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I on December 4, 2002 to a pooling vehicle (all such securities being collectively referred to herein as the “ Trust Pool Securities ”) provided that:

 

  (i) there is no cash redemption of the Trust Pool Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders,

 

- 14 -


  (ii) a Default or Event of Default under this Agreement is not a default or event of default in respect of such Indebtedness and acceleration of the Outstanding Obligations does not result in an acceleration of the obligations under the debentures or the Guarantees issued in connection with the Trust Pool Securities (collectively, the “ Trust Pool Debentures ”);

 

  (iii) no cash dividends may be paid on the Trust Pool Securities so long as a Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (iv) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I shall not incur any debts, liabilities or obligations other than the reasonable fees and expenses of the trustees under the Trust Pool Debentures (acting solely in their capacity as trustee and not in their individual capacity) and the principal, premium (if any) and interest in respect of the Trust Pool Securities; and

 

  (v) the aggregate Indebtedness in respect of the Trust Pool Securities does not exceed U.S. $15,464,000 (of which U.S. $464,000 represents Indebtedness owing from Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I to Kingsway America);

 

  (n) Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America in connection with the issuance of preferred securities by Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III on May 22, 2003 to a pooling vehicle (all such securities being collectively referred to herein as the “ Second Round Trust Pool Securities ”) provided that:

 

  (i) there is no cash redemption of the Second Round Trust Pool Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders,

 

  (ii) a Default or Event of Default under this Agreement is not a default or event of default in respect of such Indebtedness and acceleration of the Outstanding Obligations does not result in an acceleration of the obligations under the debentures or the Guarantees issued in connection with the Second Round Trust Pool Securities (collectively, the “ Second Round Trust Pool Debentures ”);

 

  (iii) no cash dividends may be paid on the Second Round Trust Pool Securities so long as a Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (iv) Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III shall not incur any debts, liabilities or obligations other than the reasonable fees and expenses of the trustees under the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures (acting solely in their capacity as trustee and not in their individual capacity) and the principal, premium (if any) and interest in respect of the Second Round Trust Pool Securities; and

 

  (v) the aggregate Indebtedness in respect of the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures does not exceed U.S. $15,464,000 (of which U.S. $464,000 represents Indebtedness owing from Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III to Kingsway America);

 

  (o) Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America in connection with the issuance on May 15, 2003 of preferred securities by Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II to a pooling vehicle (all such securities being collectively referred to herein as the “ Third Round Trust Pool Securities ”) provided that:

 

  (i) there is no cash redemption of the Third Round Trust Pool Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders,

 

- 15 -


  (ii) a Default or Event of Default under this Agreement is not a default or event of default in respect of such Indebtedness and acceleration of the Outstanding Obligations does not result in an acceleration of the obligations under the debentures or the Guarantees issued in connection with the Third Round Trust Pool Securities (collectively, the “ Third Round Trust Pool Debentures ”);

 

  (iii) no cash dividends may be paid on the Third Round Trust Pool Securities so long as a Default or Event of Default under this Agreement has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (iv) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II shall not incur any debts, liabilities or obligations other than the reasonable fees and expenses of the trustees under the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures (acting solely in their capacity as trustee and not in their individual capacity) and the principal, premium (if any) and interest in respect of the Third Round Trust Pool Securities; and

 

  (v) the aggregate Indebtedness in respect of the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures does not exceed U.S. $18,042,000 (of which U.S. $542,000 represents Indebtedness owing from Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II to Kingsway America);

 

  (p) Indebtedness in favour of Lincoln General Insurance Company, American Service Insurance Company, American Country Insurance Company and Universal Casualty Company, or such other parties as may refinance the Indebtedness (supported by the first mortgage described in Section 1.01(91)(h)), not to exceed U.S. $14,085,000 in aggregate; and

 

  (q) Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America in connection with the issuance, pursuant to one or more transactions, of preferred securities to up to four pooling vehicles by any one of up to four statutory trusts (including, without limitation, Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust IV, Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust III and Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust VI) (collectively, the “ Fourth Round Statutory Trusts ”) each of which are directly or indirectly owned by the Canadian Borrower (such Indebtedness herein collectively referred to as the “ Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities ”), provided that:

 

  (i) there shall be no cash redemption of any of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders;

 

  (ii) (a Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement is not a default or event of default in respect of such Indebtedness and acceleration of the Outstanding Obligations does not result in an acceleration of the obligations under any of the debentures issued in connection with any of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities (collectively, the “ Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures ”) or any Guarantees issued in connection with any of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures;

 

  (iii) no cash dividends or other cash payments may be paid on or in respect of any of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities so long as a Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (iv) the terms and conditions pertaining to each of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities are otherwise satisfactory to the Majority of the Lenders;

 

- 16 -


  (v) the Administrative Agent shall have received: (A) all material documentation as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion relating to all of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures, including, without limitation, all materials filed with any securities commission, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be satisfied with the terms and conditions thereof, and (B) executed intercreditor agreements with the holders of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or such other evidence of subordination as may be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries to the holders of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures, to provide, among other things, for subordination of all of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures to the payment in full of the Outstanding Obligations;

 

  (vi) None of the Fourth Round Statutory Trusts shall incur any debts, liabilities or obligations other than the reasonable fees and expenses of the trustees under the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures (acting solely in their capacity as trustee and not in their individual capacity) and the principal, premium (if any) and interest in respect of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities; and

 

  (vii) the aggregate Indebtedness in respect of all of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities does not exceed U.S. $65,000,000 in aggregate (it being acknowledged that, as at the Closing Date, an aggregate of U.S. $44,332,000 of Indebtedness in respect of Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities is outstanding, of which U.S. $1,332,000 represents Indebtedness owing from the Fourth Round Statutory Trusts to Kingsway America)), without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders.

 

(93) “Person” includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a company, a corporation, an association, a government or any department or agency thereof and any other incorporated or unincorporated entity.

 

(94) “Plan” means a “pension plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan), and to which either Borrower or any of such Borrower’s Subsidiaries or any corporation, trade or business that is, along with such Borrower, a member of a Controlled Group, may have liability.

 

(95) “Prime Rate” means an annual fluctuating rate of interest declared by CIBC from time to time as its prime interest rate for Canadian Dollar commercial loans in Canada.

 

(96) “Prime Rate Loans” means loans in Canadian Dollars made by a Canadian Lender to the Canadian Borrower on which the interest rate is calculated with reference to the Prime Rate.

 

(97) “Purchase Money Obligations” means the outstanding balance of the purchase price of real and/or personal property (including shares), title to which has been acquired or will be acquired upon payment of such purchase price, or Indebtedness to non-vendor third parties incurred to finance the acquisition of such new and not replacement real and/or personal property or any refinancing of such Indebtedness or outstanding balance.

 

(98) “Quarterly Certificate” means the officer’s certificate described in Section 8.01(8), substantially in the form of certificate annexed as Schedule “D”.

 

- 17 -


(99) “Rateable Portion” means, in respect of a Lender, the quotient obtained by dividing the Commitment of such Lender by the Total Commitment as set forth on Schedule “A”, as such Commitment or Total Commitment may be reduced from time to time and as such Schedule “A” may be amended or deemed to be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(100)   “Reorganization” means a corporate reorganization, amalgamation and/or series of asset or share transfers or similar transactions.

 

(101)   “Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC Regulation 2615.

 

(102)   “Rollover” means: (i) in respect of a maturing Bankers’ Acceptance or a maturing BA Equivalent Loan, the replacement in whole or in part of a maturing Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Loan with another Bankers’ Acceptance or another BA Equivalent Loan, respectively, or (ii) in respect of a maturing LIBOR Loan, the replacement in whole or in part of a maturing LIBOR Loan with another LIBOR Loan.

 

(103)  “Rollover Date” means the date upon which a Rollover occurs.

 

(104)   “Security Interest” means a mortgage, charge, floating charge, pledge, hypothec, assignment, lien, interest, claim, encumbrance, conditional sale agreement or other title retention agreement, subordination, trust or other security interest or arrangement of any kind or character intended to create a security interest in substance regardless of whether the person creating the interest retains an equity of redemption and any agreement to provide or enter into at any time or on the happening of any event such a security interest or arrangement.

 

(105)  “Senior Funded Debt” means Funded Debt other than Subordinated Debt.

 

(106)  “Single Employer Plan” means any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

 

(107)  “Stamping Fee” means, with respect to a Bankers’ Acceptance, the fee payable in Canadian Dollars on the date of issuance thereof calculated: (i) by multiplying the face amount of the Bankers’ Acceptance by the number of days in the Contract Period, then (ii) dividing the product thereof by 365, then (iii) multiplying the quotient by the Stamping Fee Margin.

 

(108)  “Stamping Fee Margin” means the applicable percentage as set out in Schedule “E”. For greater certainty, the Stamping Fee Margin varies based upon the senior unsecured debt rating of the Canadian Borrower at the time of determination as set out in Schedule “E”.

 

(109)  “Statutory Capital and Surplus” means, in respect of any Insurance Subsidiary as of any date, the sum (without duplication) of the total amounts shown: (i) if such Insurance Subsidiary is not legally domiciled in the United States, as being the shareholders’ equity of such Insurance Subsidiary as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) if such Insurance Subsidiary is domiciled in the United States: (A) on line 35, column 1, page 3 as at the Closing Date of the Annual Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary, or (B) as determined in a consistent manner for any date other than the date as of which an Annual Statement is prepared.

 

(110)  “Subordinated Debt” means Indebtedness of the Borrowers which has been validly and absolutely postponed and subordinated in right of payment and collection to the payment in full of the Outstanding Obligations.

 

- 18 -


(111)  “Subsidiaries” means: (i) on and following the Closing Date, with respect to the Borrowers, those entities listed in Schedule “B”; and (ii) at any time following the Closing Date, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of: (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate, is in each case at such time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries, and a Subsidiary means any one of them.

 

(112)  “Tangible Net Worth” means, at any time, shareholders equity less goodwill less other assets normally regarded as intangible assets, all as determined in respect of the Canadian Borrower on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

(113)  “Tax” and “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, stamp taxes, duties, charges to tax, fees, deductions, withholdings and any restrictions or conditions resulting in a charge to tax and all penalties, interest and other payments on or in respect thereof.

 

(114)  “Tax Returns” means all reports, estimates, information statements and returns relating to, or required to be filed in connection with, any Taxes pursuant to the statutes, laws, rules and regulations of any federal, provincial, state, municipal, city or foreign governmental taxing authority and “ Tax Return ” shall mean any one thereof.

 

(115)  “Total Canadian Commitment” means the aggregate of the Canadian Commitments of the Canadian Lenders.

 

(116)  “Total Capitalization” means, without duplication, the sum of: (i) Funded Debt; plus (ii) shareholders equity including, for greater certainty, the gross proceeds of the offerings of the Trust Pool Securities, Second Round Trust Pool Securities, Third Round Trust Pool Securities and Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities (each as defined in Section 1.01(92)); all of which shall be calculated in respect of the Canadian Borrower on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

(117)  “Total Commitment” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all of the Lenders.

 

(118)  “Total U.S. Commitment” means the aggregate of the U.S. Commitments of the U.S. Lenders.

 

(119)  “Trusts” means, collectively, Kingsway Financial Capital Trust I, Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I, Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II, Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III, each of the Fourth Round Statutory Trusts (including, without limitation, Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust IV, Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust III and Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust VI), and any successors thereof.

 

(120)  “U.S. Base Rate” means an annual fluctuating rate of interest declared by CIBC from time to time as its lending rate in respect of U.S. Dollar commercial loans made in Canada to Canadian borrowers.

 

(121)  “U.S. Base Rate Loans” means loans in U.S. Dollars made by a Canadian Lender to the Canadian Borrower on which the interest rate is calculated with reference to the U.S. Base Rate.

 

(122)  “U.S. Borrower” means Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, a Delaware partnership, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

- 19 -


(123)  “U.S. Commitment” means the commitment of each U.S. Lender to permit Borrowings by the U.S. Borrower under the U.S. Facility in the aggregate amount of U.S. Dollars equal to the Equivalent Amount of Canadian Dollars set forth opposite such U.S. Lender’s name on Schedule “A”, as such commitment may be reduced from time to time and as such Schedule “A” may be amended or deemed to be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(124)  “U.S. Dollars” and “U.S. $” each means lawful money of the United States of America.

 

(125)  “U.S. Facility” means the credit facility made available by the U.S. Lenders to the U.S. Borrower under Section 2.01(2).

 

(126)  “U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles which are in effect in the United States of America from time to time applied in a consistent manner from period to period.

 

(127)  “U.S. Lenders” means, on the Closing Date, LaSalle Bank National Association, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, Atlanta Agency and thereafter means all financial institutions then participating in the U.S. Facility.

 

(128)  “U.S. Rateable Portion” means, in respect of a U.S. Lender, the quotient obtained by dividing the U.S. Commitment of such U.S. Lender by the Total U.S. Commitment as set forth on Schedule “A”, as such U.S. Commitment or Total U.S. Commitment may be reduced from time to time and as such Schedule “A” may be amended or deemed to be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.02 Audited Financial Statements.

 

All references in this Agreement to audited financial statements of a Person, including the balance sheet and related statements of income, retained earnings and changes in financial position, mean Consolidated financial statements prepared by such Person in accordance with GAAP or U.S. GAAP, as applicable, together with an auditor’s opinion that the statements fairly present the financial position of such Person and the results of its operations for the Financial Year reported on in accordance with GAAP or U.S. GAAP, as applicable. For greater certainty, financial statements prepared in respect of the Canadian Borrower and Subsidiaries thereof domiciled in Canada shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and financial statements of the U.S. Borrower, Kingsway America and Subsidiaries thereof domiciled in the United States shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Section 1.03 Canadian Currency.

 

Unless otherwise specified herein, all amounts and values referred to in this Agreement shall be calculated in lawful money of Canada.

 

Section 1.04 Interest Act.

 

Unless otherwise specified, all annual rates of interest referred to herein are based on a calendar year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be. Where a rate of interest hereunder is calculated on the basis of a year (the “ Deemed Year ”) which contains fewer days than the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation, such rate of interest shall be expressed as a yearly rate for the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) by multiplying such rate of interest by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation and dividing it by the number of days in the Deemed Year.

 

Section 1.05 Change in Rates.

 

Any change in the Prime Rate, the U.S. Base Rate or the Alternate Base Rate is to be effective on the date such change is established whether or not a Borrower receives notice thereof.

 

- 20 -


Section 1.06 Maximum Interest Rate.

 

(1) In the event that any provision of this Agreement would oblige a Borrower to make any payment of interest or any other payment which is construed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be interest in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by applicable law, regulation, order, rule or direction (a “ Usury Restraint ”) which prohibits or restricts the charging, receipt or retention of interest or other amounts at the rates and amounts set forth herein (the “ Stated Rate ”) in excess (the “ Excess ”) of the maximum rates or amount (the “ Maximum Rate ”) stipulated in the Usury Restraint, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted nunc pro tunc to the Maximum Rate, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows:

 

  (a) firstly, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid under Section 5.01 of this Agreement; and

 

  (b) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts which would constitute interest for the purposes of such Usury Restraint;

 

(2) If, notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 1.06 and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, the Agents, the Lenders, or any of them, shall have received an amount in excess of the Maximum Rate, then such Excess shall be applied by the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) rateably in accordance with the Lenders’ respective Commitments, to the reduction of the principal balance of the Outstanding Borrowings and not to the payment of interest or if such excessive interest exceeds such principal balance, such Excess shall be refunded to the Borrowers; and

 

(3) Any amount or rate of interest referred to in this Section shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices and principles at an effective annual rate of interest over the term of this Agreement on the assumption that any charges, fees or expenses that fall within the meaning of “interest” (as defined in Usury Restraint) shall, if they relate to a specific period of time, be prorated over that period of time and otherwise be prorated over the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of dispute, a certificate of a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries appointed by the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) shall be conclusive for the purposes of such determination.

 

Section 1.07 Headings and Table of Contents.

 

The division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the provision of a Table of Contents and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.08 References.

 

All references to Sections, Articles and Schedules are to Sections and Articles of and Schedules to this Agreement. The words “hereto”, “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder”, “this Agreement” and similar expressions mean and refer to this Agreement.

 

Section 1.09 Number and Gender.

 

Where the context so requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing gender include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

- 21 -


Section 1.10 Copies.

 

Whenever a Borrower is required by this Agreement to deliver documentation to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a sufficient number of copies of the relevant document so that each Lender is provided with at least one copy.

 

Section 1.11 Schedules.

 

The Schedules forming part of this Agreement are as follows:

 

Schedule “A” -

  Commitments

Schedule “B” -

  Subsidiaries

Schedule “C” -

  Security Interests

Schedule “D” -

  Quarterly Certificate

Schedule “E” -

  Pricing Grid

Schedule “F” -

  Litigation

Schedule “G” -

  Taxes

Schedule “H” -

  Labour Matters

Schedule “I” -

  Pensions

Schedule “J” -

  Permits

Schedule “K” -

  Jurisdictions

Schedule “L” -

  Assignment and Acceptance

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

CREDIT FACILITIES

 

Section 2.01 Credit Facilities.

 

Effective on the Closing Date: (i) the Prior Credit Agreement is amended and restated pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) all Commitments under and as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement shall continue as Commitments under this Agreement, as adjusted in accordance with this Agreement; and (iii) all Outstanding Obligations under and as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement shall continue as Outstanding Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as adjusted in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each of the Canadian Lenders severally agrees to make available to the Canadian Borrower such Lender’s Canadian Commitment in respect of a revolving term credit facility available by way of Prime Rate Loans, Bankers’ Acceptances (subject to availability), U.S. Base Rate Loans, LIBOR Loans (subject to availability) and BA Equivalent Loans (the “ Canadian Facility ”).

 

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each of the U.S. Lenders severally agrees to make available to the U.S. Borrower such Lender’s U.S. Commitment in respect of a revolving term credit facility available by way of Alternate Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans (subject to availability) (the “ U.S. Facility ”).

 

(3)

The maximum principal aggregate amount available under the Credit Facilities is Cdn $150,000,000 or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars. Prior to the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall advise the Administrative Agent as to the allocation of the maximum aggregate principal amount available under the Credit Facilities as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility. Provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers shall be entitled to change any such allocation of availability as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility at the beginning of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower by

 

- 22 -


 

providing the Administrative Agent with notice of the desired reallocation of availability not less than five Business Days prior to the first day of such fiscal quarter and Schedule “A” shall be automatically deemed to have been amended at the beginning of each such fiscal quarter to reflect the applicable and proper reallocation of the maximum aggregate principal amount available under the Credit Facilities as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility and the corresponding changes to the Canadian Commitments and U.S. Commitments of each Lender. Should any such allocation of the maximum aggregate principal amount available as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility result in the outstanding principal amount of either such Credit Facility being in excess of the maximum principal amount permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Facility, the applicable Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender prior to the effective date of any such reallocation of availability the amount necessary to reduce such excess to zero. If the applicable Borrower fails to reduce such excess to zero prior to the effective date of the reallocation of availability, the applicable Lender shall have no obligation to effect the reallocation of availability. The allocation of availability as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility on the Closing Date is as set out in Schedule “A” as at the Closing Date.

 

For greater certainty, the Borrowers shall be entitled to borrow from: (a) CIBC and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency, up to the maximum aggregate Canadian Commitment and U.S. Commitment of each such Lender, respectively, and may reallocate Borrowings as between each such Lender in conjunction with each reallocation of availability as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility in accordance with this Agreement; (b) The Bank of Nova Scotia and The Bank of Nova Scotia, Atlanta Agency, up to the maximum aggregate Canadian Commitment and U.S. Commitment of each such Lender, respectively, and may reallocate Borrowings in conjunction with each reallocation of availability as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility as between each such Lender in accordance with this Agreement; and (c) LaSalle Business Credit, a division of ABN AMRO N.V., Canada Branch and LaSalle Bank National Association up to the maximum aggregate Canadian Commitment and U.S. Commitment of each such Lender, respectively, and may reallocate Borrowings in conjunction with each reallocation of availability as between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility as between each such Lender in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(4) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder with respect to the Credit Facilities are several (and not joint or joint and several) and, accordingly, no Lender shall be liable to either Borrower or any other Person for any failure or delay in performance by any other Lender hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any other document, instrument or agreement contemplated hereunder. In the event any Lender shall fail to perform any of its obligations hereunder at any time, the remaining Lenders, or any one or more of them, shall have the option, but shall be under no obligation, to assume the obligations hereunder of such defaulting Lender, and if the remaining Lenders, or any one or more of them, shall elect to assume such defaulted obligations, appropriate amendments, if necessary, shall be made to this Agreement to reflect such assumption.

 

Section 2.02 Revolving Feature of Credit Facilities.

 

Subject to the limitations in this Agreement, the Borrowers may increase or decrease Borrowings under the Credit Facilities by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing any Prime Rate Loan, U.S. Base Rate Loan, Alternate Base Rate Loan and LIBOR Loan and by issuing, repaying and reissuing any Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

Section 2.03 Allocation of Borrowings.

 

As nearly as may be practicable in the circumstances, each of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall use their respective best efforts at all times to ensure that the portion of the Outstanding Borrowings:

 

(1) under the Canadian Facility at any time provided by each Canadian Lender shall be approximately equal to each such Canadian Lender’s Canadian Rateable Portion at such time; and

 

- 23 -


(2) under the U.S. Facility at any time provided by each U.S. Lender shall be approximately equal to each such U.S. Lender’s U.S. Rateable Portion at such time.

 

Section 2.04 Purposes of Credit Facilities.

 

The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of Borrowings for general corporate purposes, to repay the indebtedness pursuant to the 1999 Facility and to fund Permitted Acquisitions.

 

Section 2.05 Evidence of Indebtedness.

 

(1) Each Lender shall maintain accounts and records evidencing the obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender hereunder. The Lenders’ accounts and records shall constitute prima facie evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Lenders hereunder in the absence of manifest error.

 

(2) The Administrative Agent shall open and maintain on its books control accounts evidencing Borrowings advanced by the Lenders hereunder and all other amounts owed by the Borrowers to the Lenders hereunder.

 

Section 2.06 Illegality.

 

If the introduction of or any change in any Applicable Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof, makes it unlawful or prohibited for a Lender to make, fund or maintain its commitment or any portion thereof or to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, such Lender may, by ten days written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (unless the provision of the Applicable Law requires earlier prepayment in which case the notice period shall be such shorter period as required to comply with the Applicable Law), terminate its obligations under this Agreement and in such event, subject to the right of any Lender to assume the obligations of the terminating Lender, the Borrowers shall prepay such Borrowings forthwith (or at the end of such period as the terminating Lender in its discretion agrees), without notice or penalty (other than breakage costs), together with all accrued but unpaid interest and fees as may be applicable to the date of payment, or such Lender may, by written notice to the Borrowers, convert such Borrowings forthwith into another basis of Borrowing available under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.07 Guarantees.

 

The Outstanding Obligations are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Kingsway America pursuant to the Kingsway America Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO BORROWINGS

 

Section 3.01 Notices of Borrowing.

 

(1) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof:

 

  (a)

the Canadian Borrower may obtain a Borrowing pursuant to the Canadian Facility by way of Prime Rate Loans, U.S. Base Rate Loans, Bankers’ Acceptances or BA Equivalent Loans (including Conversions and Rollovers) by giving the Administrative Agent prior

 

- 24 -


 

written notice by 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) not less than one Business Day prior to the date of its intention to so borrow and may obtain a Borrowing by way of LIBOR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior written notice by 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) not less than three Business Days prior to the date of its intention to so borrow; and

 

  (b) the U.S. Borrower may obtain a Borrowing pursuant to the U.S. Facility by way of Alternate Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior written notice by 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) not less than one Business Day prior to the date of its intention to so borrow and may obtain a Borrowing by way of a LIBOR Loan by giving the Administrative Agent prior written notice by 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) not less than three Business Days prior to the date of its intention to so borrow.

 

Section 3.02 Conversions.

 

Subject to delivery of timely notice in accordance with this Agreement and the other provisions of this Agreement: (i) the Canadian Borrower may convert Prime Rate Loans into Bankers’ Acceptances at any time; (ii) the Canadian Borrower may convert Bankers’ Acceptances into Prime Rate Loans on the applicable maturity date of such Bankers’ Acceptances; (iii) a Borrower may convert LIBOR Loans into U.S. Base Rate Loans or Alternate Base Rate Loans, as applicable, on the applicable maturity date of such LIBOR Loans; and (iv) a Borrower may convert Alternate Base Rate Loans or U.S. Base Rate Loans, as applicable, into LIBOR Loans at any time.

 

Section 3.03 Provisions relating to Bankers’ Acceptances.

 

(1) The Canadian Borrower shall deliver to each Canadian Lender which is to accept Bankers’ Acceptances from time to time, a supply of drafts in the appropriate form, executed on behalf of the Canadian Borrower, but with the date, the face amount and the maturity thereof left blank. In the alternative, the Canadian Borrower shall provide to the Canadian Lenders a power of attorney with respect to Bankers’ Acceptances. On the applicable Borrowing Date, Conversion Date, or Rollover Date, subject to there being an orderly market for bankers acceptances, an accepting Lender shall withdraw one or more presigned drafts from its inventory thereof, or act upon the power of attorney with respect to a draft, and complete the same by inserting the applicable Borrowing Date, Conversion Date or Rollover Date, the face amount thereof, and the maturity date thereof and, upon payment of the Stamping Fee to the Administrative Agent (for rateable distribution to each Lender), shall accept such draft, discount same at the Discount Rate, and shall remit the Discount Proceeds thereof to the Canadian Borrower.

 

(2) If a Bankers’ Acceptance is outstanding at any time that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders have demanded repayment of the Outstanding Obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Canadian Borrower shall forthwith upon such demand pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the accepting Lenders, an amount equal to the face amount of such Bankers’ Acceptance. The proceeds of such payment shall be held by the Administrative Agent for set-off against the liability of the Canadian Borrower in respect of such Bankers’ Acceptance. The accepting Lenders shall credit the Borrowers with interest on such proceeds at the prevailing rate for comparative term deposits maturing on the maturity date of the Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

(3) Upon maturity of a Banker’s Acceptance, the Canadian Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the face amount of the maturing Bankers’ Acceptance unless prior to the maturity date the Canadian Borrower shall have requested either a Rollover or a Conversion of the maturing Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

(4) Until termination or expiration of the Credit Facilities, a maturing Bankers’ Acceptance may be renewed by a Rollover or converted into a Prime Rate Loan on the applicable Rollover Date or Conversion Date, provided no Default or Event of Default shall exist.

 

- 25 -


(5) Should the conditions set out in Section 3.03(3) or (4) not be satisfied, or should a Bankers’ Acceptance not be available for a period which matures prior to the expiry or termination of the Canadian Facility, then the maturing Bankers’ Acceptance shall be converted by the Administrative Agent and the accepting Lender into a Prime Rate Loan.

 

(6) The acceptance by a Lender of a Bankers’ Acceptance shall be deemed to be a Borrowing in an amount equal to the face amount of such Bankers’ Acceptance for the purpose of determining: (i) the portion of the Canadian Facility remaining available for drawdown; (ii) the maximum level of Borrowings permitted to be outstanding hereunder; (iii) the portion of a Lender’s Commitment advanced.

 

(7) If a Lender is not permitted by Applicable Law, or does not by virtue of customary market practice, accept Bankers’ Acceptances, each time the Canadian Borrower requests a Bankers’ Acceptance such Lender shall, in lieu of accepting a Bankers’ Acceptance, make a BA Equivalent Loan (“ BA Equivalent Loan ”) in an amount equal to the sum of the Discount Proceeds (plus the applicable Stamping Fee) which would be derived from a hypothetical sale of a draft accepted by it (“ Notional Acceptances ”). In addition, such Lender shall be entitled to deduct from the amount of the BA Equivalent Loan an amount equal to the Stamping Fee that would have been payable to it with regard to the Notional Acceptances with respect thereto. Other than as set forth in this Section 3.03(7), unless the context clearly requires otherwise, each reference in this Agreement to Bankers’ Acceptances shall be deemed to include BA Equivalent Loans and all the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect to Bankers’ Acceptances shall be applicable to BA Equivalent Loans.

 

Section 3.04 Provisions relating to LIBOR Loans.

 

(1) Subject to availability, each LIBOR Loan shall have a LIBOR Period of approximately one month, two months, three months or six months at the option of the Borrower. A Borrower shall not be entitled to obtain a LIBOR Loan which matures after the Maturity Date.

 

(2) The principal amount of LIBOR Loans outstanding at any time shall be not less than U.S. $2,000,000 and are available in whole multiples of U.S. $100,000.

 

(3) If the Administrative Agent shall have determined in good faith that (i) U.S. Dollar deposits in the relevant amount and for the relevant LIBOR Period are not available to the Administrative Agent in the London interbank eurocurrency market or (ii) by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank eurocurrency market, adequate means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable hereunder to LIBOR Loans, then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers and the Lenders, the obligations of all Lenders hereunder to make or continue any Borrowings as, or to convert any Borrowings into, LIBOR Loans shall forthwith be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to convert the contemplated LIBOR Loan into a U.S. Base Rate Loan or Alternate Base Rate Loan, as applicable.

 

(4) In the event any Lender shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to make, continue or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Borrowing as, or to convert any portion of the principal amount of any Borrowing into, a LIBOR Loan) as a result of:

 

  (a) any conversion or repayment or prepayment of the principal amount of any LIBOR Loans on a date other than the scheduled last day of the LIBOR Period applicable thereto;

 

  (b) any Borrowings not being made as LIBOR Loans on the applicable Borrowing Date; or

 

- 26 -


  (c) any Borrowings not being converted into LIBOR Loans on the applicable Conversion Date,

 

then, upon the written notice of such Lender to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall promptly (and, in any event, within three Business Days of receipt of such notice) pay directly to such Lender such amount as will (in the reasonable determination of such Lender) reimburse such Lender for such loss or expense. Such written notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers.

 

(5) Overdue amounts in respect of a LIBOR Loan (including overdue interest) may at the option of the Administrative Agent be either converted into a U.S. Base Rate Loan or Alternate Base Rate Loan, as appropriate, or considered to be a LIBOR Loan for one or more LIBOR Periods or durations as the Administrative Agent may determine, and bearing interest at the applicable interest rate both before and after default, demand and judgment.

 

(6) The Borrowers shall repay the principal amount of each LIBOR Loan on the Rollover Date unless:

 

  (a) the maturing LIBOR Loan is renewed pursuant to a Rollover or converted pursuant to a Conversion; or

 

  (b) repayment of the Outstanding Obligations shall have been accelerated or otherwise required to be paid at an earlier date pursuant to the terms hereof, in which case LIBOR Loans shall be repaid on the date such repayment is due.

 

(7) If on the applicable Rollover Date a LIBOR Loan is not repaid on its renewal pursuant to a Rollover or converted pursuant to a Conversion, the Lenders may convert the maturing LIBOR Loan into a U.S. Base Rate Loan or Alternate Base Rate Loan, as applicable.

 

(8) Each Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its obligation to make, continue or convert a LIBOR Loan hereunder by causing one of its foreign branches or Affiliates (or an international banking facility created by such Lender) to make or maintain such LIBOR Loan; provided, however, that such LIBOR Loan shall nonetheless be deemed to have been made and to be held by such Lender, and the obligation of a Borrower to repay such LIBOR Loan shall nevertheless be to such Lender for the account of such foreign branch, Affiliate or international banking facility.

 

Section 3.05 Reliance on Oral Instructions.

 

The Lenders and the Agents shall be entitled to act upon the oral instructions of any Person whom the Lenders or the Agents believe is a Person a Borrower has identified as being a Person authorized to give instructions regarding matters contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Credit Facilities. None of the Lenders nor any of the Agents shall be responsible for any error or omission relating to such instructions. Oral instructions shall, at the request of an Agent or a Lender, be confirmed immediately in writing by the Borrowers. A Borrower may revoke the authority of any authorized Person by notifying the Administrative Agent in writing, which notice shall be effective on the Business Day immediately following the date of its actual receipt by the Administrative Agent.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

PAYMENTS

 

Section 4.01 Repayment.

 

Unless the Outstanding Obligations shall have been required to be paid at an earlier date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall permanently repay the Outstanding Obligations of the Agent and each Lender in full on the Maturity Date

 

- 27 -


Section 4.02 Mandatory Repayments.

 

If for any reason, Outstanding Borrowings exceed the maximum principal amount permitted hereunder, including, without limitation, as a result of currency fluctuations, the Borrowers shall forthwith pay to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders rateably in accordance with each such Lender’s Rateable Portion, an amount sufficient to reduce the Outstanding Borrowings to the maximum levels permitted hereunder.

 

Section 4.03 Permanent Prepayment.

 

(1) Subject to Section 4.03(2), a Borrower shall have the right at any time or from time to time to permanently prepay without fee or penalty all or any Prime Rate Loans, U.S. Base Rate Loans, Alternate Base Rate Loans or BA Equivalent Loans, in increments of no less that $5,000,000, by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ prior written notice of its intention to do so. A Borrower shall have the right at any time or from time to time to permanently prepay all or any LIBOR Loans, in increments of no less that $5,000,000, by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ prior written notice of its intention to do so without fee or penalty except for the payment of customary breakage costs and related expenses. No permanent prepayment, in whole or in part, will be permitted of any Bankers’ Acceptance prior to maturity of such Banker’s Acceptance. Amounts permanently prepaid under this Section 4.03 may not be reborrowed by either of the Borrowers.

 

(2) Each prepayment of Outstanding Borrowings shall be applied rateably to the Outstanding Borrowings under each of the Credit Facilities at such time.

 

Section 4.04 Payments Generally.

 

Each payment under this Agreement shall be made for value at or before 1:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the day such payment is due, provided that, if any such day is not a Business Day, such payment shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be due on the Business Day next following such day (and any such extension shall be taken into account for purposes of the computation of interest and fees payable under this Agreement). All payments shall be made to the Branch of Account.

 

Section 4.05 No Credit for Trust Funds.

 

For greater certainty, payments of any nature whatsoever made by a Borrower or Kingsway America to an Agent or a Lender which the recipient is required to pay to any Person by reason of any trust imposed by law or by any Person upon amounts received by the recipient from a Borrower or Kingsway America, shall not be credited against, or deemed to be payment on account of, all or any portion of the Outstanding Borrowings. All costs and expenses incurred by any Agent or any Lender, their agents, representatives and solicitors in connection with the repayment of such monies to any Person shall be for the account of the Borrowers and payable on demand. Interest shall accrue on these costs and expenses, until paid, at the Prime Rate.

 

Section 4.06 No Withholding.

 

Each interest, fee or similar payment under this Agreement, including any penalties affected thereto, shall be made without set off or counterclaim and without withholding for or on account of any present future taxes or duties imposed by any federal, state, provincial, municipal or other taxing authority. In the event a Borrower is required to deduct or withhold any amount for or on account of any such taxes or duties, such Borrower shall promptly pay to the Lenders such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Lenders receive a net amount equal to the face amount which they would have received had such interest, fee or similar payment been made without such deduction or withholding.

 

- 28 -


ARTICLE FIVE

 

INTEREST, FEES AND EXPENSES

 

Section 5.01 Payment of Interest.

 

(1) Rate. The interest rate payable on Outstanding Borrowings shall vary based upon the senior unsecured debt rating of the Canadian Borrower; provided that in the case of a LIBOR Loan or a Bankers’ Acceptance, any variance in interest rate or in the LIBOR Margin or Stamping Fee Margin shall be effective only in respect of LIBOR Loans advanced, converted or renewed or Bankers’ Acceptance accepted, as applicable, following the change in rating, and all Bankers’ Acceptance and LIBOR Loans outstanding on the date of a change in rating, shall continue to bear interest at the rate payable thereon on the date immediately prior to the date of the change in rating, until maturity of such LIBOR Loans or Bankers’ Acceptances, as the case may be. The Borrowers shall pay interest on Outstanding Borrowings at the rates set out in the grid annexed as Schedule “E”.

 

(2) Calculation. Interest on Prime Rate Loans, U.S. Base Rate Loans and Alternate Base Rate Loans shall be calculated daily and payable monthly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for the period commencing on the first day of the previous month and terminating on the last day of such month, both inclusive, and shall accrue on a daily basis on the principal amount of such Loans remaining unpaid from time to time and on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, with interest on overdue interest at the same rate. Interest on LIBOR Loans shall be paid in arrears on the applicable Interest Payment Date and shall be calculated on the applicable daily balance for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 360 days.

 

Section 5.02 Stamping Fees.

 

Upon acceptance by a Canadian Lender of a Bankers’ Acceptance or upon the advance of a BA Equivalent Loan, the Canadian Borrower shall pay the applicable Stamping Fee to such Lender.

 

Section 5.03 Standby Fees.

 

The Borrowers shall pay a standby fee calculated on the unused portion of the Total Commitment. The fees payable shall be determined based upon the senior unsecured debt rating of the Canadian Borrower (for greater certainty, in the event of a split rating, the lowest rating of the highest two ratings shall be deemed to apply) at the time of such determination as set out in the grid annexed as Schedule “E”. Standby Fees are calculated daily and payable by the Borrowers to each Lender quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of the following fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower.

 

Section 5.04 Commitment Fee.

 

The Borrowers shall pay on or prior to the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders rateably in accordance to their respective Rateable Portions) a commitment fee equal to 0.175% of the Total Commitment.

 

Section 5.05 Arrangement and Administration Fees.

 

The Borrowers shall pay to each of the co-lead arrangers an arrangement fee in an amount and at such times as agreed between the Borrowers and each co-lead arranger and the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent an annual agency administration fee in an amount and at such times as agreed from time to time between the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

- 29 -


Section 5.06 Change in Circumstances.

 

(1) Reduction in Rate of Return. If at any time, and from time to time, the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, acting reasonably, that (a) any change in any Applicable Law or any interpretation thereof after the date of execution hereof, or (b) compliance by a Lender with any direction, requirement or request from any regulatory authority given after the date of execution hereof, whether or not having the force of law, has or would have, as a consequence of such Lender’s obligation under this Agreement and taking into consideration such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy, the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such change or compliance, then from time to time, upon demand by the Administrative Agent (on behalf of such Lender), the Borrowers shall pay such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.

 

(2) Taxes, Reserves, Capital Adequacy, etc. If after the date of execution hereof, any introduction of any Applicable Law or any change or introduction of a change in any Applicable Law (whether or not having the force of law) or in the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any governmental agency, central bank or other authority or entity charged with the administration thereof or any change in the compliance of any Lender therewith now or hereafter:

 

  (a) subjects such Lender to, or causes the withdrawal or termination of a previously granted exemption with respect to, any Tax or changes the basis of taxation, or increases any existing Tax, on payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable by the Borrowers to such Lender under this Agreement (except for taxes on the overall net income of such Lender),

 

  (b) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, special deposit, deposit insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of or loans by or any other acquisition of funds by, an office of such Lender,

 

  (c) imposes on such Lender or expects there to be maintained by such Lender any capital adequacy or additional capital requirement in respect of any Borrowing or its Commitment hereunder or any other condition with respect to this Agreement, or

 

  (d) imposes any Tax on reserves or deemed reserves with respect to the undrawn portion of the Credit Facilities,

 

and the result of any of the foregoing, in the sole determination of such Lender acting reasonably, shall be to increase the cost to, or reduce the amount of principal, interest or other amount received or receivable by such Lender hereunder or its effective return hereunder in respect of making, maintaining or funding a Borrowing under this Agreement, such Lender shall, acting reasonably, determine that amount of money which shall compensate such Lender for such increase in cost or reduction in income (herein referred to as “ Additional Compensation ”). Upon such Lender having determined that it is entitled to Additional Compensation in accordance with the provisions of this Section5.06, such Lender shall promptly so notify the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, and shall provide to the Borrowers, through the Administrative Agent, a photocopy of the relevant law, rule, guideline, regulation, treaty or official directive and a certificate of a duly authorized officer of such Lender setting forth the Additional Compensation and the basis of calculation thereof, which shall be prima facie evidence of such Additional Compensation. The affected Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers, through the Administrative Agent, and the Borrowers shall pay such Lender within ten Business Days of the giving of such notice, the Additional Compensation calculated to the date of such notification. An affected Lender shall be entitled to be paid such Additional Compensation from time to time to the extent that the provisions of this Section 5.06 are then applicable notwithstanding that a Lender has previously been paid Additional Compensation. If it is commercially reasonable, the affected Lender shall make reasonable efforts to limit the incidents of any such Additional Compensation.

 

- 30 -


Section 5.07 Reimbursement of Expenses.

 

All statements, reports, certificates, opinions and other documents or information required to be furnished to the Agents or the Lenders by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower under this Agreement shall be supplied without cost to the Agents or the Lenders. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree to pay promptly on demand all of the Agents’ and the Lenders’ reasonable legal fees and disbursements, documentation costs and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, documentation, syndication and operation of this Agreement and any amendment of or supplement, waiver or modification to this Agreement, and any other document, agreement or instrument prepared in connection herewith, whether or not any amounts are advanced under this Agreement. In addition, the Borrowers agree to pay the reasonable legal fees and disbursements and other expenses incurred by the Agents and the Lenders in the enforcement or preservation of any rights under, and all collections in respect of, this Agreement and all documents, agreements and instruments delivered in connection herewith (including pursuant to a work-out or restructuring).

 

Section 5.08 Determination Conclusive.

 

Each determination by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as applicable, of any rate or fee shall, in the absence of manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrowers.

 

Section 5.09 Default Interest.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrowers shall pay interest on Outstanding Borrowings both before and after judgment at a rate per annum equal to the U.S. Base Rate plus 2.5%, calculated on a daily basis and on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed, computed from the date of occurrence of the Event of Default for so long as such Event of Default continues. Such interest shall be payable upon Demand by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall be compounded on each Interest Payment Date.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 6.01 Conditions - Initial Borrowing.

 

The obligation of the Lenders to make available the initial Borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and is conditional upon satisfactory evidence being given to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their counsel as to compliance with the following conditions:

 

(1) Resolutions and Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received, duly executed and in form and substance satisfactory to it:

 

  (a) a certified or notarial copy of the constating documents and by-laws of the Canadian Borrower, Kingsway America and Metro Claim Services Inc. together with all amendments thereto and a certificate of status and certificate of good standing, as applicable, for each such Person, in each case certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental officer in its jurisdiction of organization and a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and any other instruments contemplated hereunder, certified by an appropriate officer of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America, as applicable;

 

  (b) a certificate of incumbency for the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America showing the names, offices and specimen signatures of the officers who will execute the Loan Documents and any other instruments contemplated hereunder and thereunder;

 

- 31 -


  (c) a copy of the partnership agreement constituting the U.S. Borrower and a statement of partnership existence in respect of the U.S. Borrower;

 

  (d) a copy of the constating documents and by-laws of each partner of the U.S. Borrower (collectively the “ Partners ” and each a “ Partner ”) and a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of each Partner authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other instruments contemplated hereunder;

 

  (e) a certificate of incumbency of each Partner showing the names, offices and specimen signatures of the officers who will execute this Agreement and any other instruments contemplated hereunder and thereunder;

 

  (f) such additional supporting documents as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

(2) Financing Documentation. The Administrative Agent shall have received certified copies of all loan and security documentation affecting the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date and the Lenders shall be satisfied with the terms and conditions thereof.

 

(3) Delivery of Guarantee. The Administrative Agent shall have received from from Kingsway America the duly signed and executed Kingsway America Guarantee (in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their counsel).

 

(4) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received from Canadian counsel to the Canadian Borrower, favourable legal opinions in connection with this Agreement and from United States counsel to the U.S. Borrower and Kingsway America, favourable legal opinions in connection with this Agreement and the Kingsway America Guarantee, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

(5) Promissory Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrowers promissory notes, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their counsel, to replace promissory notes issued by the Borrowers on May 27, 2003.

 

(6) Material Adverse Effect. Nothing shall have occurred nor any fact become known which an Agent or any Lender was not previously aware of and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(7) Material Adverse Change. There shall have been no material adverse change to the financial condition of the Canadian Borrower from that financial condition shown in the Canadian Borrower’s audited Consolidated financial statements for the Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower ending December 31, 2003.

 

(8) Fees and Disbursements. The Agents and the Lenders shall have received payment in full of the fees specified in Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 and all other fees and out of pocket expenses payable to the Agents and the Lenders which have become due (including fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Agents and the Lenders).

 

(9) Security Interests. All Security Interests charging any asset of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any Subsidiary of the Borrowers shall have been discharged other than Permitted Encumbrances and the Administrative Agent shall have received completed PPSA and UCC-3 termination statements, as appropriate.

 

(10)

Consolidated and Unconsolidated Financial Statements. The Agents and the Lenders shall have received: (i) audited Consolidated financial statements in respect of each of the Canadian

 

- 32 -


 

Borrower and Kingsway America for the Financial Years of each of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America ending December 31, 2002; (ii) unaudited consolidating financial statements in respect of each of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America for the Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower ending December 31, 2003, and (iii) unaudited Consolidated and unconsolidated financial statements in respect of the U.S. Borrower for the Financial Year of the U.S. Borrower ending December 31, 2003; all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and the Lenders.

 

(11) Financial Forecast. The Agents and the Lenders shall have received a Consolidated financial forecast in respect of the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrower as at and for the Financial Year of each of the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrower ending December 31, 2004 including calculations of the financial covenants set out in Section 8.02 in respect of each quarterly period during such Financial Year; all of which shall be prepared in form and substance satisfactory to the Agents and the Lenders.

 

(12) Due Diligence. The Agents and the Lenders shall have completed their due diligence of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.

 

(13) Repayment of 1999 Facility. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all debts, liabilities and obligations in respect of the 1999 Facility and all documents, agreements and instruments in respect thereof shall have been permanently paid in full and the 1999 Facility (and all documents, agreements and instruments in respect thereof) terminated.

 

(14) Consents. The Borrowers shall have received all government and other third party consents necessary to effect the transactions as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(15) Documentation. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement duly executed by the Borrowers, the Kingsway America Guarantee duly executed by Kingsway America and all other ancillary and supporting documentation as the Agents, the Lenders and their legal counsel may require.

 

Section 6.02 Conditions - All Borrowings.

 

The obligation of the Lenders to make available any Borrowing under this Agreement (including the initial Borrowing) is conditional upon the following:

 

(1) Representations and Warranties True. The representations and warranties contained in Error! Reference source not found. , in the Kingsway America Guarantee and in any other Loan Document are and shall continue to be true and correct in every material respect as if made by the Borrowers or Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, as applicable, contemporaneously with any Borrowing.

 

(2) Indebtedness. Except for the Permitted Indebtedness, no Borrower, Kingsway America nor any Subsidiary of any Borrower or Kingsway America shall have any other Indebtedness.

 

(3) No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing both immediately before and after giving effect to such Borrowing.

 

(4) No Third Party Notice. None of the Agents or any Lender shall have received notice from any third party the effect of which in law would be to make any Agent or any Lender liable to such third party for the amount to be advanced, if such amount was advanced, including, without limitation, third party demands made by Canada Customs and Revenue Agency and any notice of seizure of bank accounts from any Governmental Authority.

 

- 33 -


(5) Notice to Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received the relevant notice of Borrowing as required in this Agreement.

 

Section 6.03 Waiver.

 

The terms and conditions stated in this Article Six are inserted for the sole benefit of the Agents and the Lenders and may be waived by them in whole or in part and with or without terms or conditions in respect of all or any Borrowings.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 7.01 Representation and Warranties.

 

The Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Agents and the Lenders that:

 

(1) Due Incorporation of the Canadian Borrower and Subsidiaries. The Canadian Borrower is duly incorporated, organized and validly subsisting and in good standing under the laws of Ontario. Kingsway America and each Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America is duly incorporated, organized and validly subsisting and in good standing under the laws of its incorporating jurisdiction. The Canadian Borrower, Kingsway America and each Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America has all necessary corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and is or will be duly licensed or registered or otherwise qualified in all jurisdictions wherein the nature of its assets or the business transacted by it makes such licensing, registration or qualification necessary, except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(2) U.S. Borrower. The U.S. Borrower is a duly constituted and validly subsisting general partnership in good standing under the laws of Delaware of which the Canadian Borrower and Metro Claim Services Inc., an Ontario corporation, are the only partners. The U.S. Borrower has all necessary power and authority to carry on business as now conducted and is or will be duly licensed or registered or otherwise qualified in all jurisdictions wherein the nature of its assets or the business transacted by it makes such licensing, registration or qualification necessary except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(3) Power. Each Borrower and Kingsway America has full power and capacity to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee and all other instruments contemplated hereunder, as applicable.

 

(4) Due Authorization and No Conflict - the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America. The execution, delivery and performance by the Canadian Borrower of this Agreement and Kingsway America of the Kingsway America Guarantee, and all other instruments contemplated hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby

 

  (a) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,

 

  (b) do not and will not conflict with, result in any breach or violation of, or constitute with notice, lapse of time or both, a default under the constating documents or by-laws of, or any Applicable Laws, determination or award presently in effect and applicable to, the Borrowers or Kingsway America, or of any material commitment, agreement, indenture or any other instrument to which a Borrower or Kingsway America is now a party or is otherwise bound, and

 

- 34 -


  (c) do not result in or require the creation of any Security Interest upon or with respect to any of the properties or assets of the Canadian Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

(5) Due Authorization and No Conflict - U.S. Borrower. The execution and delivery by the U.S. Borrower of this Agreement and all other instruments contemplated hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby

 

  (a) have been duly authorized,

 

  (b) do not and will not conflict with, result in any breach or violation of, or constitute with notice, lapse of time or both, a default under the partnership agreement constituting the U.S. Borrower or under the constating documents or by-laws of either Partner, or any Applicable Laws, determination or award presently in effect and applicable to the U.S. Borrower or the Partners, or of any material commitment, agreement, indenture or any other instrument to which the U.S. Borrower or either of the Partners is now a party or is otherwise bound, and

 

  (c) do not result in or require the creation of any Security Interest upon or with respect to any of the properties or assets of the U.S. Borrower or either of the Partners.

 

(6) Government Approval, Regulation, etc. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person (including shareholders, if applicable) is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by either Borrower or Kingsway America of this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other instrument contemplated hereunder other than filings under applicable securities laws and filings with Insurance Regulatory Authorities. Neither Borrower nor Kingsway America is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a “holding company”, or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

 

(7) Business of the Borrowers. The Borrowers do not carry on any business, activity or operation of any kind whatsoever, other than the Lines of Business.

 

(8) Valid and Enforceable Obligations. This Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee and all other instruments contemplated hereunder are, or when executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers and Kingsway America, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors generally.

 

(9) Title. Subject to Permitted Encumbrances, each Borrower, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to its real and personal property, free and clear of all Security Interests.

 

(10)

No Actions. Save as set forth in Schedule “F”, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, inquiries or investigations existing, pending or, to the knowledge of either Borrower or Kingsway America, threatened, affecting a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries in any court or before or by any federal, provincial, state or municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, tribunal, bureau or agency, Canadian or foreign, which are reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, property, assets, operations or business of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries or the ability of the Borrowers to repay the Outstanding Obligations or any part thereof or the ability of Kingsway America to satisfy

 

- 35 -


 

its obligations under the Kingsway America Guarantee or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(11) Financial Information. Subject to any limitations stated therein, the financial statements of the Borrowers furnished to the Agents and the Lenders under this Agreement or which were furnished to the Agents or to the Lenders to induce them to enter into this Agreement or otherwise in connection with this Agreement fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrowers on a Consolidated basis as at the date thereof, and no material adverse change has occurred in their financial position between such date and the Closing Date. Such financial statements and all other information, certificates, statutes, reports and other papers and data furnished to the Agents and the Lenders are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, except that the Borrowers do not represent or warrant that any forecast contained in any financial projections will ultimately prove to be accurate. The Borrowers on a Consolidated basis have no liabilities, including as to contingencies and unusual or forward commitments, that are not disclosed in the foregoing financial statements or the footnotes thereto or otherwise disclosed to the Lenders in writing or incurred pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(12) No Defaults or Events of Default. No event has occurred and is continuing, and no circumstance exists which has not been waived, and which constitutes a Default or Event of Default hereunder or a default or event of default in respect of any material commitment, agreement or any other instrument to which a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries is now a party or is otherwise bound, entitling any other party thereto to accelerate the maturity of amounts of principal owing thereunder, or terminate any such material commitment, agreement or instrument, or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(13) Compliance with Law. None of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any terms of its constating documents (including the partnership agreement constituting the U.S. Borrower) or by-laws or of any law, regulation, rule, order, judgment, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award presently in effect and applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(14) Reporting Issuer. The Canadian Borrower is a “reporting issuer” (as that term is defined in the Securities Act (Ontario)) in good standing.

 

(15) Compliance with Securities Laws. Each Borrower, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the provisions and requirements of all Applicable Laws including, without limitation, the completion on a proper and timely basis of all necessary filings under any and all such Applicable Laws.

 

(16) Capital. The Canadian Borrower is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares, and has issued, as of December 31, 2003, approximately 55,829,794 as fully paid and non-assessable common shares. Except for directors’ qualifying shares of Kingsway General Insurance Company and York Fire and Casualty Insurance Company and preferred shares issued by the Trusts, all of the shares of all classes in the capital stock of Kingsway America, Metro Claim Services Inc. and each corporate Subsidiary, all securities and interests in the Trusts and all partnership interests in Subsidiary partnerships are directly or indirectly beneficially owned by the Canadian Borrower. Kingsway Finance Nova Scotia, ULC owns all of the shares of all classes in the capital stock of Kingsway America. The U.S. Borrower and Metro Claim Services Inc. collectively own all ownership interests of Kingsway U.S. Tier II Finance Partnership which in turn owns all of the shares of all classes in the capital stock of Kingsway Finance Nova Scotia, ULC.

 

(17)

Non-Dilution. No Person now has any agreement, option or right capable of becoming an agreement or option for the pledge, purchase, subscription or issuance from any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries of any shares of the Canadian Borrower, Kingsway

 

- 36 -


 

America or any of their Subsidiaries, issued or unissued, which will cause a Change of Voting Control.

 

(18) No Foreign Business. The Borrowers do not carry on any business, employ any employees, or own any material assets outside Canada, the United States of America, Barbados or Bermuda.

 

(19) Subsidiaries. The Canadian Borrower does not own any shares or voting securities of any Person directly or indirectly other than Kingsway America and the Subsidiaries identified herein, other than shares and voting securities maintained in the investment portfolios managed by the Canadian Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and in respect of the Lines of Business.

 

(20) Taxes. Except as set forth in Schedule “G”, each Borrower, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries has filed all foreign, federal, provincial, state and local Tax Returns which are required to be filed and has paid all Taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by such Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries except such Taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. All information provided in such Tax Returns pertaining to the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries is true, complete, and accurate in all material respects. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries, as applicable, in respect of any Taxes or other governmental charges payable for the current or prior year which are not yet due are adequate in accordance with GAAP to the extent that the Borrowers are aware of them. Schedule “G” sets forth as of the Closing Date those taxable years for which a Borrower’s, Kingsway America’s or any of their Subsidiary’s Tax Returns are currently being audited by Canada Customs and Revenue Agency and/or other applicable Governmental Authority and any assessments or threatened assessments otherwise outstanding. Except as set out in Schedule “G”, as at the Closing Date, neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has received any notice of assessment of additional taxes or any other claim of notice of any nature whatsoever that any Tax or additional Tax is due which has not been paid or otherwise finally settled or satisfied. Except as set out in Schedule “G”, to the knowledge of the Borrowers as at the Closing Date, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, investigations or claims, threatened or pending, in respect of any Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule “G”, as at the Closing Date, there are no matters under discussion with any Governmental Authority relating to any Taxes asserted by any such body. Each Borrower, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries has withheld from its employees, customers and any other applicable payees (and timely paid to the Governmental Authority) the proper and accurate amount of all Taxes and other amounts required to be withheld or collected and remitted in compliance with all Applicable Laws. There are no liens for Taxes on the assets of any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries except for liens arising under Applicable Law, that are unregistered or otherwise unperfected, for Taxes not yet due. As at the Closing Date, neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has executed nor filed with Canada Customs and Revenue Agency nor any other Governmental Authority any agreement, waiver or other document extending or having the effect of extending the period for assessment, reassessment or collection of any Taxes or the filing of any Tax Returns. As of the Closing Date, the Borrowers, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries have no liabilities for Taxes which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(21)

Labour Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule “H”, as at the Closing Date, there are no strikes or other labour disputes against any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries that is pending or threatened. All payments due from either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries on account of workers compensation, Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan, ERISA, employee health plans, social security and insurance of every kind and employee income tax source deductions and vacation pay have been paid. Except as set forth in Schedule “H”, as at the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has any obligation under any collective bargaining agreement. As at the Closing Date, there is no

 

- 37 -


 

organizing activity involving either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries by any labour union or group of employees. Except as set forth in Schedule “H”, as at the Closing Date, no labour organization or group of employees has made a pending demand for recognition and there are no complaints or charges against either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries pending or threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries of any individual. Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries have not been in violation of any applicable laws which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries are in material compliance with the terms and conditions of all collective bargaining agreements, consulting agreements, management agreements and employee agreements and all other labour agreements.

 

(22) Pensions. Except as set forth in Schedule “I” and except to the extent that any of the following could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

  (a) all employee and employer contributions under any pension plan operated by either of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries have been made and the fund or funds established under such plans are funded in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and the rules of such plans and there exists no going concern unfunded liabilities or solvency deficiencies thereunder.

 

  (b) no pension plan operated by either of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries has been terminated or partially terminated or is insolvent or in reorganization, nor have any proceedings been instituted to terminate or reorganize any such pension plan;

 

  (c) none of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has withdrawn from any pension plan in a complete or partial withdrawal, nor has a condition occurred which if continued would result in a complete or partial withdrawal;

 

  (d) none of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has any withdrawal liability, including contingent withdrawal liability, to any pension plan;

 

  (e) none of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has any liability in respect of any pension plan other than for required insurance premiums or contributions or remittances which have been paid, contributed and remitted when due;

 

  (f) each Borrower, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries has made all contributions to its pension plans required by law or the terms thereof to be made by it when due and is not in arrears in the payment of any contribution, payment, remittance or assessment or in default in filing any reports, returns, statements and similar documents in respect of the pension plans required to be made or paid by it pursuant to any pension plan, any law, act, regulation, directive or order or any employment, union, pension, deferred profit sharing, benefit, bonus or other similar agreement or arrangement;

 

  (g) none of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries is liable or, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, alleged to be liable, to any employee or former employee, director or former director, officer or former officer resulting from any violation or alleged violation of any pension plan, any fiduciary duty, and law or agreement in relation to any pension plan and does not have any unfunded pension or like obligations (including any past service or experience deficiency funding liabilities), other than accrued obligations not yet due, for which they have made full provision in their books and records;

 

- 38 -


  (h) all vacation pay, bonuses, salaries and wages, to the extent accruing due, are properly reflected in the books and records of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries;

 

  (i) without limiting the foregoing, all of the Borrowers’, Kingsway America’s and their Subsidiaries’ pension plans are duly registered where required by, and are in compliance and good standing in all material respects under, all applicable laws, acts, statutes, regulations, orders, directives and agreements, including, without limitation, ERISA, the Code, the Income Tax Act (Canada), and the Pension Benefits Act, 1987 (Ontario), any successor legislation thereto, and all other applicable laws of any jurisdiction;

 

  (j) there are no outstanding, pending or threatened investigations, claims, suits or proceedings in respect of any pension plans (including to assert rights or claims to benefits or that could give rise to any material liability, but excluding routine claims for benefits and qualified domestic relations orders) operated by either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries;

 

  (k) no promises of benefit improvements have been made except where such improvements could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, in any event, no such improvements will result in a solvency deficiency or going concern unfunded liability in the affected pension plans operated by either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries;

 

  (l) all the material obligations of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries (including fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations) required to be performed in connection with any pension plans and the funding agreements therefor have been performed in a timely fashion;

 

  (m) there have been no improper withdrawals or applications of the assets of the pension plans or the benefit plans operated by either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

(23) ERISA. Except to the extent that any of the following could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

  (a) neither a Reportable Event nor an “accumulating funding deficiency” (within the meaning of the Code, or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred and no lien in favour of the PBGC of a Plan has arisen during the five-year period prior to the date as of which this representation is deemed made. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan in which a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries is a participant (based on those assumptions used to fund the Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits;

 

  (b) none of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, nor would a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries become subject to any liability under ERISA if it were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made;

 

- 39 -


  (c) none of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement benefit under a Plan, other than liability for COBRA; and

 

  (d) no Multiemployer Plan to which any of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries may have liability is in “reorganization” or “insolvent” within the meaning of such terms as used in ERISA.

 

(24) Accuracy of Information. All factual information previously or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries in writing for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any instrument or transaction contemplated hereby is true and accurate in every material respect and such information is not incomplete by the omission of any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading.

 

(25) Solvency. Both before and immediately after giving effect to any Borrowing requested hereunder:

 

  (a) the fair saleable value of the assets (as defined below) of each Borrower, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis exceeds the total amount of liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of each such Borrower, Kingsway America and such Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, on a going-concern basis;

 

  (b) the present fair saleable value (as defined below) of the assets of each Borrower, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis exceeds the probable total liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of each such Borrower, Kingsway America and such Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis as such liabilities become absolute and matured;

 

  (c) each Borrower, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts, including contingent liabilities, as they mature and become due;

 

  (d) each Borrower, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis are not, and will not be, engaged in a business for which their Consolidated capital is, or would be, unreasonably small for their Consolidated businesses; and

 

  (e) each Borrower, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis have not incurred (by way of assumption or otherwise) any obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under this Agreement or the Kingsway America Guarantee, nor have they made any conveyance pursuant to or in connection therewith, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

For purposes of this Section, the “ fair saleable value ” of each Borrower’s, Kingsway America’s and their Subsidiaries’ assets means the amount which may be realized within a reasonable time, either through collection or sale of such assets at the regular market value, based upon the amount which could be obtained for such assets within such period by a capable and diligent seller from an interested buyer who is willing (but is under no compulsion) to purchase under ordinary selling conditions.

 

(26) Subsidiary Status; Liabilities, etc. Immediately prior to and following the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

the U.S. Borrower, Kingsway U.S. Tier II Finance Partnership and Kingsway Finance Nova Scotia, ULC had no assets or liabilities (other than directly held interests in Subsidiaries and, immediately prior to the Closing Date, liabilities under the Prior Credit

 

- 40 -


 

Agreement and the 1999 Facility and, immediately following the Closing Date, liabilities under this Agreement and the 1999 Facility) and had performed no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions herein contemplated,

 

  (b) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I had no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Trust Pool Securities) and had performed no business other than preparing for the transactions in relation to the Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (c) Kingsway U.S. Funding Inc. had no assets or liabilities (other than directly held interests in Kingsway Financial Capital Trust I by Kingsway U.S. Funding Inc.) and had performed no business and Kingsway Financial Capital Trust I had no assets or liabilities and had performed no business,

 

  (d) Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III had no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Second Round Trust Pool Securities) and had performed no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to the Second Round Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (e) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II had no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Third Round Trust Pool Securities) and had performed no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to the Third Round Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (f) Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust IV had no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities) and had performed no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (g) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust III had no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities) and had performed no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (h) Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust VI had no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities) and had performed no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities, and

 

  (i) Any other Fourth Round Statutory Trust shall have no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities) and shall perform no business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to certain of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities.

 

(27) Financial Year End. The Financial Year ends of each of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries is December 31.

 

(28) Guarantees. None of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries has guaranteed the obligations of any Person for borrowed money, save as identified in Section 8.03(5).

 

- 41 -


(29) Margin Stock.

 

  (a) None of the Borrowers, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries owns stock on margin except as previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing,

 

  (b) neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowing will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or for a purpose which violates, or would be consistent with, F.R.S. Board Regulation T, U or X. Terms for which meanings are provided in F.R.S. Board Regulation T, U or X or any regulations substituted therefor, as from time to time in effect, are used in this Section 7.01(29) with such meanings.

 

(30) Disclosure. No representation or warranty made by a Borrower or Kingsway America in any of the Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made. There is no fact known to either Borrower which the Borrowers have not disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect so far as the Borrowers can now reasonably foresee or which may materially adversely affect the ability of the Borrowers to perform their obligations under this Agreement.

 

(31) Governmental and Third Party Authorization; Permits.

 

  (a) No consent, approval, authorization or other action by, notice to, or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is or will be required as a condition to or otherwise in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower or Kingsway America of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party or the legality, validity or enforceability hereof or thereof, other than (i) consents, authorizations and filings that have been (or on or prior to the Closing Date will have been) made or obtained and that are (or on the Closing Date will be) in full force and effect, which consents, authorizations and filings are listed on Schedule “J”, and (ii) consents and filings the failure to obtain or make which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b) Each of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries has, and is in good standing with respect to, all governmental approvals, licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to conduct its business as presently conducted and to own or lease and operate its properties, except for those approvals, licenses, permits and authorizations the failure to obtain of which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) Schedule “K” lists with respect to each Material Subsidiary, as of the Closing Date, all of the jurisdictions in which such Material Subsidiary holds licenses (including, without limitation, licenses or certificates of authority from relevant Insurance Regulatory Authorities), permits or authorizations to transact insurance and reinsurance business (collectively, the “ Licenses ”). To the knowledge of the Borrowers: (i) no such License is the subject of a proceeding for suspension, revocation or limitation or any similar proceedings; (ii) there is no sustainable basis for such a suspension, revocation or limitation; and (iii) no such suspension, revocation or limitation is threatened by a relevant Insurance Regulatory Authority. No Material Subsidiary transacts any insurance business, directly or indirectly, in any jurisdiction other than those listed on Schedule “K”, where such business requires any license, permit or other authorization of an Insurance Regulatory Authority of such jurisdiction.

 

- 42 -


(32) Trusts. None of the Trusts has redeemed, repurchased or in any manner, directly or indirectly, acquired any of the preferred securities issued by each such Trust (except for those redemptions for which the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders has been provided to the Canadian Borrower) and none of the Trusts has incurred any Indebtedness other than: (a) the reasonable fees and expenses of the trustees (acting solely in their capacity as trustee and not in their individual capacity) as agreed pursuant to the agreements, documents and other instruments delivered in connection with the incurrence of Permitted Indebtedness in respect of each such Trust; and (b) the principal, premium (if any) and interest in respect of the preferred securities issued by each such Trust.

 

(33) Insurance. Each of the Borrowers has insured and continues to keep insured each of their properties and assets and has caused Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to insure and to keep insured their properties and assets, in all cases with reputable insurers and with such coverage to the extent obtained by and against such loss or damage to the extent insured by comparable corporations of a similar size engaged in a similar business, and all premiums which are due and owing and are necessary to maintain insurance policies in respect of all such insurance have been paid and have been caused to be paid such that all such insurance policies are and continue to be in good standing.

 

(34) Intellectual Property. Each of the Borrowers and Kingsway America, to the best of their knowledge, conduct their business without infringement of any Intellectual Property of others. No claim has been asserted or, to the best of the knowledge of each of the Borrowers, has been threatened or is pending by any Person against either of the Borrowers or Kingsway America challenging or questioning the use or infringement of any of the Intellectual Property.

 

Section 7.02 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

 

The representations and warranties contained in this Article Seven shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of Borrowings hereunder, regardless of any investigation or examination made by the Agents, the Lenders or their counsel. For greater certainty, the representations and warranties set out in Section 7.01 shall be remade and shall be deemed to be remade by the Borrowers: (i) each time there is a Borrowing hereunder; and (ii) each time a Quarterly Certificate is delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 8.01 Positive Covenants.

 

From the date hereof and until the Outstanding Obligations are permanently paid in full, the Borrowers will, and will cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to, observe and perform each of the following covenants, unless compliance therewith shall have been waived in writing by the Majority of the Lenders:

 

(1)

Existence - Corporate. The Canadian Borrower will do or cause to be done all such things as are necessary to maintain its corporate existence and the corporate existence of Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries in good standing, to ensure that it, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries have at all times the right and are duly qualified to conduct their businesses and to obtain and maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the conduct of their business, except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such businesses or on the ability of the Canadian Borrower,

 

- 43 -


 

Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries to perform its obligations hereunder or under the Loan Documents.

 

(2) Existence - U.S. Borrower. The U.S. Borrower will do or cause to be done all such things as are necessary to maintain its existence (including for United States tax purposes, its status as a United States corporation) and the corporate existence of each of the partners of the U.S. Borrower in good standing, to ensure that it has at all times the right and is duly qualified to conduct its business and to obtain and maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the conduct of its business, except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such business or on its ability to perform its obligations hereunder. The U.S. Borrower will make and maintain without revocation an effective election under the Code to be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; provided, however, the U.S. Borrower may fail to make such election or may revoke such election with the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders if such failure or revocation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(3) Conduct of Business. Each Borrower will maintain, operate and use its properties and assets, and will carry on and conduct its business: (i) in substantially the same fields of enterprise as are conducted as of the date hereof and in a manner so as to preserve and maintain all permits and licenses as are necessary to so conduct their business in such fields of enterprise; and (ii) in a proper and efficient manner so as to preserve and protect such properties and assets and business and the profits thereof and will cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to do likewise in respect of their respective properties, assets and business.

 

(4) Payment of Principal, Interest and Expenses. The Borrowers will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the Outstanding Obligations at the times and places and in the manner provided for herein.

 

(5) Payment of Taxes and Claims. T he Borrowers will pay and discharge, and will cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, promptly when due all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets or upon any part thereof, as well as all claims of any kind (including claims for labour, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, would by law become a lien, charge, trust or other claim upon any such properties or assets; but neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge or levy or claim if the amount, applicability or validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books a reserve to the extent required by GAAP in an amount which is reasonably adequate with respect thereto.

 

(6) Notice of Default or Event of Default. The Borrowers will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default and shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with a detailed statement of a senior officer of the Borrowers, without personal liability, describing in detail the steps taken by the Borrowers to cure such Default or Event of Default.

 

(7) Financial Statements. The Borrowers will deliver to each Lender:

 

  (a)

As soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each of their Financial Years, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2004: (i) unaudited Consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America, and (ii) unaudited Consolidated and non-Consolidated financial statements of the U.S. Borrower, as of the end of such fiscal quarter consisting of balance sheets, statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for the fiscal quarter then ended and for that portion of their Financial Year then ended, in each case setting forth comparative Consolidated figures

 

- 44 -


 

as of the end of and for the corresponding period in the preceding Financial Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of notes required by GAAP and U.S. GAAP, as applicable, and subject to normal year-end adjustments) applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding fiscal quarter or containing disclosure of the effect on the financial condition or results of operations of any change in the application of accounting principles and practices during such fiscal quarter;

 

  (b) As soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each of their Financial Years, beginning with the Financial Year ending December 31, 2003: (i) audited Consolidated and unaudited consolidating financial statements of the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America, and (ii) unaudited Consolidated and non-Consolidated financial statements of the U.S. Borrower, all as of the end of such Financial Year consisting of balance sheets, statements of cash flow, income and shareholders’ equity for such Financial Year then ended, including the notes thereto, in each case setting forth comparative figures as of the end of and for the preceding Financial Year together with comparative projected figures for such Financial Year then ended, all in reasonable detail and certified by the independent public accounting firms regularly retained by the Borrowers and Kingsway America or another independent public accounting firm of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with (y) a report thereon by such accountants that is not qualified as to going concern or scope of audit and to the effect that such financial statements present fairly the Consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Borrowers and Kingsway America as of the dates and for the periods indicated in accordance with GAAP and U.S. GAAP, as applicable, applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year or containing disclosure of the effect on the financial condition or results of operations of any change in the application of accounting principles and practices during such year, and (z) if required by a Lender, a report by such accountants to the effect that, based on and in connection with their examination of the financial statements of the Borrowers and Kingsway America, such accountants obtained no knowledge of the occurrence or existence of any Default or Event of Default relating to accounting or financial reporting matters, or a statement specifying the nature and period of existence of any such Default or Event of Default disclosed by their audit; provided however, that such accountants shall not be liable by reason of the failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default that would not be disclosed or revealed in the course of their audit examination;

 

  (c) As soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each of their Financial Years, beginning with the Financial Year ending December 31, 2003, a summary of the letters of credit and guarantees issued and outstanding by the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries during and as at the end of each such Financial Year all in reasonable detail and certified by a responsible officer of the Canadian Borrower; and

 

  (d) As soon as available and in any event no later than thirty (30) days immediately following the end of each Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower (beginning no later than thirty (30) days immediately following the end of the Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower ending December 31, 2004), copies of the Consolidated financial projections (including, without limitation, a balance sheet and related statement of income showing the projected Consolidated results for Canadian Borrower for each fiscal quarter of such upcoming Financial Year) for Canadian Borrower in respect of the immediately upcoming Financial Year of Canadian Borrower.

 

(8)

Quarterly Certificate. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent not later than sixty (60) days after the end of the last day of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Borrowers and within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Financial Year of the

 

- 45 -


 

Borrowers, a certificate of a senior officer of each of the Borrowers, without personal liability, in form and content satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which is to: (i) confirm compliance by the Borrowers with the terms and conditions hereof including the covenants contained in Section 8.02; (ii) include detailed calculations of the financial tests contained in Section 8.02; (iii) confirm that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iv) confirm that the Borrowers are operating in accordance with applicable regulatory financial ratio guidelines.

 

(9) Notice of Default or Event of Default in respect of Other Indebtedness. The Borrowers will provide the Administrative Agent and each Lender with written notice promptly upon becoming aware of: (i) any actual (or, to the best of their knowledge, pending) occurrence of a default or any event of default in respect of any Indebtedness of the Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts) or material contract to which any of the Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts) is a party; and (ii) any acceleration, demand or enforcement of any Indebtedness of the Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts).

 

(10) Statutory Financial Statements. The Borrowers will deliver to each Lender:

 

  (a) as soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Financial Year of the Borrowers, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2004, a quarterly statement of each Insurance Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal quarter and for that portion of the Financial Year of the Borrowers then ended, in the form filed with the relevant Insurance Regulatory Authority, prepared in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices; and

 

  (b) as soon as available and in any event within seventy (70) days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrowers, beginning with the Financial Year ended December 31, 2004, an Annual Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary as of the end of such Financial Year and for the Financial Year of the Borrowers then ended, in the form filed with the relevant Insurance Regulatory Authority, prepared in accordance with SAP.

 

(11) Other Information. Each Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly on request such other information in its possession respecting its financial condition and its business and operations as the Lenders may from time to time reasonably require.

 

(12) Books and Records. Each Borrower will at all times maintain proper records and books of account and therein make true and correct entries of all dealings and transactions relating to its business including records of any transactions between a Borrower, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries, and will make the same available for inspection by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or any agent of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders at all reasonable times.

 

(13) Notice of Litigation. Each Borrower will give to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any material action, suit, litigation, or other proceeding which is commenced or threatened against it or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts).

 

(14) Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of all Borrowings for the purposes contemplated hereunder, and for no other purpose.

 

(15) Reserves. The Borrowers will, and will cause Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries to, maintain appropriate reserves for Taxes, depreciation and other contingent expenses or liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

 

(16)

Securities Regulatory Filings; Certain Other Notices. The Borrowers will provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of each material written communication received by either Borrower,

 

- 46 -


 

Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries from or delivered by a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries to (without duplication): (i) any securities regulatory authority, including annual filings, information circulars, directors’ circulars, statements of executive compensation and material change reports, (ii) any holder of any securities or Indebtedness of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, or (iii) any provincial, state or federal regulatory body, in each case, within ten (10) days of such receipt or delivery.

 

(17) Report to Other Creditors. The Borrowers will provide to the Administrative Agent copies of any statement or report provided to any other party by a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of each contract or agreement relating to Indebtedness of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries and not otherwise required to be provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement promptly following the provision to such other party.

 

(18) Other Information. The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent, promptly on request, such other information in their possession respecting their financial condition and their businesses and operations, and the financial condition of Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries and each of their businesses and operations, as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may from time to time reasonably require.

 

(19) Insurance. The Borrowers will insure and keep insured their properties and assets, and shall cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to insure and to keep insured their properties and assets, in each case placed with such insurers and with such coverage and against such loss or damage to the full insurable value of such properties and assets without co-insurance as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require or, in the absence of such requirement, to the extent insured against by comparable corporations of a similar size engaged in comparable businesses. The Borrowers shall pay or cause to be paid all premiums necessary to maintain any such insurance policies in good standing as such premiums become due and payable. The Borrowers shall provide or cause to be provided certificates of insurance in respect of any or all such insurance to the Administrative Agent from time to time as reasonably required by the Administrative Agent.

 

(20) Access. Each Borrower will permit, and will cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to permit, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) through its officers or employees or through any consultants retained by it, upon request, to have reasonable access at any reasonable time and from time to time, to either of the Borrowers’, Kingsway America’s or any of their Subsidiaries’ premises and to any records, information or data in their possession so as to enable the Administrative Agent to ascertain the state of the Borrowers’, Kingsway America’s of any of their Subsidiaries’ financial condition or operations, and will permit the Administrative Agent to make copies of and abstracts from such records, information or data and will upon request of the Lenders deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of such records, information or data.

 

(21) Notice of Adverse Change. The Borrowers will give to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any event (including, without limitation, any proposed change in any Tax Law) which may result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(22) Material Contracts. The Borrowers will, and will cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to, perform all material obligations of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, as applicable, pursuant to all documents, contracts and agreements material to the operations of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

(23) Compliance with Laws. The Borrowers will, and will cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.

 

- 47 -


(24) Notice of Employment Matters. The Borrowers will promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders of the occurrence or expected occurrence of: (i) any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan or arrangement with respect to any Plan which could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence by either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries of any material liability, fine or penalty, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, any lien in favour of the PBGC or a Plan, or any withdrawal from, or the termination, reorganization or insolvency (within the meaning of such terms as used in ERISA) of any Multiemployer Plan; or (ii) the institution of any proceedings or the taking of any action by the PBGC or either Borrower of any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating, reorganization or insolvency (within the meaning of such terms as used in ERISA) of any Plan or which would materially increase the contingent liability of either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries with respect to any post-retirement Plan benefit other than liability for COBRA.

 

(25) Investments. The Borrowers will provide to the Administrative Agent such periodic reports in respect of investments and invested assets as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request.

 

(26) Parity of Debt. The Borrowers will ensure that the Outstanding Obligations shall rank in right of payment in priority to, or in parity with, any other Senior Funded Debt other than Senior Funded Debt secured by Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(27) Business of Subsidiaries. The Borrowers will ensure that:

 

  (a) the U.S. Borrower, Kingsway U.S. Tier II Finance Partnership and Kingsway Finance Nova Scotia ULC have no assets or liabilities (other than directly held interests in Subsidiaries and liabilities under this Agreement) and have not performed any business other than preparing for and administering the transactions herein contemplated,

 

  (b) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I has no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Trust Pool Securities) and has not performed any business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to the Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (c) Kingsway U.S. Funding Inc. and Kingsway Financial Capital Trust I have no assets or liabilities (other than directly held interests in Kingsway Financial Capital Trust I by Kingsway U.S. Funding Inc.) and have not performed any business,

 

  (d) Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III has no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Second Round Trust Pool Securities) and has not performed any business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to the Second Round Trust Pool Securities,

 

  (e) Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II has no assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Third Round Trust Pool Securities) and has not performed any business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to the Third Round Trust Pool Securities, and

 

  (f) None of the Fourth Round Statutory Trusts have any assets or liabilities (other than ownership of the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures and liabilities pursuant to the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities) and none of the Fourth Round Statutory Trusts have performed any business other than preparing for and administering the transactions in relation to the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities issued by it.

 

- 48 -


(28) Senior Unsecured Debt Rating. The Canadian Borrower will maintain at all times a senior unsecured debt rating with Dominion Bond Rating Services Limited and/or Moody’s Investor’s Services Inc. and/or Standard & Poor’s Corp. and such debt ratings are to be updated annually.

 

(29) Ownership of Subsidiaries. The Canadian Borrower will at all times hold directly or indirectly 100% of all issued and outstanding securities of all classes issued by the U.S. Borrower, Kingsway America, Metro Claim Services Inc. and all of its other Subsidiaries, except for: (i) qualifying shares issued to directors of Kingsway America and all Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower, and (ii) preferred securities in respect of the Trusts.

 

(30) Intellectual Property. The Borrowers and Kingsway America will at all times own or have the right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct in all material respects of their business as conducted as at the Closing Date and as proposed to be conducted thereafter without any known conflict with the rights of others.

 

Section 8.02 Financial Covenants.

 

(1) Funded Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio. The Canadian Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Funded Debt to Total Capitalization on a Consolidated basis of not greater than 0.30:1.00 calculated quarterly on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower; provided that, for the purposes of this covenant only, neither the Trust Pool Debentures nor the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures nor the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures nor the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures shall be included in the calculation of Funded Debt but the Trust Pool Debentures, Second Round Trust Pool Debentures, Third Round Trust Pool Debentures and Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures shall be included in the calculation of Total Capitalization.

 

(2) Minimum Tangible Net Worth. The Canadian Borrower shall maintain a Tangible Net Worth on a Consolidated basis of not less than $403,000,000, calculated quarterly on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower; provided that minimum Tangible Net Worth on a Consolidated basis shall increase in each fiscal quarter subsequent to December 31, 2003 by an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated Net Income during each such quarter plus by an amount equal to 25% of the proceeds of any equity issuance during each such quarter, with no downward adjustment made for net losses. For the purposes of this Section 8.02(2), the calculation of Tangible Net Worth shall exclude the gross proceeds of the offerings of the Second Round Trust Pool Securities, Third Round Trust Pool Securities, Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and any other preferred securities issued by the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts).

 

(3) Combined Ratio. The Canadian Borrower shall maintain a Combined Ratio on a Consolidated basis of not greater than the greater of: (i) 105%; and (ii) the Canadian Property and Casualty Industry Average Combined Ratio during the immediately preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Canadian Borrower, calculated on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower on a rolling four-quarter basis and in a consistent manner.

 

(4) Capital Surplus Ratio . The Canadian Borrower shall maintain a Capital Surplus Ratio on a Consolidated basis calculated quarterly in a consistent manner on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower on a rolling four-quarter basis of not greater than 3.00:1.00.

 

(5) Interest Coverage Ratio. The Canadian Borrower shall maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio on a Consolidated basis of not less than 3.00:1.00, calculated on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower on a rolling four-quarter basis and in a consistent manner.

 

- 49 -


Section 8.03 Restrictive Covenants.

 

From the date hereof and until the Outstanding Obligations are permanently paid in full, the Borrowers shall adhere to, and shall cause Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries to adhere to, the following covenants, unless waived in writing by the Majority of the Lenders:

 

(1) Not to Amalgamate, etc. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by way of amalgamation, merger, winding-up, consolidation, reorganization, reconstruction, dissolution, continuance, transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of any undertaking, properties, rights or assets of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries would become the property of any Person other than a Borrower, Kingsway America or a Material Subsidiary.

 

(2) Indebtedness . Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall create, assume, issue or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(3) Negative Pledge. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Security Interest in or upon any of their respective undertakings, properties, rights or assets (including, without limitation, insurance policies required pursuant to Section 8.01(19)), other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(4) No Impairment of Upstreaming. Except to the extent that an Insurance Subsidiary is regulated by an Insurance Regulatory Authority, neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly enter into, assume or be bound by any agreement or instrument that restricts or limits the ability of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries to make dividend payments or other distributions in respect of its capital stock, to repay indebtedness owed to a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, to make loans or advances to a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, or to transfer any of its assets or properties to a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case other than such restrictions or encumbrances existing under or by reason of the Loan Documents.

 

(5) No Guarantees. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall be, or become liable, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, for any obligation of any other Person by Guarantee or otherwise provide any other form of direct or indirect financial assistance to any other Person other than:

 

  (a) the Guaranty Agreement effective January 1, 2001 (the “ State and County Guaranty ”) issued by the Canadian Borrower in favour of State and County Mutual Fire Insurance Company (“ State and County ”) in respect of the liabilities of:

 

  (i) Kingsway Reinsurance Corporation (“ Kingsway Reinsurance ”) under that certain 100% Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement effective January 1, 2001 (the “ State and County Reinsurance Agreement ”) between Kingsway Reinsurance and State and County, and

 

  (ii) Southern United General Agency of Texas, Inc. (“ General Agency ”) under that certain agreement effective January 1, 2001 (the “ State and County General Agency Agreement ”) whereby State and County appointed General Agency, to the extent provided therein, to act as general agent for State and County;

 

  (b)

the Guaranty Agreement effective April 1, 2001 (the “ State National Guaranty ”) issued by the Canadian Borrower in favour of State National Insurance Company, Inc. (“ State

 

- 50 -


 

National ”), State National Specialty Insurance Company (“ State National—Florida ”) and State and County in respect of the liabilities of:

 

  (i) Kingsway Reinsurance under that certain 100% Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2001 between Kingsway Reinsurance and State and County,

 

  (ii) Lincoln General Insurance Company (“ Lincoln General ”) under that certain 90% Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2001 among Lincoln General, State National and State National - Florida,

 

  (iii) Lincoln General under that certain Excess Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2001 among Lincoln General, State National and State National - Florida, and

 

  (iv) Reliant American Insurance Company (“ Reliant American ”) under that certain agreement effective April 1, 2001 (the “ Reliant American General Agency Agreement ”) whereby State National, State National - Florida and State and County appointed Reliant American, to the extent provided therein, to act as general agent for State National, State National - Florida and State and County;

 

  (c) the letters of credit that may be obtained, from time to time, by Kingsway Reinsurance Corporation for the benefit of Old American County Mutual Fire Insurance Company (“ Old American ”) to support the liabilities of Kingsway Reinsurance under that certain Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement effective October 5, 2001 between Kingsway Reinsurance and Old American (the “ Old American Reinsurance Agreement ”);

 

  (d) the Indemnity and Hold Harmless Agreement effective October 5, 2001 (the “ MSI Indemnity ”) issued by Kingsway America, on behalf of itself and its affiliated companies, in favour of MSI Insurance Companies (“ MSI ”) in respect of the insurance policies issued in MSI’s name on behalf of Kingsway America by West Point Underwriters;

 

  (e) the Indemnity and Hold Harmless Agreement effective February 1, 2002 issued by the Canadian Borrower in favour of Aegis Security Insurance Company;

 

  (f) the letters of credit that may be obtained, from time to time, by the Canadian Borrower for the benefit of MSI (as defined above) to support the liabilities of Kingsway America under the MSI Indemnity (as defined above);

 

  (g) the letters of credit issued in favour of Mutual Service Insurance or Fairfield Insurance Company on the application of American Country Insurance Company in the amount and in the manner as more particularly described in Section 1.01(92)(j);

 

  (h) the Guarantee issued by Kingsway America (in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders) in respect of the Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower as more particularly described in Section 1.01(92)(k) and the Guarantee of the Canadian Borrower in respect of the U.S. Unsecured Notes as more particularly described in Section 1.01(92)(l);

 

  (i) the Guarantees issued by the Canadian Borrower and Kingsway America (in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders) in connection with the Trust Pool Securities, Trust Pool Debentures, Second Round Trust Pool Securities, Second Round Trust Pool Debentures, Third Round Trust Pool Securities, Third Round Trust Pool Debentures, Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures;

 

- 51 -


  (j) the Guarantee issued by the Canadian Borrower (in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders) in support of a reinsurance agreement between Lincoln General Insurance Company and Clarendon Insurance Company;

 

  (k) the letters of credit issued pursuant to the syndicated letter of credit facility in the amount and in the manner as more particularly described in Section 1.01(92)(i); and

 

  (l) as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or as otherwise consented to by the Majority of the Lenders in writing.

 

(6) Restrictions on Subsidiaries and Investments. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly acquire or invest in any body corporate (other than investments made within the investment portfolios managed by the Canadian Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and in respect of the Lines of Business) or form any Subsidiary or affiliate (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary of either of the Borrowers as at the date of this Agreement) or invest in or make any loan to any Person (other than investments or loans made within the investment portfolios managed by the Canadian Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and in respect of the Lines of Business) unless no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a) Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall acquire or attempt to acquire voting control directly or indirectly of any corporation by the acquisition of securities, by contract or otherwise (unless such action is supported or approved by the board of directors of the target corporation and such acquisition does not place a Lender in a position of conflict of interest);

 

  (b) Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall make any acquisition or investment in or enter into a venture which is outside the scope of its core lines of business as at the date of this Agreement;

 

  (c) No individual acquisition or investment shall exceed U.S. $50,000,000;

 

  (d) Acquisitions and investments shall not exceed U.S. $125,000,000 in the aggregate in any Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower, provided that if acquisitions and investments in any Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower total less than U.S. $125,000,000 in the aggregate the Borrowers shall be entitled to carry forward 50% of the amount not so expended to the immediately following Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower; and

 

  (e) Prior to completion of the contemplated acquisition or investment, the Borrowers shall provide pro forma financial statements and a compliance certificate demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set out in Section 8.02 certified by a senior officer of the Canadian Borrower, without personal liability, confirming that the Borrowers will not be in breach of any covenants as a result of the contemplated acquisition or investment.

 

(7) Material Contracts. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall cancel or terminate any material contract or amend, supplement or otherwise modify any material contract, or waive any default or breach under any material contract, or take any other action in connection with any material contract that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In any event and without limitation of any of the foregoing, the Borrowers, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries shall not consent to, enter into or permit the entering into of any amendment, supplement or other modification of any of the terms or provisions contained in, or applicable to:

 

  (a) any documents relating to preferred securities issued by any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts);

 

- 52 -


  (b) documents relating to any warrant or option granted by any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries if the effect of such amendment, supplement or other modification is to impose or increase any monetary obligation on any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries;

 

  (c) any constating documents of any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries other than any such amendment, supplement or other modification which is immaterial or which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (d) any documents relating to the Debenture Indebtedness, the Debenture Offering, the U.S. Unsecured Notes, the U.S. Unsecured Note Offering, the Trusts (including, without limitation, the Trust Pool Securities, the Trust Pool Debentures, the Second Round Trust Pool Securities, the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures, the Third Round Trust Pool Securities, the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures, the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities and the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures) and any declarations of trust, indemnities, indentures, guarantees and other documents, agreements and instruments in connection therewith.

 

(8) No Speculative Transactions. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall engage in any speculative transaction or any transaction involving commodity options, futures contracts or interest rate or currency hedging (other than currency and interest rate hedging in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business management).

 

(9) Margin Stock. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall use the proceeds of any Borrowing for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any stock on margin.

 

(10) Carry on Business. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall carry on any business other than the Lines of Business.

 

(11) Margin Calls. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall use the proceeds of any Borrowing to satisfy a margin call.

 

(12) Announcements. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall make or permit to be made by or on behalf of itself any press release or other public announcement which mentions an Agent or a Lender without such Agent’s and such Lender’s prior written consent and approval of such press release or public announcement, which written consent and approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except as required by Applicable Law.

 

(13) Transactions with Affiliates, Directors, etc. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall enter into any transaction, agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any loan transaction, agreement or arrangement) with any director, officer or shareholder of either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries or any member of the immediate family of any such director, officer or shareholder, except in the ordinary course of business and on terms no more beneficial than would be offered to Persons at arms length to any director, officer or shareholder of either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries or any member of the immediate family of any such director, officer or shareholder.

 

- 53 -


(14) Restricted Payments, etc.

 

  (a) The Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit or cause Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare or make any dividend payment, or make any other distribution of cash, property or assets, in respect of any of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire its capital stock, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire its capital stock, or set aside funds for any of the foregoing, except that:

 

  (i) the Canadian Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions to holders of its common stock, in cash or in shares of its common stock, and may purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock, in cash or in kind, in each case provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would arise immediately after giving effect thereto;

 

  (ii) the U.S. Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions to the Canadian Borrower at any time;

 

  (iii) each Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions to the U.S. Borrower or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower at any time; and

 

  (iv) each Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions to the Canadian Borrower or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower at any time.

 

  (b) The Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit or cause Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Trusts), to:

 

  (i) make (or give any notice in respect of) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment of principal on any Subordinated Debt, or directly or indirectly make any redemption (including pursuant to any change of control provision), retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of any Subordinated Debt, or make any deposit or otherwise set aside funds for any of the foregoing purposes; or

 

  (ii) make any payment (including, without limitation, any payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest) in respect of the Trust Pool Debentures, the Trust Pool Securities, the Second Round Trust Pool Debentures, the Second Round Trust Pool Securities, the Third Round Trust Pool Debentures, the Third Round Trust Pool Securities, the Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures, the Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities or any other securities issued by any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries or any guarantees or indemnities in respect thereof following the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or make any such payment if the making of such payment would result in the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default; or

 

  (iii) (directly or indirectly make (or give any notice in respect of) any redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of all or any portion of the Debenture Indebtedness, the Indebtedness evidenced by the U.S. Unsecured Notes, or any documents, agreements or instruments issued in exchange therefor, or make any deposit or otherwise set aside funds for any of the foregoing purposes.

 

(15)

Disposition of Assets. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall, during the term of this Agreement, sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease (as lessor),

 

- 54 -


 

contribute or otherwise dispose of, or grant options, warrants or other rights with respect to, any of their properties or assets, having a value in excess of U.S. $20,000,000 in the aggregate except for dispositions in the ordinary course of business of equity investments held in the Canadian Borrower’s investment portfolio.

 

(16) Capital Expenditures. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall incur Capital Expenditures in any Financial Year of the Canadian Borrower in excess of U.S. $10,000,000 in the aggregate, save and except for: (i) Permitted Acquisitions; and (ii) expenditures by Jevco Insurance Company to acquire its head office building at the location municipally known as 5250 Decarie Boulevard and 5320 Isabella Avenue, Montreal, Quebec, H3X 2H9 for an amount not to exceed Cdn $5,500,000.

 

(17) Currency and Interest Rate Speculation. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall engage in currency trading or convert loans from one currency to another currency for speculative reasons, or engage in interest rate hedging transactions for speculative reasons.

 

(18) Redemption of Preferred Securities. Without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Lenders, neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall redeem, repurchase or in any manner directly or indirectly acquire any of the Trust Pool Securities, Second Round Trust Pool Securities, Third Round Trust Pool Securities, Fourth Round Trust Pool Securities or any other securities issued by any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

(19) Financial Years. Neither Borrower, nor Kingsway America nor any of their Subsidiaries shall change their Financial Year end to a date which is other than December 31.

 

(20) Chief Executive Office. Without giving prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Borrower shall not move its chief executive office (within the meaning of Section 7(4) of the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario)) outside of the Province of Ontario, such Province being the jurisdiction in which its chief executive office was located as at the Closing Date.

 

(21) Corporate Names. Without giving prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, neither of the Borrowers nor Kingsway America shall change their corporate names in any manner at any time.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 9.01 Events of Default.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein:

 

  (a) the right of a Borrower to obtain a further Borrowing shall cease and the Lenders shall have no obligation to honour any cheques or other orders for payment,

 

  (b) the Outstanding Obligations shall become immediately due and payable to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), and

 

  (c) the Lenders may without notice to the Borrowers apply any amounts outstanding to the credit of the Borrowers to repayment of the Outstanding Obligations

 

(provided in each case, other than in respect of Sections 9.01(8), (11), (12) and (14) (which are automatic Events of Default), the prior consent or direction of the Majority of the Lenders has been obtained by the Administrative Agent) upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) Failure to Pay Principal or Interest - if a Borrower fails to make punctual payment when due of any principal amount or interest payable hereunder;

 

- 55 -


(2) Failure to Pay Other Amounts - if a Borrower fails to make punctual payment when due of any amount payable hereunder other than principal or interest and if such payment is not made within ten (10) Business Days of the day on which such payment is due;

 

(3) False Representations, Etc. - if any representation or warranty made or given herein, in any other Loan Document, in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto, or in any financial statements delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, as applicable, is false or erroneous in any material respect;

 

(4) Cross-Default – if: (i) a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries defaults in its obligations to any Person in respect of any Indebtedness in the principal amount of U.S. $5,000,000 or greater or under any agreement, document or other instrument relating to any such Indebtedness and such default has not been waived within the applicable cure period, or (ii) notwithstanding Section 9.01(4)(i) above, there is a default or an event of default by a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries under any agreement, document or other instrument to which any of the Trusts is a party, whether or not such a default or event of default has been waived within the applicable cure period or results in demand, acceleration or any enforcement action;

 

(5) Default in Certain Covenants - if there is any default or failure in the observance or performance of any covenant contained in Section 8.02;

 

(6) Default in Other Covenants - if, other than in respect of covenants contained in Section 8.02, or any covenant to pay, there is any default or failure in the observance or performance of any other act hereby, or pursuant to any other Loan Document, required to be done or any other covenant or condition hereby, or pursuant to any other Loan Document, required to be observed or performed, and the default or failure continues for fifteen (15) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent to either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, as applicable, specifying such default or failure;

 

(7) Change in Ownership or Control - if

 

  (a) there is a Change of Voting Control of the Canadian Borrower following the Closing Date,

 

  (b) the Canadian Borrower ceases to

 

  (i) be a general partner of the U.S. Borrower, or

 

  (ii) own directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding voting shares in the capital stock of Kingsway America or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower,

 

  (c) the Canadian Borrower and Metro Claim Services Inc. cease to be the sole partners of the U.S. Borrower,

 

  (d) the Canadian Borrower ceases to be a public company or ceases to be widely held, or

 

  (e) the U.S. Borrower is dissolved;

 

(8) Insolvency - if a Borrower, Kingsway America or any Material Subsidiary is unable to pay debts as such debts become due, or is, or is adjudged or declared to be, or admits to being, bankrupt or insolvent;

 

- 56 -


(9) ERISA Prohibited Transactions

 

  (a) if any Person engages in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan,

 

  (b) if any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, or any lien shall arise on the assets of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries in favour of the PBGC or a Plan,

 

  (c) if a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA,

 

  (d) if any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA;

 

  (e) if a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan; or

 

  (f) if any other event or condition shall occur or exist, with respect to a Plan;

 

and in each case in clauses (a) through (f) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(10) Pension Liability - with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, a Reportable Event shall have occurred and a Majority of the Lenders shall have determined that such event reasonably could be expected to result in liability of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries to the PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 and such event in the circumstances occurring could reasonably constitute grounds for the termination of such Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or a trustee shall have been appointed by the United States District Court to administer such Plan; or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed Pension Plan.

 

(11) Voluntary Proceedings - if a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding or filing is instituted or made by a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries seeking relief on its behalf as debtor, or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any similar law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its properties or assets; or a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries takes any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in this Section 9.01(11);

 

(12)

Involuntary Proceedings - if any notice of intention is filed or any proceeding or filing is instituted or made against a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries in any jurisdiction seeking to have an order for relief entered against it as debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its properties or assets or seeking possession, foreclosure or retention, or sale or other disposition of, or other proceedings to enforce security over, all or a substantial part of the assets of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries unless

 

- 57 -


 

the same is being contested actively and diligently in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and is dismissed, vacated or stayed within 30 days of institution thereof;

 

(13) Adverse Judgments and Claims – if: (a) any claim or action is brought in respect of any of the Trusts against any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any Trust) which could result in a judgment against any of the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of U.S. $5,000,000, or (b) one or more judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of U.S. $5,000,000 (whether or not covered by insurance) shall be rendered against any Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any of the Trusts);

 

(14) Receiver, etc. - if a receiver, liquidator, trustee, sequestrator or other officer with like powers is appointed with respect to, or an encumbrancer pursuant to a Security Interest or otherwise takes possession of, or forecloses or retains, or sells or otherwise disposes of, or otherwise proceeds to enforce security over any of the properties or assets of either Borrower, Kingsway America or any Material Subsidiary or gives notice of its intention to do so;

 

(15) Execution, Distress - if any writ, attachment, execution, sequestration, extent, distress or any other similar process in an amount not greater than U.S. $5,000,000 in the aggregate becomes enforceable against either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries or if a distress or any analogous process is levied against any of the properties or assets of either Borrower, Kingsway America or any Material Subsidiary, except where the same is being contested actively and diligently in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and the enforcement or levy has been stayed;

 

(16) Suspension of Business - if a Borrower, Kingsway America or any Material Subsidiary suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease its business;

 

(17) Sale - if a Borrower, Kingsway America or any Material Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of, or threatens to sell or otherwise dispose of, all or a substantial part of its undertaking and property and assets whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions save as permitted in this Agreement;

 

(18) Regulatory Action - if any action is taken by any regulatory body with authority over a Borrower, Kingsway America or any Material Subsidiary to materially limit the business activities of such Borrower, Kingsway America or such Material Subsidiary; or

 

(19) Impairment of the Loan Documents, etc. – if: (a) any Loan Document (including, without limitation, the Kingsway America Guarantee) shall (except in accordance with its terms), in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be a legally valid and binding obligation of any obligated party thereto or is not enforceable in accordance with its terms; or (b) any Borrower, Kingsway America or any other party obligated under any Loan Document shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any manner the effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Loan Document;

 

(20) Auditor Qualification – if a report on the audited Consolidated financial statements of either of the Borrowers or Kingsway America by any independent public accounting firm which has provided audit services to either of the Borrowers or Kingsway America is qualified as to going concern or scope of audit; or

 

(21) Adverse Actions or Events – if, in the opinion of all Lenders, any action or event has occurred which has had a Material Adverse Effect or any action has been taken by any Governmental Authority in respect of either of the Borrowers or Kingsway America to materially limit the business activities of either of the Borrowers or Kingsway America.

 

- 58 -


Section 9.02 Lenders May Waive.

 

The Majority of the Lenders may at any time waive any Default or Event of Default which may have occurred, provided that no such waiver shall extend to or be taken in any manner whatsoever to affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or the rights or remedies resulting therefrom. No such waiver shall be effective unless given by the Administrative Agent in writing with the consent of the Majority of the Lenders.

 

Section 9.03 Remedies are Cumulative.

 

For greater certainty, the rights and remedies of the Lenders and the Agents under this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any rights or remedies provided by law; and any single or partial exercise by the Lenders or the Agents of any right or remedy for a Default or Event of Default or breach of any term, covenant, condition or agreement herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of or to alter, affect or prejudice any other right or remedy to which the Lenders or the Agents may be lawfully entitled for the same default or breach, and any waiver by the Lenders or the Agents of the strict observance, performance or compliance with any term, covenant, condition or agreement herein contained and any indulgence granted by the Lenders or the Agents shall be deemed not to be a waiver of that or any subsequent default.

 

Section 9.04 Set-Off.

 

Subject to the requirement to effect transfers among the Lenders in accordance with Section 10.01, each of the Lenders shall be entitled at any time or from time to time after demand or the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, without notice to set-off, consolidate and to apply any or all deposits and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to either Borrower against and on account of the debts, liabilities or obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender, whether or not due and payable and whether or not such Lender has made demand therefor.

 

Section 9.05 Cash Collateral Accounts.

 

Following demand or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and in addition to any other rights or remedies of the Agents and the Lenders hereunder, the Administrative Agent as and by way of collateral security shall be entitled to deposit and retain in an account to be maintained by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders (bearing interest at the rates of the Administrative Agent as may be applicable in respect of other deposits of similar amounts for similar terms) amounts which are received by the Administrative Agent from either Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries hereunder to the extent such amounts may be required to satisfy any Outstanding Obligations.

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

GENERAL

 

Section 10.01 Redistribution of Payments.

 

If at any time the proportion which any Lender has received or recovered in respect of its portion of any payment to be made under this Agreement by the Borrowers for the account of such Lender or one or more other Lenders (including any moneys and/or property obtained by such Lender in the exercise of any right of set-off, counterclaim or similar right of such Lender) is greater than such Lender’s Rateable Portion or such other proportion as this Agreement shall otherwise permit, then appropriate transfers shall be made among the Lenders, through the Administrative Agent in accordance with the reasonable written direction provided to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent, so as to ensure that each Lender receives its Rateable Portion or such other proportion as permitted by this Agreement of such payment.

 

- 59 -


Section 10.02 Enforcement.

 

Each of the Lenders hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not be entitled to take any action hereunder, including, without limitation, any demand or declaration of a Default or an Event of Default hereunder but that such action shall be taken only by the Administrative Agent with the prior written agreement of the Majority of the Lenders. Each of the Lenders further covenants and agrees that upon any such written agreement by the Majority of the Lenders, it shall cooperate fully to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent or the Majority of the Lenders. Each of the Lenders further covenants and agrees that all amounts received following a Default or an Event of Default on account of the Outstanding Obligations, are held for the benefit of all Lenders and shall be shared among the Lenders rateably according to each such Lender’s Rateable Portion (taking into account any readjustments as required by Section 10.03). Each of the Lenders further covenants and agrees that all costs of realization hereunder, to the extent not reimbursed, shall be shared among the Lenders rateably in accordance with each such Lender’s Rateable Portion. Each of the Lenders covenants and agrees not to seek, accept or take security from any Person in respect of the Outstanding Obligations, or any portion thereof, other than security which may be taken by the Administrative Agent from time to time on behalf of all Lenders and Agents and the Kingsway America Guarantee.

 

Section 10.03 Readjustment of Obligations Among Lenders.

 

(1) If upon expiry of the Credit Facilities or, if sooner upon demand or the occurrence of an Event of Default:

 

  (a) that portion of the Outstanding Borrowings provided by any Lender does not equal such Lender’s Rateable Portion, the appropriate transfers and adjustments shall be made such that the portion of the Outstanding Borrowings provided by each Lender shall, as nearly as may be practicable, be in accordance with each such Lender’s respective Rateable Portion and such adjustments and transfers shall be accomplished through the Administrative Agent and in a manner satisfactory to the Lenders concerned, acting reasonably; and/or

 

  (b) the Lenders do not recover any other Outstanding Obligations (exclusive of Outstanding Borrowings) in full (the amount by which the recovered amount falls short of the entire amount of such Outstanding Obligations hereinafter called the “ Shortfall ”), the Shortfall shall be shared by the Lenders rateably in accordance with each such Lender’s Rateable Portion, and appropriate transfers and adjustments shall be made such that the Shortfall is shared, as nearly as may be practicable, in accordance with each such Lender’s respective Rateable Portion and such adjustments and transfers shall be accomplished through the Administrative Agent and in a manner satisfactory to the Lenders concerned, acting reasonably.

 

(2) Upon a permanent prepayment of a portion of the Canadian Facility pursuant to Error! Reference source not found. , the Canadian Commitment of each Canadian Lender shall be reduced rateably such that the Canadian Rateable Portion of each Canadian Lender following such prepayment is equal to its Canadian Rateable Portion immediately prior to such prepayment and the Total Commitment shall be reduced in an amount equal to the prepayment.

 

(3) Upon a permanent prepayment of a portion of the U.S. Facility pursuant to Error! Reference source not found. , the U.S. Commitment of each U.S. Lender shall be reduced rateably such that the U.S. Rateable Portion of each U.S. Lender following such prepayment is equal to its U.S. Rateable Portion immediately prior to such prepayment and the Total Commitment shall be reduced in an amount equal to the prepayment.

 

- 60 -


Section 10.04 Notices.

 

Any notice, request or other communication hereunder to any of the parties hereto shall be in writing and be well and sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid registered mail to its address or by telecopier to the number and to the attention of the person set forth below:

 

(1) In the case of the Canadian Borrower, the U.S. Borrower or Kingsway America:

 

c/o Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

5310 Explorer Drive

Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5H8

 

Attention: Shaun Jackson

Telecopier No.: (905) 629-5008

 

(2) In the case of the U.S. Borrower or Kingsway America:

 

c/o Kingsway America

150 Northwest Point Boulevard

6 th Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

 

Attention: Brian Williamson

Telecopier No.: (847) 264-2701

 

(3) In the case of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

c/o Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce

BCE Place, P.O. Box 500

161 Bay Street, 8th Floor

Toronto, Ontario M5J 2S8

 

Attention: Manager of Administration

Telecopier No.: (416) 956-3830

 

Any such notice shall be deemed to be given and received, if delivered, when delivered, and if mailed, on the third Business Day following the date on which it was mailed, unless an interruption of postal services occurs or is continuing on or within the three Business Days after the date of mailing in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been received on the third Business Day after postal service resumes and if sent by telecopier on the next Business Day after the day on which the telecopy is sent. Either party may by notice to the other, given as aforesaid, designate a changed address or telecopier number.

 

Section 10.05 Performance of Covenants by the Lenders.

 

If any of the covenants or obligations contained herein or in any Loan Document shall not be performed by a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or Lenders, upon reasonable notice to the Borrowers, may perform such covenant or obligation and, if in so doing the Administrative Agent or any Lender spends money or incurs liability, the amount of money so spent or liability incurred shall be treated as an advance to the Borrowers: (i) in the case of any money spent or liability incurred by any of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Lenders, by way of a Prime Rate Loan in the case of money spent or liabilities incurred in Cdn $ and by way of a U.S. Base Rate Loan in the case of money spent or liabilities incurred in U.S. $; and (ii) in the case of any money spent or liability incurred by any of the U.S. Lenders, by way of an Alternative Base Rate Loan.

 

- 61 -


Section 10.06 Indemnity.

 

In addition to any other indemnity provided for herein, the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally indemnify the Agents and the Lenders on demand against any loss (other than loss of profit), expense or liability which the Agents or any Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of the action or inaction of a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with:

 

(1) any default in payment of the principal amount of any Borrowing or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable;

 

(2) the repayment or prepayment of any LIBOR Loan prior to the last day of its term;

 

(3) any failure to fulfill on or before any Borrowing Date the conditions precedent to any Borrowing as provided for in this Agreement if, as a result of such failure, such Borrowing is not made on such date;

 

(4) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(5) any misrepresentation made by a Borrower, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries herein, in any other Loan Document or in any instrument in writing delivered to the Agents or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any instrument in writing delivered to the Agents or any Lender;

 

(6) the costs of enforcement of the rights of the Agents and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

 

(7) any determination that a Lender or an Agent is a partner or a joint venturer with any Borrower,

 

including but not limited to any loss or expense sustained or incurred in liquidating or redeploying deposits or other funds contracted for or acquired or used to effect or maintain such Borrowing or part thereof.

 

Section 10.07 The Canadian Borrower Liability for the U.S. Borrower Obligations; Waivers, etc.

 

In addition to, and not in limitation of, any direct liability of the Canadian Borrower arising hereunder (including, without limitation, in respect of any and all Outstanding Obligations of the Canadian Borrower), the Canadian Borrower, by virtue of its status as general partner of the U.S. Borrower, hereby expressly affirms, acknowledges and agrees for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that it is liable (“ Partnership Liability ”) for all indebtedness and other obligations of the U.S. Borrower (including, without limitation, in respect of any and all Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower) under the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act , 6 Del. C. Sections 15-1.01 - 1210, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time, and in connection with such Partnership Liability hereby expressly waives: (a) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Outstanding Obligations, (b) any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right or take any action against the U.S. Borrower or any other Person (including any guarantor) or entity or any collateral, if any, securing the Outstanding Obligations, and (c) any requirement of marshalling. In furtherance of (and without limiting) the foregoing, the Canadian Borrower acknowledges and agrees that its Partnership Liability shall exist in full force and effect regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower or the rights of the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders with respect thereto. Moreover, the Canadian Borrower’s Partnership Liability shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of: (a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to any matter thereof as to any Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower; (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower, or any compromise, renewal, extension,

 

- 62 -


acceleration or release with respect thereto, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement or any Loan Document; (c) any addition, exchange, release or non-perfection of collateral, if any, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty, for all or any of the Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower; (d) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender: (i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the U.S. Borrower or any other Person (including any guarantor) under the provisions of this Agreement, any Loan Document or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any guarantor of, or collateral (if any) securing, any of the Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower; (e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms hereof or any Loan Document; (f) any defense, set-off or counterclaim which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the U.S. Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any Lender; (g) any limitation, impairment or termination of the Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and the Canadian Borrower hereby expressly waives any right to or claim of) any defense or set- off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, the Outstanding Obligations of the U.S. Borrower or otherwise; or (h) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the U.S. Borrower, any surety or any guarantor.

 

Section 10.08 No Set-Off or Counterclaim.

 

The obligations of the Borrowers and of Kingsway America to make payments hereunder and under the Loan Documents shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, any set-off, compensation, counterclaim, recoupment, defence or other right which a Borrower or Kingsway America may have against the Agents or any of the Lenders.

 

Section 10.09 Severability.

 

Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.10 Time of Essence.

 

Time shall, in all respects, be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.11 Assignment.

 

No Borrower may assign this Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. Subject to Section 10.18, a Lender shall be entitled to assign this Agreement with the consent of the Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

Section 10.12 Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement, together with any other instrument contemplated hereby, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersedes any other prior agreements or representations.

 

Section 10.13 Amendments.

 

No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent by the Lenders to any departure from any provision of this Agreement is in any way effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Borrowers, in respect of an amendment or modification, and the Majority of the Lenders, in

 

- 63 -


which event the amendment, modification, waiver or consent is effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

 

Section 10.14 Law Governing.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as an Ontario contract and the parties hereby submit and attorn to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.

 

Section 10.15 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

Any litigation based hereon, or arising out of, under, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether oral or written) or actions of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or either Borrower shall be brought and maintained exclusively in either the Courts of Ontario, Canada, the Courts of the State of Illinois or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. Each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the Courts of Ontario, Canada, the Courts of the State of Illinois and of the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois for the purpose of any such litigation as set forth above and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with such litigation subject to any rights of appeal. Each Borrower further irrevocably consents to service of process by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or by personal service within or without the State of Illinois. Each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have or hereafter may have to the laying of venue of any such litigation brought in any such Court referred to above and any claim that any such litigation has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that either Borrower has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any Court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each Borrower hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 10.16 Waiver of Jury Trial, etc.

 

The Agents, the Lenders and each Borrower hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive any rights they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation based hereon, or arising out of, under, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether oral or written) or actions of the Agent, the Lenders or the Borrowers. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it has received full and sufficient consideration for this provision (and each other provision of each other Loan Document to which it is a party) and that this provision is a material inducement for the Agents and the Lenders entering into this Agreement and each such other Loan Document. In no event shall any Lender or any Agent be liable for any consequential damages which may be alleged in connection herewith or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 10.17 Conflict.

 

In the event that there is any conflict between the provisions contained in this Agreement and the provisions contained in any document delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, the provisions of this Agreement shall have priority over and shall override the provisions contained in such other document.

 

Section 10.18 Loan Syndication.

 

With the prior written consent of the Borrowers, not to be unreasonably withheld, each Lender shall have the right to sell, assign, transfer or grant a participation in its Commitment, in an amount of not less than Cdn $5,000,000 or, if less, the full amount of such Lender’s Commitment in whole or in part, to one or

 

- 64 -


more Persons (the “ Participants ”); provided that each such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation must be allocated rateably between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Lender shall be entitled to undertake any such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of a participation without notice to, or the consent of, either Borrower or Kingsway America; provided that each such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation must be allocated rateably between the Canadian Facility and the U.S. Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may sell, assign, transfer or grant a participation in its Commitment to any other Lender or to an Affiliate of any Lender and without the consent of the Borrowers. For the purpose of selling, assigning, transferring or granting a participation in its Commitment a Lender may disclose, on a confidential basis, to a potential Participant such information concerning the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries as such Lender considers appropriate, including information subject to any duty of confidentiality by such Lender to the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries, and any such information may also be disclosed to any Lender’s direct or indirect contractual counter parties or prospective counter parties in swap agreements, credit linked notes or similar transactions, or such contractual counter parties’ or prospective counter parties’ professional advisors. The Borrowers agree to execute and deliver and to cause Kingsway America and any of their Subsidiaries to execute and deliver such further documentation and take such further action as the Administrative Agent or any Lender considers necessary or advisable to give effect to such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation. In the case of sale, assignment, transfer or grant of a participation, and upon payment by the Participant to the Administrative Agent of an administrative fee in the amount of $2,500, for the Administrative Agent’s own account and not for the account of the Lenders, the Participant shall have, to the extent of such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation, the same rights and obligations as it would have had if it had been a Lender on the Closing Date and as such had executed this Agreement as required, and from the date of delivery of the assignment and acceptance agreement pursuant to Section 10.19, the Participant shall be a Lender hereunder. The selling, assigning, transferring or granting Lender (the “ Outgoing Lender ”) shall be relieved, to the extent of the sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation, of its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitment. The Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that any sale, assignment, transfer or grant of a participation will give rise to a direct obligation of the Borrowers to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed by each Borrower that the rights of any Outgoing Lender with respect to a Borrowing shall be transferred to the applicable Participant pursuant to the terms of this Section 10.18 and such Borrowing continues to be outstanding at all times without novation.

 

Section 10.19 Assignment and Acceptance.

 

A sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation pursuant to Section 10.18 shall be effective upon the Borrowers and each other Lender having received an executed assignment and acceptance agreement substantially in the form of Schedule “L” and the Administrative Agent receiving the fee from the Participant in the amount of $2,500. Upon any such sale, assignment, transfer or grant of participation becoming effective, Schedule “A” to this Agreement shall be automatically deemed to have been amended to reflect the amended Commitments resulting from such sale, transfer, assignment or grant of participation without further notice or other requirement.

 

Section 10.20 Judgment Currency.

 

The obligations of the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement to make payments in a specific currency (the “ Contractual Currency ”) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any other currency except to the extent to which such tender or recovery shall result in the effective receipt by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent of the full amount of the Contractual Currency payable or expressed to be payable under this Agreement and accordingly the obligations of the Borrowers shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering the other currency of the amount (if any) by which such effective receipt shall fall short of the Contractual Currency payable or expressed to be payable under this Agreement and shall not be effected by judgment being offered for any other sum due under this Agreement.

 

- 65 -


Section 10.21 Successors and Assigns.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 10.22 Survival.

 

The obligations of the Borrowers under Section 4.06, Section 5.06, Section 5.07 and Section 10.06 shall in each case survive any termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Outstanding Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided thereto.

 

Section 10.23 Non-U.S. Lenders.

 

Each U.S. Lender that is not a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (a “ Foreign Lender ”) will submit to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent, prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly completed and signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement), IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement), IRS Form W-8IMY or any successor thereto or such other evidence satisfactory to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code. Each such Foreign Lender will, from time to time after submitting either such form or such evidence, submit to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or the other such forms (or such successor forms or other documents as will be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may be: (i) reasonably requested in writing by the U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and (ii) appropriate under then current United States law or regulations to avoid United States withholding taxes on payments in respect of any amounts to be received by such U.S. Lender pursuant to this Agreement. Upon the reasonable request of the U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent, each Lender that has not provided the forms or other documents, as provided above, on the basis of being a “United States person” will submit to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent a certificate to the effect that it is such a “United States person”.

 

If any U.S. Lender which is not a “United States person” determines that it is unable to submit to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent any form or certificate that such U.S. Lender is requested to submit pursuant to the preceding paragraph, or that it is required to withdraw or cancel any such form or certificate, or that any such form or certificate previously submitted has otherwise become ineffective or inaccurate, such U.S. Lender will promptly notify the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such fact.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

THE AGENTS

 

Section 11.01 Appointment and Authorization.

 

(1)

Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes, and hereby agrees that it will require any assignee or transferee of any of its interests herein to appoint and authorize, each of the Agents to be its agent and its attorney in its name and on its behalf, to take such actions and to exercise such powers hereunder as are delegated to the Agents by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. No Agent nor any of their directors,

 

- 66 -


 

officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them hereunder or in connection herewith, except for their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(2) The Agents shall have no duties or obligations other than as expressed herein, and, without limitation, the Agents do not undertake, and the Lenders relieve the Agents from, any implied duties, (including fiduciary duties) and there shall not be construed against the Agents any implied covenants or terms.

 

Section 11.02 Interest Holders.

 

The Agents may treat each Lender or the Person designated in the last notice filed with it under this Section, as the holder of all of the interests of such Lender in respect of this Agreement, until written notice of a sale, assignment, transfer or grant pursuant to Section 10.18, signed by such Lender (or the person designated in the last notice filed with the Agent) and the Person designated in such written notice has been filed with the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 11.03 Documents.

 

The Agents are not, and shall not be, under any duty to examine, enquire into or pass upon the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of any instrument, document or communication furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, and the Agents are entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and genuine, have been signed or sent by the proper parties and are what they purport to be.

 

Section 11.04 Agents, Affiliates and Subsidiaries.

 

With respect to its Commitment and the advances made by it as a Lender hereunder, the Agents have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not the Agents, and the Agents and their Affiliates and Subsidiaries may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower and/or any of its Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries and Persons doing business with the Borrowers and/or any of its Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries as if it were not an Agent and without any obligation to account therefor.

 

Section 11.05 Responsibility of Agents.

 

The duties and obligations of the Agents hereunder are only those expressly set forth herein or therein. The Administrative Agent has no duty to investigate whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent is entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge or has been notified in writing by a Borrower of such fact or has been notified in writing by a Lender that such Lender considers that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such notification to specify in detail the nature thereof.

 

Section 11.06 Action by Administrative Agent.

 

(1) The Administrative Agent is entitled to use its discretion with respect to:

 

  (a) exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document, and

 

  (b) taking or refraining from taking any action or acts which it may be able to take under or in respect of this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document,

 

- 67 -


unless the Administrative Agent has been instructed by the Majority of the Lenders to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights or to take or refrain from taking such actions; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may not exercise any rights under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document or commence any action for the collection of amounts owing hereunder without the request of the Majority of the Lenders. Upon receiving the indemnities required hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Majority of the Lenders, exercise any or all such rights and/or commence such action. The Administrative Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document with respect to anything which it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment or which may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the circumstances, except for its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(2) the Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Majority of the Lenders and any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such instructions shall be binding on all Lenders.

 

Section 11.07 Notice of Events of Default.

 

If the Administrative Agent acquires actual knowledge or is notified in writing of any Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and shall take such action and assert such rights under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document as the Majority of the Lenders shall request in writing, and the Administrative Agent is not subject to any liability by reason of its acting pursuant to any such request. If the Majority of the Lenders fail, for ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the notice of any Default or Event of Default, to request the Administrative Agent to take action or to assert rights under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document in respect of such Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, subject to subsequent specific instructions from the Majority of the Lenders, take such action or assert such rights as it deems in its discretion advisable for the protection of the interests of the Lenders except that, if the Majority of the Lenders have instructed the Administrative Agent not to take such action or assert such rights, in no event shall the Administrative Agent act contrary to such instructions.

 

Section 11.08 Responsibility Disclaimed.

 

The Agents shall be under no liability or responsibility whatsoever as Agents:

 

(1) to the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any other Person as a consequence of any failure or delay in the performance by, or any breach by, any Lender or Lenders of any of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document;

 

(2) to any Lender or Lenders, as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by, or any breach by, any Borrower, Kingsway America of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document; or

 

(3) to any Lender or Lenders for

 

  (a) any statements, representations or warranties in this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document or in any other information provided pursuant to this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document or any instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

 

- 68 -


  (b) the accuracy or completeness of the data made available to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document or any instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; or

 

  (c) the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document or any instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

Section 11.09 Indemnification.

 

The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers) rateably according to each such Lender’s Rateable Portion from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its actions as Agent relating to this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, except that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Agent.

 

Section 11.10 Credit Decision.

 

Each Lender represents and warrants to the Agents that:

 

(1) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and to make its Commitment available to the Borrowers, it is independently taking whatever steps it considers necessary to evaluate the financial condition and affairs of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries and that it has made an independent credit judgment without reliance upon any information furnished by the Agents; and

 

(2) so long as any portion of the Credit Facilities is being utilized by either Borrower, it will continue to make its own independent evaluation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrowers, Kingsway America and their Subsidiaries.

 

Section 11.11 Successor Agents.

 

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below: (i) an Agent may resign by giving ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to the Lenders, or (ii) a Majority of the Lenders may terminate an Agent, at any time by giving 30 days written notice thereof to the Lenders, the Borrowers and the Agents. Upon any such resignation or termination, the Majority of the Lenders and the Borrowers shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent who shall be one of the Lenders. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment by the time of such resignation or termination, then the retiring or terminated Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent from among the Lenders; the Borrowers hereby approving each of the Lenders as a successor agent for purposes of this Section 11.11. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, duties and obligations of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or termination hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article Eleven shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

 

- 69 -


Section 11.12 Delegation by Agents.

 

With the prior approval of the Majority of the Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the Agents shall have the right to delegate any of their duties or obligations as Agent under this Agreement, the Kingsway America Guarantee or any other Loan Document to any Affiliate of such Agent so long as such Agent shall not thereby by relieved of such duties or obligations.

 

Section 11.13 Determinations by Agents.

 

Any determination to be made by an Agent under this Agreement shall be made by such Agent in good faith and, if required hereby, acting reasonably, and, if so made, shall be prima facie evidence of the matters so determined, absent manifest error.

 

Section 11.14 Reliance Upon Agents.

 

The Borrowers shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other document or other advice, statement or instrument provided to it by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, and the Borrowers shall generally be entitled to deal with the Administrative Agent with respect to matters under this Agreement with which the Administrative Agent is authorized to deal (whether alone or on behalf of the Lenders or the Majority of the Lenders) without any obligation whatsoever to satisfy itself as to the authority of the Administrative Agent to act on behalf of the Lenders or the Majority of the Lenders, as the case may be, and without any liability whatsoever to the Lenders for relying upon any certificate, notice or other document or other advice, statement or instruction provided to it by the Administrative Agent, notwithstanding any lack of authority of the Administrative Agent to provide the same.

 

Section 11.15 Payment Protection.

 

Unless upon the date of receipt by a Lender of any notice of Borrowing the Administrative Agent has been notified by a Lender that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of such Borrowing in the proportions set out in Section 2.03 (the “ Rateable Portion of such Borrowing ”), the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that such Lender has made such Rateable Portion of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent on the Borrowing Date in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers on such Borrowing Date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent such Lender shall not have so made such Rateable Portion of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrowers agree to pay or repay, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such Lender’s Rateable Portion of such Borrowing together with interest thereon at the rate provided herein in respect of such Borrowing for each day from such Borrowing Date until the date such Lender’s Rateable Portion of such Borrowing is paid or prepaid to the Administrative Agent. The amount payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto shall be as set forth in a certificate delivered by the Administrative Agent to such Lender and the Borrowers and shall be prima facie evidence of the amount payable, for all purposes, absent manifest error. If such Lender makes the payment of the amount payable to the Administrative Agent as required herein, the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Rateable Portion of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement. The failure of any Lender to make available its portion of such Borrowing in the proportions set out in Section 2.03 shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make available its portion of such Borrowing in the proportions set out in Section 2.03 on the Borrowing Date but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make its portion of such Borrowing in the proportions set out in Section 2.03 available on such Borrowing Date. Nothing herein shall affect or limit any right of action a Borrower may have under Applicable Law against the defaulting Lender.

 

Section 11.16 Remittance of Payments.

 

Forthwith after receipt of any repayment pursuant to this Agreement or payment of interest or fees hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall remit to each Lender its portion of such payment in accordance

 

- 70 -


with the advances made by such Lender hereunder; provided that if the Administrative Agent, on the assumption that it will receive a payment hereunder on the due date thereof, remits to each Lender such Lender’s portion of such payment and the Borrowers fail to make such payment, each of the Lenders agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand each such Lender’s portion of the payment made pursuant hereto together with all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith and interest thereon (at a rate of interest reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) for each day from the date such amount is remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and the exact amount of the repayment required to be made by each of the Lenders pursuant hereto is to be as set forth in a certificate delivered by the Administrative Agent to each Lender, which certificate shall be prima facie evidence of each such required repayment for all purposes absent manifest error.

 

Section 11.17 Prompt Notice to the Lenders.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Administrative Agent agrees to provide to the Lenders, with copies where appropriate, all information, notices and reports required to be given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers including, without limitation, all information relating to the Credit Facilities, promptly upon receipt of same, excepting therefrom information and notices relating solely to the role of Administrative Agent hereunder.

 

Section 11.18 Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of the said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.    

By:

 

/S/ William G. Star

   
   
   
   

Name: William G. Star

   
   

Title: Chairman

   
         
        c/s
         

By:

 

/S/ W. Shaun Jackson

   
   
   
   

Name: Shaun Jackson

   
   

Title: Executive Vice President

   

 

- 71 -


KINGSWAY U.S. FINANCE PARTNERSHIP    

by its Partners

   
KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.    

By:

 

/S/ William G. Star

 

c/s

   
   
   

Name: William G. Star

   
   

Title: President

   
         

By:

 

/S/ W. Shaun Jackson

 

c/s

   
   
   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   
   

Title: Executive Vice President

   
         
   

METRO CLAIM SERVICES INC.

   

By:

 

/S/ W. Shaun Jackson

 

c/s

   
   
   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   
   

Title:

   
         

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

   

By:

 

/S/ William G. Star

   
   
   
   

Name: William G. Star

   
   

Title: Director

   
         
       

c/s

By:

 

/S/ Brian Williamson

   
   
   
   

Name: Brian Williamson

   
   

Title: Vice President

   
         

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF

COMMERCE, AS CANADIAN LENDER

By:

 

/S/ Ralph Sehgal

   
   
   
   

Name: Ralph Sehgal

   
   

Title: Executive Director

   
         

By:

 

/S/ Marc St-Onge

   
   
   
   

Name: Marc St-Onge

   
   

Title: Executive Director

   

 

- 72 -


LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, A DIVISION

OF ABN AMRO N.V., CANADA BRANCH, AS

CANADIAN LENDER

By:

 

/S/ Aaron Turner

   
   

Name: Aaron Turner

   

Title: First Vice President

     

By:

 

/S/ Keith Hughes

   
   

Name: Keith Hughes

   

Title: Senior Vice President

     

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, AS

CANADIAN LENDER

By:

 

/S/ A.L. Sabada

   
   

Name: A.L. Sabada

   

Title: Director

   

          Financial Institutions Group

 

By:

 

/S/ Audrey MacAdam

   
   

Name: Audrey MacAdam

   

Title: Associate

     

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS U.S. LENDER

By:

 

/S/ Bradley J. Kronland

   
   

Name: Bradley J. Kronland

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

     

By:

 

/S/ Peter J. Bulandr

   
   

Name: Peter J. Bulandr

   

Title: Senior Vice President

 

- 73 -


CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, NEW YORK AGENCY, AS U.S. LENDER

By:

 

/S/ Geraldine Kerr

   
   

Name: Geraldine Kerr

   

Title: Executive Director

    CIBC World Markets Corp. As Agent
     

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, ATLANTA

AGENCY, AS U.S. LENDER

By:

 

/S/ William E. Zarret

   
   

Name: William E. Zarret

   

Title: Managing Director

     

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF

COMMERCE, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

By:

 

/S/ Warren Lobo

   
   

Name: Warren Lobo

   

Title: Director

     

By:

 

/S/ Geoff Bond

   
   

Name: Geoff Bond

   

Title: Managing Director

     

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS SYNDICATION AGENT

By:

 

/S/ Bradley J. Kronland

   
   

Name: Bradley J. Kronland

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

     

By:

 

/S/ Peter J. Bulandr

   
   

Name: Peter J. Bulandr

   

Title: Senior Vice President

 

- 74 -


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT    

By:

 

/S/ A.L. Sabada

   
   
   
   

Name: A.L. Sabada

   
   

Title: Director

   
   

Financial Institutions Group

   
         
       

c/s

By:

 

/S/ Audrey MacAdam

   
   
   
   

Name: Audrey MacAdam

   
   

Title: Associate

   

 

- 75 -


SCHEDULE “A”

 

Commitments

 

Lender


  

Commitment


(A) Canadian Facility

    
Canadian Lenders:    Canadian Commitment:
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce    Cdn $10,000,000
LaSalle Business Credit, a division of ABN AMRO N.V., Canada Branch    Cdn $10,000,000
The Bank of Nova Scotia    Cdn $10,000,000
    

Total Canadian Commitment

  

Cdn $30,000,000

(B)U.S. Facility

    
U.S. Lenders:    U.S. Commitment:
LaSalle Bank National Association    Cdn $40,000,000
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency    Cdn $40,000,000
The Bank of Nova Scotia, Atlanta Agency    Cdn $40,000,000
    

Total U.S. Commitment

  

Cdn $120,000,000

    

TOTAL COMMITMENT

  

Cdn $150,000,000

    

 


Schedule “B”

Kingsway Financial Services Inc. – Subsidiaries

 

  American Country Holdings Inc.

 

  American Country Insurance Company

 

American Country Financial Services Corp.

 

American Country Professional Services Corp.

 

American Country Underwriting Agency Inc.

 

  American Service Investment Corporation

 

  American Service Insurance Company, Inc.

 

ARK Insurance Agency Inc.

 

Avalon Risk Management, Inc.

 

  Hamilton Risk Management Company

 

Appco Finance Corporation

 

Auto Body Tech Inc.

 

Corporation Claim Services Inc.

 

Yorktowne Premium Finance Company

 

  Insurance Management Services Inc.

 

  U.S. Security Insurance Company

 

AOA Payment Plan, Inc.

 

  Jevco Insurance Company

 

  Kingsway America Inc.

 

  Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust I

 

  Kingsway Connecticut Statutory Trust II

 

  Kingsway Delaware Statutory Trust III

 

  Kingsway Nova Scotia Finance, ULC

 

  Kingsway General Insurance Company

 

  Kingsway Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

  Kingsway Reinsurance Corporation

 

  Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership

 

  Kingsway U.S. Funding Inc.

 

  Kingsway Financial Capital Trust I

 

  Kingsway U.S. Tier II Finance Partnership Metro Claim Services Inc.

 

  Southern United Holding, Inc.

 

Consolidated Insurance Management Corp.

 

  Funding Plus of America

 

  Southern United Fire Insurance Company

 

Southern United General Agency of Texas, Inc.

 

  UCC Corporation

 

  Universal Casualty Company

 

  Walshire Assurance Company

 

  Lincoln General Insurance Company

 

  York Fire & Casualty Insurance Company

 

  Material Subsidiary

 


Schedule “C”

 

Security Interests

 

Nil

 


Schedule “D”

 

Quarterly Certificate

 

[DATE]

 

TO: CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE as Administrative Agent for the Lenders as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2004 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Kingsway Financial Services Inc. and Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, collectively as the Borrowers, Kingsway America Inc., as Guarantor Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Administrative Agent, Co-Lead Arranger and Bookrunner and individually as a Lender, LaSalle Bank National Association, as Syndication Agent and Co-Lead Arranger and individually as a Lender, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent and individually as a Lender, and the other Lenders and Agents now or hereafter parties thereto

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Re:      n

 

Quarter Ending n

 

In accordance with the Credit Agreement, I, [insert name and title of certifying officer] hereby certify without personal liability that:

 

1. I am familiar with and have examined the provisions of the Credit Agreement and have made reasonable investigations of corporate records and inquiries of other officers and senior personnel of the Borrowers and based on the foregoing and as of the date of this certificate:

 

  (a) except as indicated below or in any Schedule annexed hereto, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects;

 

  (b) to the best of my knowledge and belief, there is no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement;

 

  (c) the Borrowers, Kingsway America and each of their Subsidiaries are, and have been, since the date of the last Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, operating in accordance with all applicable regulatory financial ratio guidelines;

 

  (d) to the best of my knowledge and belief, the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement have not been breached.

 

2. That as at the last day of the fiscal quarter ending n , on a Consolidated basis,

 

  (w) Funded Debt of the Canadian Borrower totalled $ n calculated as follows:

 

  (i) indebtedness for borrowed money $ n ; plus

 

  (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations $ n ; plus

 


  (iii) Purchase Money Obligations $ n ; plus

 

  (iv) outstanding letters of credit $ n (excluding undrawn letters of credit the beneficiary of which is a Borrower, Kingsway America, a Subsidiary of a Borrower or Kingsway America, State National Specialty Insurance Company Inc., State and County Mutual Insurance Company or General Reinsurance Company)); plus

 

  (v) the principal amount of all other Indebtedness $ n ; plus

 

  (vi) fees incurred in respect of above $ n ; plus

 

  (vii) interest accrued in respect of above $ n .

 

  (x) Total Capitalization of the Canadian Borrower totalled $ n calculated as follows:

 

  (i) Funded Debt $ n ; plus

 

  (ii) gross proceeds of Trust Pool Debentures, Second Round Trust Pool Debentures, Third Round Trust Pool Debentures and Fourth Round Trust Pool Debentures $ n ; plus

 

  (iii) shareholders equity $ n ,

 

and accordingly, the ratio of Funded Debt to Total Capitalization as calculated in accordance with the Credit Agreement is n :1.00 and therefore not greater than a maximum ratio of n :1.00 required under Section 8.02(1) of the Credit Agreement.

 

3. That as at the last day of the fiscal quarter ending n , on a Consolidated basis, the Canadian Borrower’s

 

  (v) Net Written Premiums of Insurance Subsidiaries totalled $ n ;

 

  (w) Statutory Capital and Surplus totalled $ n ;

 

and accordingly, the Capital Surplus Ratio is n :1.00 and therefore not greater than 3.00:1.00 required under Section 8.02(4) of the Credit Agreement.

 

4. That, as at the last day of the fiscal quarter ending n , (on a Consolidated basis in accordance with the Credit Agreement) the Canadian Borrower’s: (i) Net Income during the fiscal quarter ending n was $ n , (ii) proceeds of equity issuances by the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during the fiscal quarter ending n amounted to $ n , (iii) shareholders equity less goodwill less other assets normally regarded as intangible assets was $ n ; and accordingly as at the last day of the fiscal quarter ending n on a Consolidated basis, the Canadian Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth as calculated on a Consolidated basis in accordance with the Credit Agreement was $ n and is therefore greater than the minimum Tangible Net Worth of Cdn $ n required under Section 8.02(2) of the Credit Agreement.

 

5. That as at the last day of the fiscal quarter ending n , on a Consolidated basis, the Canadian Borrower’s:

 

  (w) Claims Ratio was n :1.00, and

 

  (x) Expense Ratio was n :1.00,

 

- 2 -


and accordingly, the Canadian Borrower’s Combined Ratio as calculated in accordance with the Credit Agreement was n :1.00 and accordingly was not greater than the greater of: (i) 105% and (ii) the Canadian Borrower’s Canadian Property and Casualty Industry Average Combined Ratio for the four consecutive quarters ended n which, as calculated in accordance with Section 8.02(3) of the Credit Agreement, was n .

 

6. That, for the four fiscal quarters of the Canadian Borrower ending n , on a Consolidated basis, the Canadian Borrower’s:

 

  (w) EBITDA totalled $ n calculated as follows:

 

  (i) Net Income $ n ; plus

 

  (ii) Interest Expense $ n ; plus

 

  (iii) income tax expense $ n ; plus

 

  (iv) depreciation expense $ n ; plus

 

  (v) amortization expense $ n ; plus/(minus)

 

  (vi) extraordinary losses (gains) $ n

 

and

 

  (x) Interest Expense totalled $ n ,

 

and accordingly, the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Canadian Borrower, as calculated in accordance with Section 8.02(5) of the Credit Agreement, was n :1.00 and therefore not less than 3.00:1.00 permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

7. That as at the last day of the fiscal quarter ending n the lowest senior unsecured debt rating of the Canadian Borrower was n as determined by n rating service.

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein have the meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

By:

   
   

Title:

   
   

 

- 3 -


Schedule “E”

 

Pricing Grid

 

The interest rate payable on LIBOR Loans, Prime Rate Loans, U.S. Base Rate Loans and Alternate Base Rate Loans, the Stamping Fee payable in respect of Bankers’ Acceptances and the Standby Fee payable on the unused portion of the Total Commitment will be based upon the senior unsecured debt rating of the Canadian Borrower as at the end of each fiscal quarter of the Canadian Borrower with reference to Standard & Poor’s Corp. (“ S&P ”), Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“ DBRS ”) and Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“ Moodys ”) debt ratings. In the event of a split senior unsecured debt rating, the lowest rating of the highest two ratings shall be deemed to apply.

 

The interest rate payable on:

 

  (1) Prime Rate Loans, at any time, shall be the Prime Rate plus the prime rate margin noted in the grid below as applicable at such time;

 

  (2) U.S. Base Rate Loans, at any time, shall be calculated as the U.S. Base Rate plus the U.S. base rate margin noted in the grid below as applicable at such time;

 

  (3) LIBOR Loans, at any time, shall be the LIBO Rate (Reserve Adjusted) plus the LIBOR margin noted in the grid below as applicable at such time ;

 

  (4) Alternate Base Rate Loans, at any time, shall be the Alternate Base Rate plus the alternate base rate margin noted in the grid below as applicable at such time.

 

The Stamping Fee Margin at any time is as noted in the grid below as applicable at such time .

 

Senior Unsecured

Debt Rating

(S&P/DBRS/Moodys)


  

LIBOR Margin and
Stamping Fee Margin

(per annum)


 

U.S. Base Rate Margin,

Alternate Base Rate Margin

and Prime Rate Margin

(per annum)


 

Standby Fee

(per annum)


>=A-/A(Low)/A3

   0.90%   0.25%   0.225%

BBB+/BBB(high)/Baa1

   1.00%   0.25%   0.250%

BBB/BBB/Baa2

   1.25%   0.25%   0.300%

BBB-/BBB(low)/Baa3

   1.50%   0.50%   0.375%

BB+/BB(high)/Ba1

   2.00%   1.00%   0.500%

<=BB/BB/Ba2

   2.25%   1.50%   0.550%

 


Schedule “F”

 

Litigation

 

Nil

 


Schedule “G”

 

Taxes

 

1. The Canadian Borrower and all Canadian Subsidiaries have received Notices of Assessment for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2002 and there are no material or unusual items identified in such Notices of Assessment.

 

2. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service completed fieldwork September 10, 2003 on an audit of the consolidated Kingsway America and Subsidiaries U.S. federal income tax returns for the 2000 and 2001 calendar years. The deficiencies agreed to in the audit report totalled $69,449 for the 2000 tax year and $2,598,865 for the 2001 tax year. Virtually all of these two deficiencies relate to timing differences such that taxes paid in the 2002 tax year should have been paid in the 2000 and 2001 tax years and such timing differences have been reflected in the GAAP 2003 financial reporting for Kingsway America. Currently, the audit report is under review within the Internal Revenue Service and any penalties or interest charges are yet to be assessed. Kingsway America does not expect any interest or penalties in respect of this matter to total a material amount.

 


SCHEDULE “H”

 

Labour Disputes

 

American Service Insurance Company, Inc. (“ASI”)

 

Pending Employment Claims:

 

1. On March 10, 2003, Joanie Farkas filed a Charge of Discrimination with the EEOC in Chicago, Illinois. She alleged that she was demoted because of her pregnancy, and in retaliation for complaining about discrimination. On October 3, 2003, Ms. Farkas filed a Complaint against ASI in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Case No. 03 CV 7010, alleging sex (pregnancy) discrimination. At the time of termination, Ms. Farkas’ annual salary was $46,000.00. No trial date has been set.

 

2. On February 24, 2003, Michael C. Cool filed a Charge of Discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) in Indianapolis, Indiana. He alleged that he was discharged on January 8, 2003 because of his age (64), in violation of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and due to his wife’s disability, in violation of the Americans With Disabilities Act. On September 22, 2003, Mr. Cool filed a Complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Indiana against ASI and Kingsway America, Inc. alleging discrimination on the basis of age and his wife’s disability and retaliation. At the time of termination, Mr. Cool’s annual salary was $57,750.00. A settlement conference has been scheduled for May 13, 2004.

 

3. On or about November 13, 2003, Elsie DeLeon filed a charge of national origin discrimination against ASI in the Illinois Department of Human Rights/EEOC. Ms. DeLeon alleges that she was hired on August 25, 2003. She contended that she was “verbally harassed” from September 2003 through October 30, 2003. The charge stated that, “The harassment consisted of my supervisor questioning me daily about the number of times I went to the bathroom.” Ms. DeLeon contended that similarly situated, non-Puerto Rican employees were not harassed. She maintained that this harassment constituted a constructive discharge, and that she had no other alternative but to resign from ASI on October 30, 2003. The Illinois Department of Human Rights is investigating this charge.

 

American Country Insurance Company

 

4. John Dore v. American Country Insurance Company, Kingsway Financial Services Inc., et al – Severance Claim filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois by the former president of American Country Insurance seeking damages of up to US$500,000.

 


Schedule “I”

 

Pensions

 

Prior to December 4, 1996, substantially all salaried employees of American Country Insurance Company were covered by a defined-benefit pension plan sponsored by its former Parent. Benefits were based on the employee’s length of service and wages and minimum benefits, as defined by the plan. The former Parent’s funding policy of the plan was generally to contribute amounts required to maintain minimum funding standards in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. Effective December 31, 1997, upon resolution by the board of directors, participation in the plan was frozen. The Actuarial Report of Retirement Plan Concepts, Inc. relating to the American Country Insurance Company Pension Plan for the year ended December 31, 2003, shows that the accumulated benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2003, by $960,669. The unfunded liability of $960,669 is accrued in the 2003 American Country Insurance Company financial statements.

 

In addition to the defined benefit plan and the 401(k) retirement plan, substantially all salaried employees of the American Country are covered by a post-retirement benefit plan. The plan is non-contributory and provides medical and life insurance benefits for employees who retire after attaining age 65 with 20 years of service, and for employees with 35 years of service, regardless of age. The net periodic post-retirement benefit costs during 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $85,000, $85,000 and $77,000, respectively. The accumulated post-retirement benefit costs at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $804,000, $744,000 and $793,000, respectively.

 


Schedule “J”

 

Permits

 

Nil

 


Schedule “K”

 

Jurisdictions

 

Canadian:

 

Kingsway General Insurance Company   Jevco Insurance Company

Newfoundland

Prince Edward Island

Nova Scotia

New Brunswick

Quebec

Ontario

Manitoba

Saskatchewan

Alberta

British Columbia

Yukon

Northwest Territories

Nunavut

 

Newfoundland

Prince Edward Island

Nova Scotia

Quebec

Ontario

Manitoba

Saskatchewan

Alberta

British Columbia

Yukon

Northwest Territories

Nunavut

York Fire & Casualty Insurance Company    

Ontario

Alberta

   

 

American:

 

U.S. Security Insurance Company   Universal Casualty Company
Florida  

Illinois

Indiana

Oklahoma

Arizona

Michigan

Oregon

Texas – Excess & Surplus

American Service Insurance Company   Southern United Fire Insurance Company

Illinois

Indiana

Missouri

Ohio

Pennsylvania

Texas

Florida

 

Alabama

Georgia

Kansas

Louisiana

Mississippi

South Carolina

Texas

 


Lincoln General Insurance Company       American Country Insurance Company

Alaska

Alabama

Arkansas

Arizona

California

Colorado

Connecticut

District of Columbia

Delaware

Florida

Georgia

Hawaii

Idaho

Illinois

Indiana

Iowa

Kansas

Kentucky

Louisiana

Maine

Maryland

Michigan

Minnesota

Mississippi

Missouri

 

Montana

Nebraska

Nevada

New Hampshire

New Jersey

New Mexico

New York

North Carolina

North Dakota

Ohio

Oklahoma

Oregon

Pennsylvania

Rhode Island

South Carolina

South Dakota

Tennessee

Texas

Utah

Vermont

Virginia

Washington

West Virginia

Wisconsin

Wyoming

 

Connecticut

Illinois

Indiana

Iowa

Kentucky

Massachusetts

Michigan

Minnesota

New York

Nevada

Ohio

Oklahoma

Pennsylvania

Wisconsin

District of Columbia

Texas

 

- 2 -


Schedule “L”

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

Reference is made to the Second Amended Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2004 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Kingsway Financial Services Inc. and Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, collectively as the Borrowers, Kingsway America Inc., as a guarantor, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Administrative Agent, Co-Lead Arranger and Bookrunner and individually as a Lender, LaSalle Bank National Association, as Syndication Agent and Co-Lead Arranger and individually as a Lender, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent and individually as a Lender, and the other Lenders and Agents now or hereafter parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

n (the “ Assignor ”) and n (the “ Assignee ”) agree as follows:

 

1. The Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor, as of the Transfer Effective Date (as defined below), a percentage interest (the “ Assigned Interest ”) as set forth in Schedule I in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to those credit facilities provided for in the Credit Agreement as are set forth on Schedule 1 (individually, an “ Assigned Facility ”), in a principal amount for each Assigned Facility as set forth on Schedule 1.

 

2. The Assignor: (a) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that it has not created any adverse claim upon the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any such adverse claim, (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrowers, Kingsway America, or any of their Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by the Borrowers, Kingsway America or any of their Subsidiaries of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

 

3. The Assignee: (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance, (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement together with copies of such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance, (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, (d) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such power and discretion under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto, (e) hereby affirms the agreements of such Assignee as a Lender contained in the Credit Agreement, and (f) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

4. The effective date of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be n , 20 n (the “ Transfer Effective Date ”). Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance by it and recording by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.19 of the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Transfer Effective Date (which shall not, unless

 


otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, be earlier than five Business Days after the date of such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent).

 

5. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Transfer Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Effective Date or accrued subsequent to the Transfer Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for the periods prior to the Transfer Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

 

6. From and after the Transfer Effective Date: (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof, and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed as of the date first above written by their respective duly authorized offices on Schedule I hereto.

 

n , as Assignor

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title

   

 

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title

   

 

n , as Assignee

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title

   

 

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title

   

 

- 2 -


SCHEDULE I to the

Assignment and Acceptance

 

Re: Second Amended Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2004 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Kingsway Financial Services Inc. and Kingsway U.S. Finance Partnership, collectively as the Borrowers, Kingsway America Inc., as a guarantor, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Administrative Agent, Co-Lead Arranger and Bookrunner and individually as a Lender, LaSalle Bank National Association, as Syndication Agent and Co-Lead Arranger and individually as a Lender, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent individually as a Lender, and the other Lenders and Agents now or hereafter parties thereto.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement

 

Name of Assignor:

Name of Assignee:

Transfer Effective Date of Assignment:

 

Credit Facility Assigned    Percentage of Assignor’s Interest in Credit Facility Assigned    Principal Amount of Commitments Assigned
     n %    $ n

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]       [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:

               
   
     

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

 

By:

               
   
     

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

 

Accepted for recording:       Consented To: 1

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,

As Administrative Agent

      [BORROWER]

By:

               
   
     

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

 

By:

               
   
     

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

1 Consent of Borrower and Administrative Agent required only to the extent stipulated in Section 10.18 of the Credit Agreement

 

- 3 -


CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, As Administrative Agent

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

- 4 -

EXECUTION COPY

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE SECOND AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT made as of the 11 th day of March, 2004.

 

A M O N G:

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

AND KINGSWAY U.S. FINANCE PARTNERSHIP

As Borrowers

 

AND

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.,

As a Guarantor

 

AND

 

The Lenders named herein as Lenders

 

AND

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE,

As Administrative Agent

 

AND

 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

As Syndication Agent

 

AND

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

As Documentation Agent

 

WHEREAS:

 

1. Pursuant to a Second Amended Credit Agreement made as of the 5th day of March, 2004 among the parties hereto (the “ Credit Agreement ”), the Lenders and the Agents established certain credit facilities in favour of the Borrowers;

 

2. The Agents, the Lenders, Kingsway America and the Borrowers have agreed to amend certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement in the manner hereinafter set forth;

 


FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION , the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

AMENDMENTS

 

1.01 Amendment to the Definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Section 1.01(92)(l) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Indebtedness of Kingsway America consisting of the issuance (“ U.S. Unsecured Note Offering ”) of US$125,000,000 of 7.50% unsecured senior notes due February 1, 2014 (“ U.S. Unsecured Notes ”) pursuant to an Indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 among Kingsway America, as issuer, the Canadian Borrower, as guarantor, and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee, together with Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower pursuant to an unsecured Guarantee of the Canadian Borrower in support of such U.S. Unsecured Notes, provided such Indebtedness of Kingsway America and the Canadian Borrower rank subordinate to or pari passu with, but not senior in any respect to, any of the Outstanding Obligations”.

 

ARTICLE II

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THIS AGREEMENT

 

2.01 Conditions Precedent.

 

This First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement shall not come into effect and the Credit Agreement shall not be amended to reflect the amendments contemplated herein until the Administrative Agent shall have received to its satisfaction:

 

  (i)   this Agreement executed by all of the parties hereto;

 

  (ii)   such other documentation as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall reasonably require to effect the amendments contemplated in this First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.01 Nature of Amendments and Defined Terms . It is acknowledged and agreed that the terms of this First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement are in addition to and, unless specifically provided for, shall not limit, restrict, modify, amend or release any of the understandings, agreements or covenants as set out in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement shall henceforth be read and

 

- 2 -


construed in conjunction with this First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement and the Credit Agreement together with all of the powers, provisions, conditions, covenants and agreements contained or implied in the Credit Agreement shall be and shall continue to be in full force and effect. References to the “Credit Agreement” or the “Agreement” in the Credit Agreement or in any other document delivered in connection with, or pursuant to, the Credit Agreement, shall mean the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby. Capitalized terms utilized in this agreement but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

3.02 Assignment . This First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns but shall not be assignable by the Borrowers or either of them without the prior written consent of the Agents and Lenders.

 

3.03 Severability . Any provision of this First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

3.04 Governing Law . This First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as an Ontario contract and the parties hereby submit and attorn to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.

 

3.05 Further Assurances . The Borrowers shall from time to time and at all times hereafter, upon every reasonable request from the Agents or the Lenders, make, do, execute and deliver or cause to be made, done, executed and delivered, all such further acts, deeds and assurances and things as may be necessary in the opinion of the Agents for more effectually implementing and carrying out the true intent and meaning of this First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement.

 

3.06 Counterparts . This First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to the Second Amended Credit Agreement.

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star

   
   

Name: William G. Star

   

Title: President and CEO

     

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson

   
   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   

Title: Executive Vice President and CFO

     
KINGSWAY U.S. FINANCE PARTNERSHIP

by its Partners

    KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

By:

 

/s/ William G. Star

   
   

Name: William G. Star

   

Title: President and CEO

     

By:

  /s/ W. Shaun Jackson
   
   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   

Title: Executive Vice President and CFO

     
METRO CLAIM SERVICES INC.

By:

  /s/ William G. Star
   
   

Name: William G. Star

   

Title: President

     

By:

 

/s/ W. Shaun Jackson

   
   

Name: W. Shaun Jackson

   

Title: Secretary

     
KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brian K. Williamson

   
   

Name: Brian K. Williamson

   

Title: Vice President and CFO

     

By:

 

/s/ Susan Ann King

   
   

Name: Susan Ann King

   

Title: Assistant Secretary

     

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF

COMMERCE, AS CANADIAN LENDER

By:

 

/s/ Ralph Sehgal

   
   

Name: Ralph Sehgal

   

Title: Executive Director

 

- 4 -


     

By:

 

/s/ Marc St-Onge

   
   

Name: Marc St. Onge

   

Title: Executive Director

LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, A DIVISION OF ABN AMRO N.V., CANADA BRANCH,

AS CANADIAN LENDER

By:

 

/s/ Aaron Turner

   
   

Name: Aaron Turner

   

Title: First Vice President

     

By:

 

/s/ Keith Hughes

   
   

Name: Keith Hughes

   

Title: Senior Vice President

     

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

AS CANADIAN LENDER

By:

 

/s/ A.L. Sabada

   
   

Name: A.L. Sabada

   

Title: Director, Financial Institutions Group

     

By:

 

/s/ Audrey MacAdam

   
   

Name: Audrey MacAdam

   

Title: Associate

     
CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, NEW YORK AGENCY, AS U.S. LENDER

By:

 

/s/ Geraldine Kerr

   
   

Name: Geraldine Kerr

   

Title:  Executive Director CIBC World Markets Corp. As Agent

     

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS U.S. LENDER

By:

 

/s/ Bradley J. Kronland

   
   

Name: Bradley J. Kronland

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

     

By:

 

/s/ Peter J. Bulandr

   
   

Name: Peter J. Bulandr

   

Title: Senior Vice President

 

- 5 -


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

ATLANTA AGENCY, AS U.S. LENDER

By:

 

/s/ William E. Zarrett

   
   

Name: William E. Zarrett

   

Title: Managing Director

     
CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

By:

 

/s/ Warren Lobo

   
   

Name: Warren Lobo

   

Title: Director

     

By:

 

/s/ Ralph Sehgal

   
   

Name: Ralph Sehgal

   

Title: Executive Director

     

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS SYNDICATION AGENT

By:

 

/s/ Bradley J. Kronland

   
   

Name: Bradley J. Kronland

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

     

By:

 

/s/ Peter J. Bulandr

   
   

Name: Peter J. Bulandr

   

Title: Senior Vice President

     

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT

By:

 

/s/ A.L. Sabada

   
   

Name: A.L. Sabada

   

Title: Director, Financial Institutions Group

     

By:

 

/s/ Audrey MacAdam

   
   

Name: Audrey MacAdam

   

Title: Associate

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-4 of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. of our auditors’ reports dated February 10, 2004 on the consolidated balance sheets of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. as at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated statements of operations, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, which report appears in the annual report on Form 40-F of Kingsway Financial Services Inc., and on the related consolidated financial statement schedules which report is included in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

KPMG LLP

Toronto, Canada

May 26, 2004

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

The Board of Directors

Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-4 of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. of our auditors’ report dated August 8, 2003 on the consolidated balance sheets of American Country Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2001 and the consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2002 which are incorporated herein by reference. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

May 26, 2004

Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF THE APPOINTED ACTUARY

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-4 of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. of our Appointed Actuary’s Report dated February 10, 2004 with respect to our review of management’s valuation of the unpaid claim liabilities of the insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries of Kingsway Financial Services Inc. for its consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and their changes in the consolidated statements of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, which report appears in the annual report on Form 40-F of Kingsway Financial Services Inc.

 

 

Claudette Cantin, F.C.I.A.

Toronto, Canada

May 26, 2004

Exhibit 25.1

 


 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2) ¨

 


 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY

(formerly known as CTC Illinois Trust Company)

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

Illinois   36-3800435

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

2 N. LaSalle Street

Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois

  60602
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   98-0180930

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

150 Northwest Point Boulevard, 6 th Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois

  60007
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Ontario   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

5310 Explorer Drive, Suite 200

Mississauga, Ontario

  L4W 5H8
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


 

7.50% Senior Notes due 2014

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name


  

Address


Office of Banks & Trust Companies of the State of Illinois

  

500 E. Monroe Street

Springfield, Illinois 62701-1532

Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

  

230 S. LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

 

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

 

1.    A copy of Articles of Incorporation of BNY Midwest Trust Company (formerly CTC Illinois Trust Company, formerly Continental Trust Company) as now in effect. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with the Registration Statement No. 333-47688.)
2,3.    A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with the Registration Statement No. 333-47688.)
4.    A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with the Registration Statement No. 333-47688.)
6.    The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with the Registration Statement No. 333-47688.)
7.    A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

-2-


SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, BNY Midwest Trust Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 13th day of May, 2004.

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

By:   /S/ J. BARTOLINI
   
    Name: J. BARTOLINI
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

-3-


Exhibit 7

 

OFFICE OF BANKS AND REAL ESTATE

Bureau of Banks and Trust Companies

 

CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION

OF

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street

Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

Including the institution’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries completed as of the close of business on December 31, 2003, submitted in response to the call of the Office of Banks and Real Estate of the State of Illinois.

 

    

ASSETS


   Thousands
of Dollars


          (000)
AR    Cash and Due from Depository Institutions    $ 40,626
AR    U.S. Treasury Securities      - 0 -
AR    Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions      - 0 -
AR    Other Bonds, Notes and Debentures      - 0 -
AR    Corporate Stock      - 0 -
AR    Trust Company Premises, Furniture, Fixtures and Other Assets Representing Trust Company Premises      741
AR    Accounts Receivable      5,938
AR    Goodwill      86,813
AR    Intangibles      - 0 -
AR    Other Assets      59
     (Itemize amounts greater than 15% of Line 10)       
     Deferred Expenses      45
     Accrued Interest Receivable – Intercompany      14
AR    TOTAL ASSETS    $ 134,177

 

-4-


OFFICE OF BANKS AND REAL ESTATE

Bureau of Banks and Trust Companies

 

CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION

OF

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street

Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

          Thousands of Dollars

     LIABILITIES       
AR    Accounts Payable      - 0 -
AR    Taxes Payable      2,810
AR    Other Liabilities for Borrowed Money      25,425
AR    Other Liabilities       
     (Itemize amounts greater than 15% of Line 14)       
    

Reserve for Taxes

          8,770
            10,332
AR    TOTAL LIABILITIES      38,567
     EQUITY CAPITAL       
AR    Preferred Stock      - 0 -
AR    Common Stock      2,000
AR    Surplus      67,130
AR    Reserve for Operating Expenses      - 0 -
AR    Retained Earnings (Loss)      26,480
AR    TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL      95,610
AR    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CAPITAL    $ 134,177

 

-5-


I, Robert L. DePaola, Vice President

(Name and Title of Officer Authorized to Sign Report)

 

of BNY Midwest Trust Company certify that the information contained in this statement is accurate to the best of my knowledge and belief. I understand that submission of false information with the intention to deceive the Commissioner or his Administrative officers is a felony.

 

/s/ Robert L. DePaola

(Signature of Officer Authorized to Sign Report)

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this 23rd day of January , 2004.

 

My Commission expires May 15, 2007.

 

/s/ Joseph A. Giacobino, Notary Public

 

(Notary Seal)

 

Person to whom Supervisory Staff should direct questions concerning this report.

 

Emmie Chan

        Assistant Treasurer

Name

        Title

(212) 437-5639

         

Telephone Number (Extension)

         

eychan@bankofny.com

         

E-mail

         

 

-6-

Exhibit 99.1

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

 

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

 

Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2014

CUSIP No.             

in Exchange for

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2014

CUSIP No.             

Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as Amended

 

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                 , 2004

 


The Registered Exchange Offer and Withdrawal Period Will Expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City Time, on                     , 2004, Unless Extended (the “Expiration Date”)

 

The Exchange Agent (the “Exchange Agent”) for the Exchange Offer is:

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

 

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay 7 East

New York, New York 10286

 

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Reorganization Unit

(212) 298-1915

 

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(212) 815-3738

 

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above will not constitute valid delivery.

 

This Letter of Transmittal is being furnished by Kingsway America Inc. (the “Company”) in connection with its offer to exchange its 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”), that were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under that certain Indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, Kingsway Financial Services Inc. and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”), for a like amount of its newly issued 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act. The Company has prepared and delivered to holders of the Original Notes a prospectus dated , 2004 (the “Prospectus”). The Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal and related materials together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”).

 

For each Original Note accepted for exchange, the holder will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Original Note. The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Original Notes, or if no interest has been paid, from January 28, 2004. Accordingly, registered holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following completion of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from January 28, 2004. Original Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of completion of the Exchange Offer. Holders whose Original Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment of interest on the Original Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs after completion of the Exchange Offer.

 


 

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2004 (the “Expiration Date”) unless extended, in which case the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the last time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

 


This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by a holder (a) if certificates representing Original Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith by the holder, (b) if tender of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), and an Agent’s Message (as defined below) is not delivered as provided in the next paragraph, or (c) if tenders are to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

Holders of Original Notes who wish to tender but whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of their Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC) and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. See Instructions 1 and 4. Holders of Original Notes who are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute their tender through ATOP. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send an Agent’s Message (as defined below) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. Delivery of the Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer in lieu of execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant(s) identified in the Agent’s Message. Accordingly, this Letter of Transmittal need not be completed by a holder tendering through ATOP. As used herein, the term “Agent’s Message” means, with respect to any tendered Original Notes, a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, stating that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each tendering participant to the effect that, with respect to those Original Notes, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by this Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against the participant. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

 

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX BELOW. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AT (212) 815-3738 OR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE.

 

Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes must complete Box 1, Box 2 and Box 4 and must sign this Letter of Transmittal in Box 4.

 

2


BOX 1

 

TENDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES

 

¨   CHECK HERE IF CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING THE TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE ENCLOSED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

¨   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                                

 

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                                       

¨   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE DATE HEREOF AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name(s) of Registered Owner(s):                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                                     

 

Name of Eligible Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                             

 

IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

List below the Original Notes being tendered herewith. If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amounts on a separately executed schedule and affix the schedule to this Letter of Transmittal. Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted.

 

3


BOX 2

 

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED

Name(s) and address(es) of registered holder(s),

exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Original Notes,

or on a security position

 

Certificate

number(s) of

Original Notes*

 

Aggregate

principal amount

represented by

certificate(s)

 

Aggregate

principal amount

tendered**


             
   
             
   
             
   
             
   
             
   
             
   
             
   
             

 

*        DOES NOT need to be completed if Original Notes are tendered by book-entry transfer.

 

**      Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire face amount of all Original Notes represented by tendered certificates. See Instruction 4.

 

         If not already printed above, the name(s) and address(es) of the registered holder(s) should be printed exactly as
they appear on the certificate(s) representing the Original Notes tendered hereby or, if tendered by a participant in
DTC, exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of those Original Notes.

 

 

4


BOX 3

 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE/DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1 AND 2)

 

Complete the information in the blanks below this paragraph ONLY if (1) either (a) the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes tendered hereby, or (b) Original Notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted for exchange, are to be issued or reissued in the name of someone other than the person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal or sent to an address different from that shown in Box 2 entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” within this Letter of Transmittal, or if (2) either (a) the Exchange Notes that are delivered by book-entry transfer or (b) the Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange, are to be returned by credit to an account maintained by DTC other than the account indicated in Box 1 above entitled “Tender of Original Notes.”

 

¨   Issue Exchange Notes or return unexchanged Original Notes to:

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

 

(include Zip Codes)

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 

¨   Credit Exchange Notes or unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth below:

 

Complete the following only if certificates for Exchange Notes or for unexchanged Original Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person named above or to that person at an address other than that shown in Box 2 entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered.”

 

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

 

(include Zip Codes)

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 

5


NOTE:    SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW.

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned is a holder of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”) issued by Kingsway America Inc. (the “Company”) under that certain Indenture dated as of January 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”) between the Company and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated                          , 2004 (the “Prospectus”) and this Letter of Transmittal, which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to US$125 million of its newly issued 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like amount of its Original Notes that were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, and in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the principal amount of Original Notes indicated in Box 2 above entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” under the column heading “Principal Amount Tendered” (or, if nothing is indicated therein, with respect to the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the Original Notes described in that table). The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Original Notes may not be tendered except in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.

 

Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company, all right, title, and interest in and to all of the Original Notes that are being tendered hereby and that are being accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer. By executing this Letter of Transmittal, and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered therewith, the undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company) with respect to such Original Notes, with full powers of substitution and revocation (such powers of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to (i) present such Original Notes and all evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by DTC to, or upon the order of, the Company, (ii) present such Original Notes for transfer of ownership on the books of the Company, and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Original Notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.

 

If the undersigned is not the registered holder of the Original Notes listed in Box 2 above labeled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” under the column heading “Principal Amount Tendered” or such registered holder’s legal representative or attorney-in-fact, then in order to validly consent, the undersigned has obtained a properly completed irrevocable proxy that authorizes the undersigned (or the undersigned’s legal representative or attorney-in-fact) to deliver a Letter of Transmittal in respect of such Original Notes on behalf of the registered holder thereof, and that proxy is being delivered with this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby, and that when those Original Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and those Original Notes will not be subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that a tender of Original Notes pursuant to any of the procedures described in the Prospectus and in this Letter of Transmittal and an acceptance of such Original Notes by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2004, unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion or earlier terminated (the “Expiration Date”).

 

6


No authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall be affected by, and all such authority shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. This tender of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. See “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders” in the Prospectus.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that: (i) the undersigned is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business; (ii) the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes; (iii) the undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes; and (iv) neither the undersigned nor any other such person is an affiliate of the Company. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer, it acknowledges that it will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and it will deliver a copy of the Prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a Prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations by the staff of the Commission, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes. However, the Company has not obtained a no-action letter specifically for this Exchange Offer, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the Commission would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, that holder (a) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (b) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

Original Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted as soon as practicable after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Exchange Offer. The undersigned understands that the Company will deliver the Exchange Notes as promptly as practicable following acceptance of the tendered Original Notes. The Exchange Offer is subject to a number of conditions, as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions of the Exchange Offer” in the Prospectus. The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions the Company may not be required to accept any of the Original Notes tendered hereby. In that event, the Original Notes not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown in Box 2, “Description of Original Notes Tendered,” unless otherwise indicated in Box 3, “Special Issuance/Delivery Instructions.”

 

Unless otherwise indicated in Box 3, “Special Issuance/Delivery Instructions,” the undersigned hereby request(s) that any Original Notes representing principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange, and that the Exchange Notes with respect to Original Notes accepted for exchange, be issued in the name(s) of, and delivered to, the undersigned (and in the case of Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, by credit to the account of DTC indicated therein).

 

In the event that Box 3, “Special Issuance/Delivery Instructions,” is completed, the undersigned hereby request(s) that any Original Notes representing principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange, and that the Exchange Notes with respect to Original Notes accepted for exchange, be issued in the name(s) of, and be delivered to, the person(s) at the address(es) therein indicated, or in the case of a book-entry delivery of Original Notes, please credit the account indicated therein maintained at DTC. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance/Delivery Instructions” box to transfer any Original Notes from the names of the registered holder(s) thereof or to issue any Exchange Notes in the name(s) of anyone other than the name(s) of the Original Notes in respect of which those Exchange Notes are issued, if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the principal amount of such Original Notes so tendered. The undersigned recognizes that the undersigned must comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms to transfer Original Notes either not tendered for exchange or not accepted for exchange from the name of the registered holder(s).

 

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned understands that the Company will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered Original Notes (or efectively tendered Original Notes with respect to which the Company has waived the defect) if, as and when the Company gives oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

 

7


The undersigned understands that the delivery and surrender of the Original Notes is not effective, and the risk of loss of the Original Notes does not pass to the Company, until receipt by the Exchange Agent of this Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile hereof, properly completed and duly executed (or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message, if applicable, in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal), together with all accompanying evidences of authority and any other required documents in a form satisfactory to the Company. All questions as to the form of all documents and the validity (including time of receipt) and acceptance of tenders and withdrawals of Original Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

 

¨   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

 

(include Zip Code)

 

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

8


BOX 4

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

(To be completed by all tendering

holders of Original Notes regardless of whether Original Notes

are being physically delivered herewith)

 

By completing, executing and delivering this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of the Original Notes listed in Box 2 above labeled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” under the column heading “Principal Amount Tendered” (or if nothing is indicated therein, with respect to the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the Original Notes described in that box).

 

This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) representing Original Notes or, if tendered by a participant in DTC, exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of those Original Notes. If signature is by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title and see Instruction 2.

 


 


SIGNATURE OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

(SEE GUARANTEE REQUIREMENT BELOW)

 

Dated                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

Name(s)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

(Please Print)

 

Capacity (full title)                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Area Code and Telephone No.                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Tax Identification or Social Security No.                                                                                                                                                                       

 

MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(IF REQUIRED—SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1 AND 2)

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

Name of Firm:                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

(Place Seal Here)

 

COMPLETE ACCOMPANYING SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

9


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER

 

1.     Signature Guarantees.     Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a recognized participant in the Securities Exchange Agents Medallion Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (a “Medallion Signature Guarantor”) (generally, a member of a registered national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office in the United States (each, an “Eligible Institution”)), unless (a) the Original Notes tendered hereby are tendered by a registered holder (or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes) that has not completed Box 3 entitled “Special Issuance/Delivery Instructions” in this Letter of Transmittal, or (b) the Original Notes are tendered for the account of an eligible institution. If the Original Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, if Original Notes not accepted for exchange or not tendered are to be returned to a person other than the registered holder or if Exchange Notes are to be issued to someone other than the signatory of this Letter of Transmittal, then the signatures on this Letter of Transmittal accompanying the tendered Original Notes must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor as described above. See Instruction 2.

 

2.     Signatures on Letter of Transmittal, Instruments of Transfer and Endorsements.     If the registered holders of the Original Notes tendered hereby sign this Letter of Transmittal, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificate(s) without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC whose name is shown on a security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes.

 

If any of the Original Notes tendered hereby are registered in the name of two or more holders, all registered holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any of the Original Notes tendered hereby are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of certificates.

 

If this Letter of Transmittal or any Original Note or instrument of transfer is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority to so act must be submitted.

 

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holders of the Original Notes tendered hereby, no endorsements of the Original Notes or separate instruments of transfer are required unless Exchange Notes with respect to Original Notes accepted for exchange, or Original Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be issued to a person other than the registered holders, in which case signatures on the Original Notes or instruments of transfer must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor.

 

This Letter of Transmittal and Original Notes should be sent only to the Exchange Agent, and not to the Company or DTC.

 

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed other than by the registered holder(s) of the Original Notes tendered hereby, such Original Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, and a duly completed proxy entitling the signer to tender those Original Notes on behalf of the registered holders, in any case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holders appear on the Original Notes and signatures on those Original Notes or instruments of transfer and proxy are required and must be guaranteed by a Medallion Signature Guarantor, unless the signature is that of an eligible institution.

 

3.     Transfer Taxes.     Except as set forth in this Instruction 3, the Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes with respect to the transfer of Original Notes to it, or to its order, pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If Exchange Notes are to be issued or delivered to, or if Original Notes not tendered or exchanged are to be registered in the name of, any persons other than the registered owners, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any persons other than

 

10


the persons signing this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or such other person) payable on account of the transfer to such other person will be the responsibility of the holder unless satisfactory evidence of the payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is submitted.

 

4.     Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.     This Letter of Transmittal is to be used if (a) certificates for Original Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith, (b) tenders are to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures or (c) tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer, all as set forth in the Prospectus. For holders whose Original Notes are being delivered by book-entry transfer, delivery of an Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer in lieu of execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant(s) identified in the Agent’s Message.

 

To validly tender Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, either (a) the Exchange Agent must receive a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) with any required signature guarantees, together with either a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or certificates for the Original Notes, or an Agent’s Message, as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, or (b) a holder of Original Notes must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below.

 

Holders of Original Notes who desire to tender them pursuant to the Exchange Offer and whose certificates representing the Original Notes are not lost but are not immediately available, or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” Pursuant to those procedures, (a) tender must be made by a firm that is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States and, in each instance, that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or similar program (an “eligible institution”), (b) the Exchange Agent must have received from the eligible institution, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by mail, hand delivery, telegram, facsimile transmission or otherwise), and (c) the certificates for all physically delivered Original Notes in proper form for transfer or an Agent’s Message as the case may be, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three business days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES AND OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN AND IN THE PROSPECTUS, DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, WE RECOMMEND THAT THE HOLDER USE PROPERLY INSURED, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, AND THAT THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE TO PERMIT DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

 

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, withdrawal and revocation of Original Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, whose determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the right to waive any defects or irregularities in the tender or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Original Notes. The interpretation by the Company of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including these Instructions) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders must be cured within the time determined by the Company. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any tender or will incur any liability for failure to give any notice. Tenders of Original Notes will not be deemed to have been made until irregularities have been cured or waived. Any certificates constituting Original Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered or as to which irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

 

11


5.     Withdrawal Rights.     Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn, as provided below, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. For the withdrawal of a tender to be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile transmitted notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address or number set forth above prior to the Expiration Date. Any notice of withdrawal must (a) specify the name of the person who tendered the Original Notes, (b) identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers of any physically delivered Original Notes and the principal amount of the Original Notes), and (c) be signed in the same manner required by the Letter of Transmittal by which the Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees, endorsements and/or powers). All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of notices of withdrawal will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding on all parties. The Original Notes so withdrawn, if any, will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Original Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are withdrawn will be returned to the holder without cost to the holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal. Properly withdrawn Original Notes may be retendered on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date by following the procedures for tender described in this Letter of Transmittal.

 

Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or will incur any liability for failure to give such a notice.

 

6.     Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.     Any questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at (212) 815-3738.

 

12

Exhibit 99.2

 

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

 

for Tender of

7.50% Senior Notes due 2014

of Kingsway America Inc.

 

As set forth in the Exchange Offer (as defined below), this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or a facsimile hereof) or one substantially equivalent hereto or the electronic form used by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for this purpose must be used to accept the Exchange Offer if certificates for 7.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”) of Kingsway America Inc. (the “Company”), are not immediately available to the registered holder of such Original Notes, or if a participant in DTC is unable to complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis of Original Notes to the account maintained by BNY Midwest Trust Company (the “Exchange Agent”) at DTC, or if time will not permit all documents required by the Exchange Offer to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or a facsimile hereof) or one substantially equivalent hereto may be delivered by mail (registered or certified mail is recommended), by facsimile transmission, by hand or overnight carrier to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.” Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Exchange Offer.

 

The Exchange Agent (the “Exchange Agent”) for the Exchange Offer is:

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

 

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Courier:   By Facsimile:
The Bank of New York    

Corporate Trust Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street 7 East

New York, New York 10286

 

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Reorganization Unit

(212) 298-1915

 

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(212) 815-3738

 

Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery via a facsimile number other than the number listed above will not constitute a valid delivery.

 

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined therein) under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.

 


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby tenders to Kingsway America Inc. (the “Company”), the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes indicated below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the accompanying Prospectus dated                     , 2004 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and in the related Letter of Transmittal (which together with the Prospectus constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

 

The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and agrees that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign, and transfer the tendered Original Notes and that the Company will acquire good, marketable and


unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances when the tendered Original Notes are acquired by the Company as contemplated herein, and the tendered Original Notes are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned warrants and agrees that the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the tender, exchange, sale, assignment and transfer of the tendered Original Notes, and that the undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements. The undersigned has read and agrees to all of the terms of the Exchange Offer.

 

BY TENDERING ORIGINAL NOTES AND EXECUTING THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT (i) NEITHER THE UNDERSIGNED NOR ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) IS AN “AFFILIATE” OF THE COMPANY OR KINGSWAY FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., (ii) ANY EXCHANGE NOTES TO BE RECEIVED BY THE UNDERSIGNED AND ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) ARE BEING ACQUIRED BY THE UNDERSIGNED AND ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER(S), (iii) THE UNDERSIGNED AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER HAVE NO ARRANGEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING WITH ANY PERSON TO PARTICIPATE IN A DISTRIBUTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT) OF EXCHANGE NOTES TO BE RECEIVED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AND (iv) THE UNDERSIGNED OR ANY SUCH BENEFICIAL OWNER IS NOT ENGAGED IN, AND DOES NOT INTEND TO ENGAGE IN, A DISTRIBUTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT) OF SUCH EXCHANGE NOTES. IF THE UNDERSIGNED IS A BROKER-DEALER, IT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT WILL DELIVER A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES; HOWEVER, BY SO ACKNOWLEDGING AND BY DELIVERING A PROSPECTUS, THE UNDERSIGNED WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO ADMIT THAT IT IS AN “UNDERWRITER” WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

All questions as to the form of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of tendered Original Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Company reserves the absolute right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to reject any and all tenders determined by the Company not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which, or exchange for, may, in the view of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful.

 

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

2


Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                                                     

 


Please Print

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

 

Area Code and Tel. No(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                  

 

x

                                                                                                                               

x

                                                                                                                               
     Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory

 

Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of the tendered Original Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificates for such tendered Original Notes, or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.

 

Certificate No(s)

(if available)

 

Aggregate Principal

Amount Represented

by Certificate

 

Aggregate Principal

Amount Tendered


         

         

         

         

 

If Original Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide the following information:

 

Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

 

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

 

 

THE GUARANTEE ON THE REVERSE SIDE MUST BE COMPLETED

 

3


GUARANTEE

 

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

 

The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as an “eligible guarantor institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer; (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association recognized program (each of the foregoing being referred to as an “Eligible Institution”), hereby guarantees delivery to the Exchange Agent, at one of its addresses set forth above, either certificates for the Original Notes tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, all within three (3) business days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that it must communicate the guarantee to the Exchange Agent and must deliver the Letter of Transmittal and certificates for the Original Notes tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent within the time period shown hereon and that failure to do so could result in a financial loss to the undersigned.

 

                                                                                                         

                                                                                                                                      
Firm      Authorized Signature

                                                                                                         

     Name                                                                                                                     
Address      (Please Type or Print)

                                                                                                         

     Title                                                                                                                        
Zip Code       
       Dated                                                                                , 2004                    

Area Code and Tel. No.:                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

 

4

Exhibit 99.3

 

EXCHANGE AGENT AGREEMENT

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street

Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Kingsway America Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to make an offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange $125 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for $125 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2014 (the “Original Notes”), which have not been registered under the Securities Act. The terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as currently contemplated are set forth in a prospectus, dated                        , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A (the “Letter of Transmittal”), proposed to be distributed to all record holders of the Original Notes. The Original Notes and the Exchange Notes are collectively referred to herein as the “Notes.”

 

The Company hereby appoints BNY Midwest Trust Company as exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”) in connection with the Exchange Offer. References hereinafter to “you” shall refer to BNY Midwest Trust Company. The Exchange Offer is expected to be commenced by the Company on or about                        , 2004. The Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) is to be used by the holders of the Original Notes to accept the Exchange Offer. The Letter of Transmittal contains instructions with respect to the delivery of certificates for Original Notes tendered in connection therewith.

 

The Exchange Offer shall commence on                        , 2004 (the “Effective Time”) and shall expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                        , 2004 or on such subsequent date or time to which the Company may extend the Exchange Offer (the “Expiration Date”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, the Company expressly reserves the right to extend the Exchange Offer from time to time and may extend the Exchange Offer by giving oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice to you before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day following the previously scheduled Expiration Date. If the Exchange Offer is extended, then the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

 

The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Original Notes not theretofore accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer specified in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Conditions of the Exchange Offer.” The Company will give oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of any amendment, termination or nonacceptance to you as promptly as practicable. In carrying out your duties as Exchange Agent, you are to act in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1. You will perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer,” as specifically set forth in the Letter of Transmittal or as specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that in no way will your general duty to act in good faith be discharged by the foregoing.

 

2. You will establish a book-entry account with respect to the Original Notes at DTC to facilitate book-entry tenders of the Original Notes through DTC’s ATOP for the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of the Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems may make book-entry delivery of the Original Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Original Notes into your account in accordance with DTC’s procedure for such transfer.


3. From and after the Effective Time, you are hereby authorized and directed to accept and to examine each of the Letters of Transmittal and certificates for Original Notes or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at DTC and any other documents delivered or mailed to you by or for holders of the Original Notes to ascertain: (i) whether the Letters of Transmittal (or that the instructions from DTC (the “DTC Transmissions”)) contain the proper information required to be set forth therein and any such other documents (including a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex B (the “Notice of Guaranteed Delivery”)) are duly executed and properly completed in accordance with instructions set forth therein; and (ii) that book-entry confirmations are in due and proper form and contain the information required to be set forth therein; or (iii) the Original Notes have otherwise been properly tendered. In each case where the Letter of Transmittal, any of the certificates for Original Notes or any other document has been improperly completed or executed (or any DTC Transmission is not in due and proper form or omits required information) or some other irregularity in connection with the acceptance of the Exchange Offer exists, you will endeavor to inform the presenters of the need for fulfillment of all requirements and to take any other action as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to cause such irregularity to be corrected.

 

4. You are authorized to request from any person tendering Original Notes to provide you with such additional documents as you or the Company deems appropriate. You are hereby authorized and directed to process withdrawals of tenders to the extent withdrawal thereof is authorized by the Exchange Offer.

 

5. The Company reserves the absolute right (i) to reject any or all tenders of any particular Original Note determined by the Company not to be in proper form or the acceptance or exchange of which may, in the opinion of Company’s counsel, be unlawful and (ii) to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defects, irregularities or conditions to the tender of any particular Original Note, and the Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the instructions set forth therein) will be final and binding.

 

6. With the approval of the Vice President/Secretary or the Vice President/Chief Financial Officer of the Company (such approval, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) or any other officer of the Company designated by the Vice President/Secretary or the Vice President/Chief Financial Officer (each an “Authorized Officer”), you are authorized to waive any irregularities in connection with any tender of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

7. Tenders of Original Notes may be made only as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering,” and Original Notes shall be considered properly tendered to you only when tendered in accordance with the procedures set forth therein. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, Original Notes which an Authorized Officer shall approve as having been properly tendered shall be considered to be properly tendered (such approval, if given orally, shall be promptly confirmed in writing).

 

8. You shall advise the Company with respect to any Original Notes received subsequent to the Expiration Date and accept the Company’s written instructions with respect to disposition of such Original Notes.

 

9. You shall accept tenders:

 

(a) in cases where the Original Notes are registered in two or more names only if signed by all named holders;

 

(b) in cases where the signing person (as indicated on the Letter of Transmittal) is acting in a fiduciary or a representative capacity only when proper evidence of his or her authority so to act is submitted; and

 

(c) from persons other than the registered holder of Original Notes, provided that customary transfer requirements, including payment of any applicable transfer taxes, are fulfilled.

 

 

2


You shall accept partial tenders of Original Notes where so indicated and as permitted in the Letter of Transmittal and deliver certificates for Original Notes to the registrar for split-up and return any untendered Original Notes to the holder (or such other person as may be designated in the Letter of Transmittal) as promptly as practicable after expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

 

10. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify you (such notice, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of its acceptance, promptly after the Expiration Date, of all Original Notes properly tendered and you, on behalf of the Company, will exchange such Original Notes for Exchange Notes and cause such Original Notes to be cancelled and delivered to the Company. Delivery of Exchange Notes will be made on behalf of the Company by you at the rate of $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of the corresponding series of Original Notes tendered promptly after notice (such notice if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of acceptance of said Original Notes by the Company; provided, however, that in all cases, Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be exchanged only after timely receipt by you of certificates for such Original Notes or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at DTC, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees (or DTC Transmission) and, if applicable, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, and any other required documents. You shall issue Exchange Notes only in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

 

11. Tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer are irrevocable, except that, subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

 

12. The Company shall not be required to exchange any Original Notes tendered if any of the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer are not met. Notice of any decision by the Company not to exchange any Original Notes tendered shall be given (if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) by the Company to you.

 

13. If, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company does not accept for exchange all or part of the Original Notes tendered because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in the Prospectus under the captions “The Exchange Offer — Terms of the Exchange Offer” or “The Exchange Offer — Conditions of the Exchange Offer” or otherwise, you shall as soon as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer return those certificates for unaccepted Original Notes or effect appropriate book-entry transfer, together with any related required documents and the Letters of Transmittal relating thereto that are in your possession, to the persons who deposited them.

 

14. All certificates for reissued Original Notes, unaccepted Original Notes or for Exchange Notes shall be forwarded by first class mail.

 

15. You are not authorized to pay or offer to pay any concessions, commissions or solicitation fees to any broker, dealer, bank or other persons or to engage or utilize any person to solicit tenders.

 

16. As Exchange Agent hereunder you:

 

(a) shall not be liable for any action or omission to act unless the same constitutes your own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, and in no event shall you be liable to the Company for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits, arising in connection with this Agreement;

 

(b) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein or in the Prospectus or as may be subsequently agreed to in writing between you and the Company;

 

(c) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any of the certificates or the Original Notes represented thereby deposited with you pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and will not be required to and will make no representation as to the validity, value or genuineness of the Exchange Offer;

 

3


(d) shall not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder which might in your judgment involve any expense or liability, unless you shall have been furnished with indemnity reasonably satisfactory to you;

 

(e) may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or other document or security delivered to you and reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons;

 

(f) may act upon any tender, statement, request, document, agreement, certificate or other instrument whatsoever not only as to its due execution and validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which you shall reasonably believe to be genuine or to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons;

 

(g) may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting upon written or oral instructions from any authorized officer of the Company or from Company’s counsel;

 

(h) may consult with counsel of your selection with respect to any questions relating to your duties and responsibilities and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by you hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel; and

 

(i) shall not make any recommendation as to whether a holder or beneficial owner of Original Notes should or should not tender such holder’s or beneficial owner’s Original Notes and shall not solicit any holder or beneficial owner for the purpose of causing such holder or beneficial owner to tender such holder’s or beneficial owner’s Original Notes.

 

17. You shall take such action as may from time to time be requested by the Company (and such other action as you may deem appropriate) to furnish copies of the Prospectus, Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or such other forms as may be approved from time to time by the Company, to all persons requesting such documents and to accept and comply with telephone, mail or facsimile requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer, provided that such information shall relate only to the procedures for accepting (or withdrawing from) the Exchange Offer. The Company will furnish you with copies of such documents on your request. All other requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer shall be directed to the Company, Attention: Brian K. Williamson.

 

18. You shall advise by electronic communication to Brian K. Williamson (bwilliamson@kingswayamerica.com), and such other person or persons as the Company may reasonably request, weekly (and daily during the week immediately preceding the Expiration Date) up to and including the Expiration Date, as to the principal amount of Original Notes which have been duly tendered since the previous report and the aggregate amount tendered since the Effective Date pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the items received by you pursuant to this Agreement, separately reporting and giving cumulative totals as to items properly received and items improperly received until the Expiration Date. Such report shall be delivered in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. In addition, you will also inform, and cooperate in making available to, the Company or any such other person or persons as the Company may request upon oral request (promptly confirmed in writing) made from time to time prior to the Expiration Date of such other information as they may reasonably request. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, the granting by you to the Company and such person as the Company may request of access to those persons on your staff who are responsible for receiving tenders in order to ensure that immediately prior to the Expiration Date the Company shall have received information in sufficient detail to enable it to decide whether to extend the Exchange Offer. Within 2 business days after the Expiration Date, you shall furnish to the Company a final list of all persons whose tenders were accepted, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes tendered, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes accepted and deliver said list to the Company.

 

4


19. Each Letter of Transmittal, Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other documents received by you in connection with the Exchange Offer shall be stamped by you to show the date and, after the expiration of the Exchange Offer, the time, of receipt (and you will maintain such form of record keeping of receipt as is customary for tenders through ATOP) and, if defective, the date and time the last defect was cured or waived. You shall retain all Letters of Transmittal and other related documents or correspondence received by Exchange Agent until the Expiration Date. You shall return all such material to the Company as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date.

 

20. For services rendered as Exchange Agent hereunder, you shall be entitled to such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and you.

 

21. You hereby acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. Any discrepancies or questions regarding any Letter of Transmittal, notice of withdrawal or any other documents received by you in connection with the Exchange Offer shall be referred to the Company and you shall have no further duty with respect to such matter; provided that you shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to resolve such discrepancies or questions. Any inconsistency between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (as they may be amended from time to time), on the other hand, shall be resolved in favor of the latter two documents, except with respect to your duties, liabilities and indemnification as Exchange Agent.

 

22. The Company covenants and agrees to fully indemnify and hold you harmless against any and all loss, liability, cost or expense, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on your part, arising out of or in connection with any act, omission, delay or refusal made by you in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice, instruction or other instrument or document reasonably believed by you to be valid, genuine and sufficient and in accepting any tender or effecting any transfer of Original Notes reasonably believed by you to be authorized, and in reasonably delaying or refusing to accept any tenders or effect any transfer of Original Notes. In each case, the Company shall be notified by you, by letter or facsimile transmission, of the written assertion of a claim against you or of any other action commenced against you, promptly after you shall have received any such written assertion or shall have been served with a summons in connection therewith. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such claim or other action and, if the Company so elects, the Company may assume the defense of any such claim or action and you shall cooperate with the Company in the defense. In the event that the Company assumes the defense of any such claim or action, the Company shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of any additional counsel thereafter retained by you, so long as you have not determined, in your reasonable judgment, that a conflict of interest exists between you and the Company.

 

23. You shall comply with all requirements under the tax laws of the United States imposed with respect to the activities performed by you pursuant to this Agreement, including filing with the Internal Revenue Service. Any questions with respect to any tax matters relating to the Exchange Offer shall be referred to the Company, and you shall have no duty with respect to such matter; provided that you shall cooperate to the extent appropriate and reasonable with the Company in attempting to resolve such questions.

 

24. You shall deliver or cause to be delivered, in a timely manner to each governmental authority to which any transfer taxes are payable in respect of the exchange of Original Notes, the Company’s check in the amount of all transfer taxes so payable; provided, however, that you shall reimburse the Company for amounts refunded to you in respect of your payment of any such transfer taxes, at such time as such refund is received by you.

 

25. This Agreement and your appointment as Exchange Agent hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, and without regard to conflicts of law principles, and shall inure to the benefit of, and the obligations created hereby shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

 

5


26. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

27. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

28. This Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be modified, amended, rescinded, cancelled or waived, in whole or in part, except by a written instrument signed by a duly authorized representative of the party to be charged. This Agreement may not be modified orally.

 

29. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given to such party, addressed to it, at its address or telecopy number set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

 

Kingsway America Inc.

150 Northwest Point Boulevard

6th Floor

Elk Grove Village, Illinois

 

Facsimile: (847) 264-2700

Attention: Brian K. Williamson

 

If to the Exchange Agent:

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company

2 North LaSalle Street

Suite 1020 Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

Facsimile: (312) 827-8542

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

or to such address as either party shall provide by notice to the other party.

 

30. Unless terminated earlier by the parties hereto, this Agreement shall terminate 90 days following the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 20 and 22 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Upon any termination of this Agreement, you shall promptly deliver to the Company any certificates for Notes, funds or property then held by you as Exchange Agent under this Agreement.

 

31. You may resign from your duties under this Agreement by giving to the Company thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, and the Company may terminate your appointment hereunder on five (5) days’ prior written notice. Any successor exchange agent appointed by the Company shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Exchange Agent without any further act or deed; but you shall deliver and transfer to the successor exchange agent any property at the time held by you hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for such purpose as the Company may reasonably request.

 

32. You may not transfer or assign or delegate your rights or responsibilities under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

33. This Agreement shall be binding and effective as of the date hereof.

 

Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and confirm the arrangements herein provided by signing and returning the enclosed copy.

 

6


Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and confirm the arrangements herein provided by signing and returning the enclosed copy.

 


By:

 
   

Name:

Title:

 

Accepted as of the date

first above written:

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY, as Exchange Agent

By:

 
   

Name:

Title:

 

7


EXHIBIT C

 

SAMPLE REPORT

 

DATE:

PREPARED BY:

ADMIN:

 

EXCHANGE OFFER. REPORT #

 

KINGSWAY AMERICA INC.

7.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

CUSIP:

AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $125,000,000

 

EXPIRATION DATE:

 

PARTICIPANTS


   DTC#

   QUANTITY PRESENTED

             

TOTAL PARTICIPANTS PRESENTED =

           
    
  

TOTAL PARTICIPANTS

        $                 

GUARANTEED DELIVERY

        $  

WITHDRAWALS

           
    
  

TOTAL as of [DATE] =

        $  

 

8